The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutLAMAR MEDICAL CENTER IMPROVEMENTS EXPANSION '-'''l: J 'j' " , '/ . ill: !Il\_Jlm;t-_,,"\1!~'r'" ,_,=~"",,,_,=-'---6. ~,..,JJ.!t.ll~~ ~9RlGJN~.b~~ · '. - . fY/~ '-~.J . ,~~~;: ,\( '\ " ::~.~_ ,"I~...'i: r J PROJECT MANUAL " 1448 LEE BEARD WAY, AUGUSTA, GEORGIA 30901 PROJECT NUMBER CDBG#2007R GRANT RECIPIENT BEULAH GROVE COMMUNITY RESOURCE CENTER, INC. 1446 LEE BEARD WA Y AUGUSTA, GA 30901 ARCHITECT 2KM Architects, Inc. 2275 Wrightsboro Road Augusta, Georgia 30904 AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT 925 LANEY-WALKER BOULEVARD AUGUSTA, GA 30901 PHONE (706) 821-1797 FAX (706) 821-1784 II Il'i T-/---- Ic~~~.~ Gp- 0 R G I A I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - - - - - - - - m-i(,((Ff'/ltf'JlI ~((/'IJJlnll .0Jf:J; ff}d ~:/([IJ}'J, C:J};;'l"d(if ADDE!\7 D U Ai." TO: All Bidders FROM: Geri A. Sams DATE: September 6, 2007 SUBJ: ADDENDUl\1 #1 Bid Item #07-159 Lamar Medical Center Improvements, Expansion & Parking Lot New Bid Due: Tuesday, September 18,2007 @ 3:00 p.m. This fax is to notify all potential bidders of the bid opening date and other changes for BID ITEM #07-159 Lamar 1I1edical Center Improvements, Expansion &Parking Lot. From: Tuesday, September 11, 2007 @ 3:00 p.m. Tuesday, September 18, 2007 @ 3:00 p.m. To: Part 1- Specifications: 1.101 Reference Section A, Invitation to Bid, fourth paragraph, MANDATORY Pre-Bid Conference. following are made a part of the Contract Documents: a. See attached "Pre-bid Conference Agenda." b. See attached "!tleeting Notes". The 1.102 Reference AHCDD Form 402 "General Conditions" page 402-16, paragraph 1; "Contract Period" Construction Days: a. DELETE: "The Contractor shall complete all work required under this contract within the time schedule established in the Notice to Proceed issued by AHCDD." b. ADD: "The Contractor shall complete all work required under this contract in 180 days." Part 2 - Drawinl!s: 2.101 Reference Drawing AO.l Demolition Plan & Existing North Elevation: a. ADD: Demolish existing metal pole located in front of connector entrance. This addendmn is applicable only to persons that attended the Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference and acquired an official set of plans and specifications from Imaging Technologies. Please acknowledge receipt of add.endum in your bid. package. If you have any questions regarding this correspondence, please contact me at (706) 821-2422. cc: Tameka Allen Chester Wheeler Rosa White Vicki Johnson Belinda Brown Interim Deputy Administrator Housing & Community Development Housing & Community Development Housing & Community Development Housing & Community Development Room 605 - 530 Green Street, Augusta Georgia 3091 1 (706) 821-2422 - Fax (706) 821-2811 www.au~ga.gov Register at www.demandstar.com/supplier for automatic bid notification T I - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - - - -- - -- - - - -- 1. a. Sign and provide contact information. b. Request all parties sign-in with Full Name, Title, Company Name, P!'lOne Number, Fax Number and E-mail, if not already registered plan holder. Introductions: a. AlE and Owner. b. Facility Representatives. c. All attendees. 2. General Project Overview: a. Building & use (remain occupied). b. Facility type and general project overview: 1. Clinic renovation, addition & parking lot. Schedule: 1. Bid date: September 11th, 2007 at 3:00 p.m. in the Augusta Procurement Department, 530 Greene Street, Room 605, Augusta, Georgia 30911. 2. Construction Days: 180 days. Review unique conditions and constraints of the project, site, and specifications: 1) Parking. 2) Infection control. 3) This is an operating site, Construction paths to be decided by Lamar Clinic representative. Conduct on Site: a) Identification. b) Behavior. Construction Elements: a) Selective demolition of existing Clinic; 1. Interior & exterior demolition. Floors (V.C.T. & ceramic tile). WaIls; paint all new & existing walls in areas of work included ill scope. Building addition; I. Concrete footings, slab-on-grade. 2. New roof & re-roof tie-in portions. Plumbing. Mechanical. Electrical Service upgrade. Exterior concrete sidewalks. New parking lot, paving & storm water retention. c. d. 4) 5) b) c) d) e) e) f) g) h) i) Alternates: 1) Deduct Alternates #1: Delete all new parking except for scheduled Handicap Parking & associated signage (concrete). Delete all interior renovations to existing Clinic building. 3. 2) Addendum # 1: a. Clarifications. b. Pre-bid agenda and sign-in sheet. Open for questions. Site tour. 4. 5. 6. Adjourn meeting. 17. Action A GuliemRGI 30904 Discussion 1. Meeting was formally opened by Phyllis Mills: a. Drawing sets are available at Imaging Technologies with a non-refundable fee of $25 dollars. Contractors MUST purchase set to qualify for Bid. b. All questions must be submitted to the Augusta Procurement Department (706) 821- 28 I I by September 4th, 2007 at2:00p.m. . c. A 10% Bid Bond is required from all Contractors who submit a Bid. . d. All paperwork in Specifications must be filled out and turned in with Bid. e. Bid date will be in room 605 of the Augusta Procurement Department, 530 Greene Street, Augusta, Georgia, on September Ilt\ 2007 at 3:00p.m. Legally Prevailing Time. 2. Rob Mauldin followed with introductions of all parties (see attached Pre-Bid Agenda & Silm-in Lo.e;). 3. General overview of Project: Medical office/Clinic that will remain in use during construction. a. Construction davs: 180. 4. Job Description: a. Building will remain open to the public during construction. Contractor to phase the Project adequately as to not interrupt the business function of the Lamar Clinic. 1. Contractor to build Addition first, in order to provide work area when the interior existing renovations take place. b. Health requirement, areas open to the public must remain free of debris and dust. c. Renovation of existing Clinic, building addition, and paved parking lot and concrete sidewalks. 5. Construction Elements: a. Slab-on-grade addition with VCT floors, ceramic tile in restroom with coved base, painted GPDW walls, painted orange peel GPDW ceiling, and carpet in Staff areas. 1. New roof with 3-tab shingles over SBS underlayment. 2. Existing roofhas a leak (replace damaged ATC tiles in connector). b. Existing building; modular unit with crawl space and tight attic, vinyl-faced GPDW walls, brick veneer on exterior. Install new VCT on floors, paint all new and existing walls in areas of work included in scope, GPDW ceiling, and ceramic tile in bathrooms with coved base (remove old flooring in areas included in scope of work). c. Re-route existing power, telephone utility services. 1. New electrical panel will feed existing electrical panel. 2. Contractor to coordinate with GA Power to install new electrical service to temporary power pole (to be removed after construction is finalized). d. New plumbing ties into existing lines (see drawings; new toilet near existing sewer line). e. Hose bib are existing, shown on plan. f. New storm retention; no storm sewer. g. Contractor is not providing furniture; only HJC bathroom accessories, cabinetry and cubicle track and curtains (see Drawin.e;s and Specifications. 6. Unique Conditions & Restraints: a. Contractor will coordinate construction phasing with Clinic staff (allow time for moving of furniture & equipment). b. Site must remain operational at all times. c. Fence can be installed on site to protect construction areas; Staff must receive keys to allow for entry. d. Subcontractors may visit site on Friday, Contractor to coordinate with Beverly Wright from 30901 Corooration (706) 823-0905. 7. Site Tour. 8,. Meeting adjourned. , - - - - I , 1!J2km . , , , . . . , . , . . , . , , , . . . , , ., , : '.' ~ . ARCHITECTS . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - - - - - - - - - - MEETING NOTES Please notify the recorder of these minutes of corrections within 10 days of receipt. I I , I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - - ----- Meeting minutes approved by: , NCARB, AlA ------ - Robert L. Mauldin Principal Architect , - - ..., , SEP-BG-200? is: 14 !I ,.. AR~CHA= - - - - - - - P.02 - ~ {{j5,.~'(llf"r('/f((''''f, tllJiK'Nl.mt'f-/lt [ . A. ",ff' (/1 ,: .f t'? ...,,' .',""".,.), (!;If'# yo?"",.), ~AJAf'I,.f' ADDENDUM 2-00/00330315 - :3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DATE: SUBJ: ber 6, 2007 AD ENDUM #1 ~id I em N07-l59 Lamar Medical Cenler Improvements, Expansion & Parking Lot New id Due: Tuesday, September 18,2007 @ 3:00 p.m. This flU is t() notifJ ~" potentitzl bi.dtkrr of the bltI opening ch1ltl and oth" eluz"ges for BID ITEM #O7~159 lAmar Medical C.nt,r Improv,m,lttS, E:rpa"ROn &.Parling LAt. Fr"m~ Tu.sdiZJ, Sept~mb.r 11,2007 @ 3:00 p.m. to: Tu~sdiZY, Sept.mb.r 18,2007 @ 1:00 p.m. tion A, Invitation to Bid, fourth paragraph, MANDATORY Prc~Bid Conference. The following are e a part of the. Contract Documents: a. See. a lached IIPr,.bid CotlJerence Agsrula." b. See a lached "M'di", NDI'S", I.J02 Reference COO Porm 402 uGenecal Conditions" page 4()2-16, paragraph 1; "Conrract Puiod" Connructiol'l Da s: a. DELET : "The Contractor shalJ complete all work required under this contract within tile lime.$ch ule eSlablished in the Notice to Proceed issued by AHCDD." b. ADO: II e Contractor shall complete all work required under this contract in 180 days." Part 2 - Drawin2."t: 2.101 Reference Dr wing AO.1 Demolition Plan & Eltistillg Nortb Blevation: a. ADD Demolillb existing metal pole located in front of connector erttrlU1ce. This addendwn is pplicablt only to person.'" lItal attended the Mandatory P~Bid Conference and acquired an official t of plans and spedficatfons from Imaging Technologies. Please aCknowllae receipt of addendum in your bid package. If you have anyq. Ile. lions regarding this comspondence, please conlact me at (706) 821-2422. cc: Tamllka A lIeJl Imerim Deputy AdminililratOT CheSler Wheel r H(lu~ing & COnuJ1uaity Development R?~~ Whj.te I Houging &. Community Development Vicki Jolm.~l)n I Housln, & Community Development Belinda Brown Huusing & Conununicy Development ~oom 60' - '30 Green Street, Augusta Octlrsla 30911 (706) 82]-2422 - Fill (706) 821-2ST J I i WWW.I\l_ustuUIOV RTster at www.c1emandscar.com/sLt()~lIe( for aUlomllth:: bid notification 1 . d 02E2-LIE-90L II I H-I'1\H:I~:JW WHB2:S L002 LO das , I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - - -:: SEP-B6-2007 18: 14 \1 2.d ,--- i ARC PURCHASING ! - - - - - - - - p.m 1. i i a.. Sign and provide contact information. i b. Requcst all parties sign-in with Full Name, Title. CompallY Name, Phone Number. Fax NlImber and E-mail, ifnot already registered plan bolder. I I Introductions; I a. AlE and Owner. I b. Facility Representatives. c. AU atcendees. Gcneral Pa-oje<:t Ovcevicw: a. Il. I I c;. I I I I I i d. 2. Building & use (remain occupied). Pacility type Ilnd general project o"~r"iew.. 1. Clinic renovation, addition &. puking Lot. Schedule: 1. Bid date: Sept.ember.lllll, 2001 at 3:00 p.m. in the Augusta Procurement Department. 530 Greene Street, Room 60S. Augusta, Georgia 30911. Z. Consuuclion Days: 180 days. Review unique conditions and constraints of the project, sile, IU'ld specifications: 1) Parking. Z) Infection control. 3) This is an operaliJli site, Construction path!i to be decided by Lanw- Clinic representative. Conduct on Site: a) Identificalion. b) Behavior. Construction Elements: a) Selccti vo demolition of existing Clinic; t. Interior &: exterior demolition. AC'lonl (V.CT. & Ceramic tHe). Walls; paint all new & extsti"8 walls in areas of work included in scope. Building addition; 1. Concrete footings, dab-on.grade. 2. New roof &. re.roof tie-in portions. Plumbing. Mechanical. Electrical Service upgrade. S"terior concreUl "idewlllk~. New pncking lot. pa.ving &. norm water retention. 4) S) b) e) d) e) e) f) . g) h) i) Alternates: I) Deduct Altornates HI: Delete all new parking except for scheduled HandAcap Parking & a~sociated signage (concrete). Delete all interior renovation!i to existing Clinic building. 3. 2) Addendum "1: a. Clarifications. b. Pre-bid agenda and sign-in sheet. Open for que...tiOR!\. Site tour. Adjourn meeting. 4. S. 6.. 02E2-/~ IE-SOL WHR? : h I.nn? I.n da~ IITH-I'1Hi'I~:1W , - SEP-06-2007 I ....azlan ...- .> ~:I ... ~. ~. . '.' , : "IC".'U:lI ': I . "'" 'H"). .',,",...' II ."...:t,:,.-......t.~""/Ii....~.:.__~\(\.l.~"I\' .,....", ". "" ~~\{,.' '~ "":'~~"~ ~~. t:.l:'.;Jit1'~'t 11-;;t:a;.~,\j.~:'I:"~~" ~r:a;: ';-. 1/.: I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I E.d I. 2. 3. 4. j. 5. 7. 8.. - -~I l: 18; 15 :! ,--- i ARC PURCHASING - - - - MEETING NOTES - - - P.eJ4 - ", "'i' I ."~\.'I 1 ~...t" '~'1" ~ :~,~ 1,\''''''~~~'~~\'f~.;~r I i~~lIl':I: . ',' ), ..,'" I.l'.~"< ":':"':"~I:,,'\11~1,{.'~~~.ti1:-t~I~:...t\.'\'\ Meeting was IoJTl'll Iy opened by Phyllis Mill9; I. D1'awln! Jetl . available at [magins Tc.c~noIoSie. wilh a Ilon-rl!fundable fee of S2S dol1au. Con ctors MUST purchase set to qll,my for ald. b. All quO~~OIlS 5t be submitted 10 the AUIUStl Procurement DepJ.rtlmmt (706) &21- 21111 by SeptAl ber 4111. 2007 at2:0Op.m. c. A. 10% Bid B d is requited from an Contraclors who submll a Bid. ri All psperiNork iD Specifications must be filled oullfld l\Imed in with Bid. e. Bid date will e in room 60S of the AuguSLa Procurement Dcpartm~"t. 530 Grecn~ Street, Augu5 , Otorgia, on Septembtr II'~. 2007 It 3:00p.m. Legally Prevailing Time. Rob Mauldin foll wed with iplrodllt:tions of all parties (SIX: Rttllched Pre-Bid Asend. &. Si n-In 1.0 .. Genet'lll overview f Project: Medical officr./Clinic that will remain in u,g~ during constnlcllon. I. COD$trucuon a Job DcscriptiQII: a. Buililingwill in open to 1M public dUMa conSlruclicn. COnlrlctor to phase lh~ Project adequ leI)' 15 to nOl intetrupt the bus\ncn flJrlClion of' Ute lamar Clinil:. 1. C0'1U1C r to build Addition fin;!, in ordtr II) prov;l:te work area when the interior elliJUna; r novations take place. b. Health rbqui enL are.s open 10 the. public must remain rr~ of debris Bnd dust. c. RennYlliOn 0 oxisting elln;c, building addition, Gnd paved plU'king lot Md concrete sidewalkS. ConlltNctlonBle nts: a. Slab-on,gntd Iddition wilh vcr noon, ceramic tile in ~troom wIth coved blll~ painted GPD walls, painted orange peel GPDW ceiling, aod carpet In Stan areas. 1. Nt\\< to() with 3-tQb shingleli l.lver SBS Llndc:tlaymelll. 2. Existing of nu Ile2k(repl~e damaged ATe 1iIIl1lln connector). b. eJdstlng bllil ing; modular unh with crawl space and tight IttiC. vinyl-faced GPDW Willis, brick v er on e~k:tlot. b1Slall new veT on 0001'1\, )lainlllll new and cltlsting walls inllrea~ of work included in scope, (lPDW ceiling, and ceramic tile In h:1thmom!l with c:o~ed b Ie (removo old floodnt in area.s 111c1u.ded in scope of work). <:. Re-rollUl elltis hlg powor, lelepbone utility servIces, 1. NeW el meal pantl wilJ teed edsllng electrical panel. 2. Cohtrd.Ct j to coormllate with OA Power to in!\tlIll new clectric::at service to tempo y power pole (w be removed .fter constJ:1Jetion is nnIUzed). d. New plllmbi 8 tits into exilting lIDes (see d~wlnlllli new toile. near existIng ~eWet line). . e. Hose bib are x1st1ng, shown on plM_ f. New slorm r enti01lj 1\0 sICrm ,,,WI!(. I. Contndor is not providing furniture; only HIC balhroom acc.:ssories. cabinetry and cubicle,inck cur1ains see Drawin 5 and S eciflcatl(ln.~. Unique Conditio Ii: Restrainls: a. ContJaAilnr w 11 coordinate COnStrocUon phlsing witb Clinic staff (anow time for movina 'of fu ilure & r.quipmetlt). b. Site must n: am ()penlional at alltllllos. t, Fence CUI be imtall~d 011 site to protect consllUc;tiDn areos; Stilff mU.~1 recEive keys 10 allow for en _ d. Subeon(l"\Icr from 30901 Site Tout. Meeting adjouffI PJ".sc 1l0l1f'y Iho rccor~ of thee mlnlllcS of co~liolll withla 10 days of receipt. 02E2-LIE-90L IITH-l'1H~!l:lW WHR? : h I.nn? I.n da~ , - - - ~-- - - - - - - - - \! P.05 SEP. -06-2007 '8=15 ': I ARC PURCHASING I ; ! Robert L. Mauldin I I Meeting mrutes appro\led by: - ' NC....~.AIA PrincipII Architect I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I TOTRL P.05 I t,..d 02E2-LIE-90L II I H - rH:I~~:J1-I 1-1882:6 L002 LO das PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE AGENDA LAMAR MEDICAL CENTER IMPROVEMENTS & EXPANSION 1448 LEE BEARD WAY AUGUSTA, GEORGIA 2KM# 07-08.3 Project No: 2KM # 07-08.3 CDBG# 2007R Date: January 14. 2008 Time: 11 :30 A.M. Location: AHCDD Conference Room Project Title: Contractor: Completion Date: Contract Time: Lamar Medical Center Improvements & Expansion Ammar Construction Tony Ammar To be decided d=U l...tf :Jl.;J/Jt> ~ 180 Days 1. Introduce members: a. Members of Owner's Team: 1) AHCD: a) Rosa WhiteNicki JohnsonIBelinda Brown b) Kathy Darnell. mspector 2) Lamar Medical Center a) Beverly Wright b) b. Members of NE firm who will be designated contacts: 1) 2K.M Architects, me.: a) Rob Mauldin b) Chris Lehi c) Trudy Humphries 2. Basic Requirements to Contractor: a. Project Manager: tb /'Yl.f ~ 1) Mobile Number: ?dG:,-g>~.:>-1t7t 2) Fax Number: 7D~-~a,:3- 5CJ Is.. 3) E-mail: e etm....",--ctr@ KN6U&j{ltf~t- b. Superintendent's Name: Kc.~ ~~""S 1) Phone Number: 7 a <0 - 9 S~ - '-I L./ 3 !l 2) Fax Number: '10 G, - ~ 3 - 51 ( S. 3) Mobile Phone Number: ? () f.e, -'l (P-3".. S'i (~ . 1 'El2~ . G:\2007 Projects107-08 Augusta Housing and Community Development DepanmentI07-08.3 Lamar Medical Center Improvements & ExpansionIADMINISTRATlON\(CA) Construction .... ...- Administrationl(PRE) Pre-ConstructionlPre Const Agenda 07-08.3.OOc ./ \, :' "e" ... , . -....._...-- , PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE AGENDA LAMAR MEDICAL CENTER IMPROVEMENTS & EXPANSION 1448 LEE BEARD WAY AUGUSTA, GEORGIA 2KM# 07-08.3 3. Submittals: Contractor to submit 6 copies to the Architect for approval. a. "Progress Schedule" 1. Detailed Construc?on Progress Schedule (Bar chart with percent completion target). b. "Schedule of Values" cost breakdown. 1. No lump sums permitted except bonds, insurance and clean-up. 2. Subcontractors to submit detailed cost breakdowns to Contractor. 3. Use correct format. c. No payments can be made until items "a" and lib" are submitted, reviewed and approved. .4. Contractor IdentificationlParking: a. Obtain photo identification: All workers to have II) at all times while on site. b. Contractor to control parking and authorized site access. 5. Shop Drawings: a. Contractor to check before submitting, review for compliance, stamp, sign and date. :5 ~-ccFIC- -Sc"C..T""U>t< of- ckaWcw-g b. Identify project name, number, date and relevant specification section. c. Only specified items or items approved via Addenda or Value Engineering are to be submitted. ~-~. C. t, ~I"~AJ( d l Ch'it66Uf.S d. G.C. to document and submit Safety Provisions (Info only AlE will not review). e. Proj ect close-out per Division 1. 6. Storage of Materials: a. Arrange area, per Contractor's needs. b. Only items stored in arranged and secured areas on site will be paid for on Pay Application. 7. Trash Disposal / Upkeep of Project Area: 2 '1!J2km . G:\2007 Projects\07-08 Augusta Housing and Community Development Department\07-08.3 Lamar Medical Center Improvements & Expansion\ADMINISTRATION\(CA) Construction "'. ...- Administration\(PRE) Pre-Construction\Pre Canst Agenda 07-08.3.OOc ./ ~\ - :' ..... \ . . - -..._-...-.. . ..... ,> . PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE AGENDA LAMAR MEDICAL CENTER IMPROVEMENTS & EXPANSION 1448 LEE BEARD WAY AUGUSTA, GEORGIA 2KM# 07-08.3 a. Project area to be kept clean and unobstructed. b. Trash to be removed daily by contractor in his own trucks or disposed in dumpsters. 8. Interruption of Utilities: a. Schedule off-hours and notify Facility Staff 48 hours in advance. b. Sequence for continued ocCupancy and. use of facility. c. Coordinate with utility provider. 9. Fire Protection: a. Maintain fIre control and F.E.'s on site at all times within 5' of work. 10. Inspections: a. AHCDD - b. 2KM/Engineers/Inspectio~ Department - prior to covering work. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Footings. Walls. Above ceilings. MechanicallPlumbinglElectrical. 100% Review - All Inspectors. c. Fire Marshall: 1) 80% inspection - fire walls, dampers, etc. a) Have firestop system binder: (1) Details/installation instructions. (2) System components: rated drywall, firestopping, etc. 3 'E12m . 0:\2007 Projectsl07-08 Augusta Housing and Community Development Department107-08.3 Lamar Medical Center Improvements & ExpansionIADMINISTRATION\(CA) Construction "', ...- Administrationl{PRE) Pre-ConstructionlPre Const Agenda 07-08.3.OOc . ./ :.... :' ..... ... , ._~..._---~ PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE AGENDA LAMAR MEDICAL CENTER IMPROVEMENTS & EXPANSION 1448 LEE BEARD WAY AUGUST A, GEORGIA 2KM# 07-08.3 ATTENDEES NAME ~ Rob Mauldin ,Trudy Humphries .~ Vivianne Fuentes /P Rosa White !Ii Belinda Brown \~ Vicki Johnson J{]L Kathy Darnell --CA Tony Ammar everly Wright . COMPANY 2KM Architects, Inc. 2KM Architects, Inc. 2KM Architects, Inc. AHCDD AHCDD AHCDD. AHCDD Ammar Construction Development Corporation 1;1'1- ~8 PHONE&;,FAX NUMBER PH: 706-736-3333 FX: 706-736-7100 EMAIL: mail2kmarchitects.com PH: 706-736-3333 FX: 706-736-7100 EMAIL:trudh2kmarchitects.com PH: 706-736-3333 FX: 706-736-7100 EMAIL: mail2kmarchitects.com PH: 706821-1797 FX: 706821-1784 EMAIL:rwhite au usta a. ov PH: 706821-1797 FX: 706821-1784 EMAIL:b . brown PH: 706821-1797 FX: 706821-1784 EMAIL:v.ohnson PH: 706 821-1797 FX: 706821-1784 EMAIL:k ardue au usta a. ov PH: 7-0 b 0'$2 787-g FX: tOe 863 ~S / EMAIL: Ca 4/ IIC{I(I PH: 706-823-0905 FX: EMAIL: bwri ht PH: FX: EMAIL: PH: FX: EMAIL: PH: FX: EMAIL: PH: FX: EMAIL: PH: FX: EMAIL: PH: FX: EMAIL: 4 ' . 2km , G: \2007 Projectsl07.08 Augusta Housing and Community Development Departmentl07 -08.3 Lamar Medical Center Improvements & Expansion\ADMINISTRA TION\(CA) Construction'., 'EI/ AdminislTationl(PRE) Pre-ConstructionlPre Const Agenda 07-08.3.doc :/ . . \-. : '.- " NOTICE TO PROCEED TO: Ammar Construction Co., Inc. P. O. Box 1877 Evans, GA 30809 PROJECT #: CDBG #2007R PROJECT DESCRIPTION: Lamar Medical Center Improvements & Expansion 1448 Lee Beard Way Augusta, GA 30901 You are hereby notified to commence work in accordance with the Agreement dated December 18,2007, on or before Thursday, January, 24, 2008, and you are to complete the work within 180 days consecutive calendar days thereafter. The date of completion of all work is therefore July 21,2008. BY: AUGUST A HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT 4~~ Chester A. Wheeler, III Director -----..- . I I I I I I ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE: Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged on this the 14th day of January, 2008. BY: ~ I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I I 1 I I I 1 I I I I, I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I AHCDD Form 101 (Rev. 10/06) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS CDBG # 2007R IFB #: 1. Bid Preparation and Submission: A. Bidders are expected to examine the specifications, drawings, all instructions, and, if applicable, the construction site (see also the contract clause entitled "Site Investigation and Conditions Affecting the Work" of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction). Failure to do so will be at the bidders' risk. B. All bids must be submitted on the forms provided by the Owner (City). Bidders shall furnish all the information required by the solicitation. Bids must be signed and the bidder's name typed or printed on the bid sheet and each continuation sheet which requires the entry of information by the bidder. The person signing the bid must .initial erasures or other changes. Bids signed by an agent shall be accompanied by evidence of that agent's authority. (Bidders should retain a copy of their bid for their records.) To be responsive, the bidder must submit the following documents in a sealed envelop marked on its face with the correct bidding information with his/her bid: (1) Representations, Certifications, and Other Statements of Bidders; (2) Non-collusion Affidavit; (3) Section 3 Preference Certification, completed and certified OR marked NA if the bidder is not claiming Section 3 preference; (4) Bidder's Qualifications, including a Financial Statement and a current Georgia Business License as a General Contractor. (5) Bid Form; (6) Bid Bond and Certificates. The City shall reject a bid as non-responsive any bid that does not include each of the above documents, fully completed and properly executed. C. All bid documents shall be sealed in an envelope which shall be clearly marked with the words "Bid Documents," the Bid #, the Project Name, the Project Number, the bidder's name, and the date and time for receipt of bids. If the bidder chooses, he may submit the required Bidders Qualifications and Financial Statement in a separate sealed envelope. If the bidder is not the low bidder, the sealed envelope will be returned unopened. The Bidder's Qualifications and Financial Statement sealed envelope must be marked on its face with the same information as above, with the exception that the envelope will be clearly marked "Bidder's Qualifications and Financial Statement" instead of "Bid Documents." D. If this solicitation requires bidding on all items, failure to do so will disqualify the bid. If bidding on all items is not required, bidders should insert the words "No Bid" in the space provided for any item on which no price is submitted. Page 101-1 I', I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I: I I' I I I I I 1 I 1 I I. I 1 I 1 I I I I I I I AHCDD Form 101 (Rev. 10/06) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS COSG # 2007R IFB #: (3) Record of past performance; and . l (4) Financial and technical resources (including construction and technical equipment). B. The bidder shall submit the completed Bidder's Qualifications form with the bid for the purpose of assisting the City to determine responsibility. The City may rely on sources of information other than the bidder's qualifications to determine responsibility. The failure 'of the bidder to submit the qualifications shall render the bidder non-responsive and ineligible for award. 5. Late Submissions, Modifications, and Withdrawal of Bids: A. Any bid received at the place designated in the solicitation after the exact time specified for receipt will not be considered unless it is received before award is made and it: , (1) Was sent by registered or certified mail not later than the fifth calendar day before the date specified for receipt of offers (e.g. an 'offer submitted in response to a solicitation requiring receipt of offers by the 20th of the month must have been mailed by the 15th); (2) Was sent by mail, or if authorized by the solicitation, was sent by telegram or via facsimile, and it is determined that the late receipt was due solely to mishandling by the City after receipt at the Procurement Department; or (3) Was sent by U.S. Postal Service Express Mail Next Day Service - Post Office to Addressee, not later than 5:00 p.m. at the place of mailing two working days prior to the date specified for receipt of proposals. The term "working days" excludes weekends and observed holidays. B. Any modification or withdrawal of a bid is subject to the same conditions as in paragraph A of this provision. C. The only acceptable evidence to establish the date of mailing of a late bid, modification, or withdrawal sent either by registered or certified mail is the U.S. postmark both on the envelope or wrapper and on the original receipt from the U.S. Postal Service. Both postmarks must show a legible date or the bid, modification, or withdrawal shall be processed as if mailed late. "Postmark" means a printed, stamped, or otherwise placed impression (exclusive of a postage meter machine impression) that is readily identifiable without further action as having been supplied and affixed by employees of the U.S. Postal Service on the date of mailing. Therefore, bidders should request the postal clerk to place a hand cancellation bull's-eye postmark on both the receipt and the envelope or wrapper. D. The only acceptable evidence to establish the time of receipt at the Procurement Department is the time/date stamp of the Procurement Department on the proposal wrapper or other documentary evidence of receipt maintained by the Procurement Office. Page 101-3 - I I II I I 1'1 II I I I I I: I 1 I I, I I I I I I I 1:1 I I 8. 1.1 1 I I I I I AHCDD Form 101 (Rev. 10106) , AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS CDBG # 2007R IFB #: Contract Award: A. The Owner (City) will evaluate bids in response to this solicitation without discussions, and will . recommend contract award to the Contractor. B. The Owner (City) will award a contract to the responsible bidder whose bid, conforming to the solicitation, will be most advantageous to the Owner considering only price and any price- related factors specified in the solicitation. C. If the apparent low bid received in response to this solicitation exceeds the Owner's available funding for the proposed contract work, the Owner (City) may either accept separately priced items (see 8(e) below) or use the following procedure to determine contract award. The Owner (City) shall apply in turn to each bid (proceeding in order from the apparent low bid to the high bid) each of the separately priced bid deductible items, jf any, in their priority order set forth in - this solicitation. If, upon the application of the first deductible item to all initial bids, a new low bid is within the Owner's available funding, then award shall be made to that bidder. If no bid is within the available funding amount, then the Owner (City) shall apply the second deductible item. The Owner (City) shall continue this process until an evaluated low bid, if any, is within The Owner's (City) available funding. If upon the application of all deductibles, no bid is within the Owner's (City) available funding, or if the solicitation does not request separately priced deductibles, the Owner (City) shall follow its written policy and procedures in making any award under this solicitation. D. In the case of tie low bids, award shall be made in accordance with the Owner's Augusta Housing and Community Development (AHCDD) written policy and procedures. E. The Owner (City) may reject any and all bids, accept other than the lowest bid (e.g., the apparent low bid is unreasonably low), and waive informalities or minor irregularities in bids received, in accordance with the Owner's AHCDD's written policy and procedures. F. Unless precluded elsewhere in the solicitation, the Owner (City) may accept any item or combination of items bid. G. The Owner (City) may reject any bid as non-responsive if it is materially unbalanced as to the prices for the various items of work to be performed. A bid is materially unbalanced when it is based on prices significantly less than cost for some work and prices which are significantly overstated for other work. H. A written award shall be furnished to the successful bidder within the period for acceptance specified in the bid and shall result in a binding contract without further action by either party. Augusta-Richmond County Commission Approval: Any contract is subject to cancellation and rejection by the members of the Augusta-Richmond County Commission, without liability, at the next regularly scheduled. properly convened meeting, following submission of the contract for approval, regardless of any contrary statements or representations of any member, officer, or employee of the City. The contractor recognizes that neither the Grant Recipient nor any member, officer, or employee of AHCDD has the power or authority to waive or limit the effect of this Paragraph nor the control of the members of the Augusta-Richmond County Commission over the approval of any contract. -In the event that the members of the Augusta-Richmond County Commission cancel or reject this contract at their next regularly scheduled, properly convened meeting, as outlined above, this contract shall be null and Page 101.5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I~~ I I I I I I I I I I I AHCDD Form 101 (Rev. 10/06) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS COBG # 2007R IFB#: Labor Standards). The Owner's AHCDD will provide the successful bidder with the date, time, and place of the conference. Page 101-7 I II I il il I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I' I I I I. I I I 1 I I I I I 1 I -I I I I I I AHCDD Form 102 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS COBG #2007R IFB#: The following information concerning this solicitation is available to the bidder. Please note that this information was gathered solely for the use of the Owner's Augusta Housing & Community Department and not for use as a basis for calculations in preparing a bid. The use and interpretation of this information for any purpose will be entirely the responsibility of the using party. I t e m # T i t I e 0 f 0 0 c u m e n t 0 e 5 c r i p t i 0 n 0 f 0 0 c u m e n t T 0 t a I P a 9 e s The potential bidder may view the above documents at the location indicated in the Invitation to Bid Notice. Page 1 02~1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I I' 1'1 I I I I I I I t:1 ~&~~~'4mM'Ml"iN!lIDjLi.mrl -~'~'~---I~---""-- ;:'i ~... F' t:i ~i ~1 r ~: I 1".1 ] . '1 1 1.11 i ~; ~ ~,.~1'. .j ~li ( ~ ~ ~) J.i ~ ~ ~: ~. ~.'ij: I ~; ~J ~~ ~t ~; ~" f ~~ F I.....' (;~' ~: I.."..j ~~ ~~..:. i'l. .,;i t: L ~;~ b .......-Ut .._....~~~~~'i~~~~;~ "{;.; f~: ;:.' ~j .., PROJECT MANUAL !, i ~ Lamar Medical Center Improvements & Expansion ~ ~ . ~! I.'~ :~~ f'~t ~~ .~ ,t~ I'; :~ i <I~ :"J ~ ~,~ tl I~~i; ",! or; .~ ~~ Iii [J . :~".j ~:} f; ~1 ~;:, r. t~ il. (~ (, l;~ ~" i ) ~: r... ti f; ", ti tJ f t. " f:': ;,., F f i{ L LJti 1448 LEE BEARD WAY, ~UGUST A, GEORGIA 30901 I PROJECT NUMBER CDBG #2007R GRANT iECIPIENT BEULAH GROVE COMMUNljfY RESOURCE CENTER, INC. 1446 LEE BEARD WA Y , I AUGUSTA, GA 30901 ARCjlTECT 2KM Architects, Inc. I . 2275 Wrightsboro Road Augusta, G~orgia 30904 AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY I DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT 925 LANEY-WA1LKER BOULEVARD AUGUSTA~ GA 30901 PHONE (706) 821..1797 FAX (706) 821-1784 ~ ~.. i ~aMf.~lflL...~...""..._--, ~ .4..-.. ::.l_J:~...1..R ....Ji- ~~..>r. ~_~..LA.... 1rJ"-A!rQi'>'OO..A._:Io.;o.!.,~n~_~,:r4:.4_,,~~~~.. ---~--""".-......'~..-....~' t:.::~ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GEORGIA SECURITY AND IMMIGRATION COMPLIANCE ACT OF 2006 Effective July 1, 2007, the following language is required to be included in all contracts entered into by the Department for the physical performance of services within this State: "A. Pursuant to the Georgia Security and Immigration Compliance Act of 2006, the Contractor understands and agrees that compliance with the requirements of a.C.G.A. 9 13-10-91 and Georgia Department of Labor Rule 300-10-1-.02 are conditions of this Agreement. The Contractor further agrees that such compliance shall be attested by the Contractor through execution of the contractor affidavit required by Georgia Department of Labor Rule 300-10-1-.07, or a substantially similar contractor affidavit. The Contractor's fully executed affidavit is attached hereto as Exhibit _ and is incorporated into this Agreement by reference herein. B. By initialing in the appropriate line below, the Contractor certifies that the following employee-number category as identified in a.c.G.A. 9 13-10-91' is applicable to the Contractor: 1. 500 or more employees; 2. 100 or more employees; 3. v Fewer than 100 employees. C. The Contractor understands and agrees that, in the event the Contractor employs or contracts with any subcontractor or subcontractors in connection with this Agreement, the Contractor shall: 1. Secure from each such subcontractor an indication of the employee- number category as identified in O.C.G.A. 9 13-10-91 that is applicable to the subcontractor; 2. Secure from each such subcontractor an attestation of the subcontractor's compliance with a.c.G.A. 9 13-10-91 and Georgia Department of Labor Rule 300-10-1-.02 by causing each such subcontractor to execute the subcontractor affidavit required by Georgia Department of Labor Rule 300-10-1-.08, or a substantially similar subcontractor affidavit. The Contractor further understands and agrees that the Contractor shall require the executed subcontractor affidavit to become a part of the agreement between the Contractor and each such subcontractor. The Contractor agrees to maintain records of each subcontractor attestation required hereunder for inspection by the Department at any time." I II I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I TABLE OF CONTENTS AHCDD Form # I Page Number I Title I t d t I f f n ro uc o~ norma Ion 100 Invitation to Bid 1 00-1 101 Instructions to Bidders 101-1 102 Information available to bidders 102-1 Bidding Requirements 103 Bid Form & Bid Tabulation 1 03-1 104 Representations, Certifications and Other Statements of Bidders 104-1 105 Certification for Business Concerns Seeking Section 3 Preference 1 05-1 106 Non-Collusion Affidavit 1 06-1 107 Bidder's Qualifications 107 -1 108 Wage Decision Transcript 108-1 109 List of Drawings 109-1 110 Certificate as to Corporate Principle 11 0-1 Contracting Requirements 115 Notice of Contract Award 115-1 401 Contract 401-1 402 General Conditions of the Construction Contract 402-1 403 Supplemental Conditions to the Construction Contract 403-1 404 Additional Supplemental Conditions - Mandatory compliance for Section 3 404-1 406 Contractor Reporting Requirements 406-1 409 Notice to Proceed 409-1 410 Preconstruction Meeting Agenda 410-1 411 Affirmative Action 411-1 412 Affirmative Action Goals & Timetable 412-1 501 Performance & Payment Bond 501-1 502 Insurance 502-1 503 Non-Segregated Facilities 503-1 504 Special Power of Attorney Certificate 504-1 Specifications 111 Technical Specifications 111-1 Page 1 of 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Invitation To Re-Bid Sealed re-bids will be received at this office until 3:00 p.m. on Monday, November 12, 2007 I Re-Bid #07-159A I Lamar Medical Center Improvements, Expansion & Parking Lot for Housing& Community Development Department RE-BID's will be received by Augusta, GA Commission hereinafter referred to as the OWNER at the offices of: Geri A. Sams Procurement Department 530 Greene Street - Room 605 Augusta, Georgia 30911 706-821-2422 I I Re-Bidding documents may be examined at the following locations: Office of the Owner; Augusta, GA Procurement Department, 530 Greene Street - Room 60S, Augusta, GA 30911. Plans and specifications for the project can be made available upon request to Imaging Technologies. The fees for the plans and specifications which are non-refundable is . $25.00 I Documents may also be examined during regular business hours at F. W. Dodge Room, 1281 Broad Street, Augusta, GA 3090 I and Augusta Builders Exchange, 1262 Merry Street, Augusta, GA 30904. It is the wish of the Ownerthat all businesses are given the opportunity to submit on this project. To facilitate this policy, the Owner is providing the opportunity to view plans online (www.itreoro.com) at no charge through Imaging Technologies (706-724-7924) beginning Tuesday, October 16, 2007. Bidders are cautioned that submitting a package without review or procurement of a complete set are likely to overlook issues of construction phasing, delivery of goods or services, or coordination with other work that is material to the successful completion of the project. Bidders are cautioned that sequestration of documents through any other source is not advisable Acquisition of documents from unauthorized sources places the bidder at the risk of receiving incomplete or inaccurate information upon which to base his qualifications. A Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference will be held on Friday, October 26, 2007 at 10:00 am at the Lamar Medical Center located at 1448 Lee Beard Way, Augusta, Georgia 30901. All questions must be submitted in writing to the office of the Procurement Department by fax at 706-8-21-2811 or by mail. No bid will be accepted by fax, all must be received by mail or hand delivered. The last day to submit questions is Tuesday, October 30, 2007 by 3:00 p:m. I I I I No BID may be withdrawn for a period of 60 days after time has been called on the date of opening. A 10% Bid bond is required to be submitted in a separate envelope so marked along with the bidders' qualifications; a 100% performance bond and a 100% payment bond will be required for award. Bidders will please note that the number of copies requested; all supporting documents including financial statements and references and such other attachments that may be required by the bid are material conditions of the package. Any bid package found incomplete or submitted late shall be rejected by the Procurement Office. Any bidder allegedly contending that he/she has been improperly disqualified from bidding due to an incomplete bid submission shall have the right to appeal to the appropriate committee of the Augusta Commission. Please mark BID number on the outside of the envelope. I I I I This is a federally assisted project.' Bidders and contractors performing work under this adver\isement are bound by the requirements of President's Executive Order 11246 as amended by Executive Order 11375: Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Section 109 of Title 1 of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974, as amended; Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968; the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986; the Davis-Bacon Act; the Copeland. "Anti-Kickback" Act; and the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. The bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the goals and timetables for minority and female participation in each trade and to the fact that not less than minimum wages set forth in the contract documents must be paid. GERI A. SAMS, Procurement Director Publish: Augusta Chronicle Metro Courier October 16, 18, 23, 25, 2007 October 22, 2007 I I I cc: Tameka Allen Chester Wheeler Rose White Interim Deputy Administrator Housing & Corrununity Development Housing & Community Development I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Invitation To Bid Sealed bids will be received at this office until 3:00 p.m. on Tuesday, September 11, 2007 Bid #07-159 Lamar Mcdical Ccntcr Improvements, Expansion & Parking Lot for Housing & Community Development Department BID's will be received by Augusta, GA Commission hereinafter referred to as the OWNER at the offices of: Geri A. Sams Procurement Department 530 Greene Street - Room 605 Augusta, Georgia 30911 706-821-2422 Bidding documents may be examined at the following locations: Office of the Owner; Augusta, GA Procurement Department, 530 Greene Street - Room 605, Augusta, GA 30911. Plans and specifications for the project can be made available upon request to bnaging Technologies. The fees for the plans and specifications which are non-refundable is $25.00 Documents may also be examined during regular business hours at F. W. Dodge Room, 1281 Broad Street, Augusta, GA 30901 and Augusta Builders Exchange, 1262 Merry Street, Augusta, GA 30904. It is the wish of the Owner that all businesses are given the opportunity to submit on this project. To facilitate this policy, the Owner is providing the opportunity to view plans online (\;.-ww .itreuro.com) at DO charge through Imaging Technologies (706-724-7924) beginning Tuesday, August 21, 2007. Bidders are cautioned that submitting a package without review or procurement of a complete set are likely to overlook issues of construction phasing, delivery of goods or services, or coordination with other work that is material to the successful completion of the project. Bidders are cautioned that sequestration of documents through any other source is not advisable Acquisition of documents from unauthorized sources places the bidder at the risk of receiving incomplete or inaccurate infonnation upon which to base his qualifications. A Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference will be held on Friday, August 31,2007 at 10:00 am in Room 60S of the Procurement Department.. All questions must be submitted in writing to the office of the Procuremcnt Department by fax at 706-821-2811 or by mail. No bid will be accepted by fax, all must be received by mall or hand delivered. The last day to submit questions is Tuesday, September 4,2007 by 2:00 p.m. No BID may be withdrawn for a period of 60 days after time has been called on the date of opening. A 10% Bid bond is required to be submitted in a separate envelope so marked along with the bidders' qualifications; a 100% performance bond and a 100% payment bond will be required for award. Bidders will please note that the number of copies requested; all supporting documents including financial statements and references and such other attachments that may be required by the bid are material conditions of the package. Any bid package found incomplete or submitted late shall be rejected by the Procurement Office. Any bidder allegedly contending that he/she has been improperly disqualified from bidding due to an incomplete bid submission shall have the right to appeal to the appropriate committee of the Augusta Commission. Please mark BID number on the outside of the envelope. GERI A. SAMS, Purchasing Director Publish: Augusta Chronicle Metro Courier August21,23,27,30,2007 August 29,2007 cc: Tameka Allen Chester Wheeler Rose White Interim Deputy Administrator Housing & Community Development Housing & Community Development I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II Ii I I' ,I I,! I I I I: I I; I I: I 1:1 1 1 I:i I I I 1:1 AHCDD Form 103 (Rev. 10/06) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT BID FORM COBG #2007R IFB #: Project Number . CDBG #2007R Bidders are encouraged to carefully examine the documents and construction site. Failure to do so shall be at the bidder's risk. Bid Issue Date Submit bid to: Geri A. Sams Procurement Department 530 Greene Street Augusta, GA 30911 Project Title Lamar Medical Clinic 1m rovements & Ex ansion Project Description Name of Company: ,4;IA H A-12- t.oNt;-r4lc710t4! i.tJMf7, lAIc. Federal Tax 10 Number: /' ?'fiL '2-5'3 7'30 b Bidder's Telephone Number: '7t/b - 36 Cf t:J7tJO Bidder's Address: r;;F:(), eO k (g7 7 E;vrhV'Y (;;1 50g 09 / Bidder's Fax Number: 70 6 Z{.b> 5"1/ S- Nam~;:/yittin/!-::w /ff2- Title of Person Submitting the Bid: P~ESI7)E/Vf This is to acknowledge that an authorized representative(s) of the above named company has familiarized himself/herself/themselves with the local conditions affecting the cost of the work, all ' instructions, General and Supplemental Conditions, Contractor's compliance and reporting requirements, the specifications, drawings, and addenda. The Augusta Housing & Community Development Department (AHCDD) requires a minimum acceptance period of 60 calendar days. "Acceptance period." as used in this provision,means the number of calendar days available to AHCDD for awarding a contract from the date specified in this solicitation for receipt of bids. By the submission of this bid. the bidder certifies that neither it nor any person or firm who has an interest in the bidder's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded contracts by either the U.S. Department of Housing & Urban Development or the Augusta Housing & Community Development Department, according to AHCDD policies and procedures. In submitting this bid. it is understood that AHCDD and the Owner reserve the right to reject any and all bids. Acknowledgment of Addenda: The bidder acknowledges the following addenda: (Failure to acknowledge may cause bid rejection.) Addenda No. Addenda Date Addenda No. Addenda Date Addenda No. Addenda Date Addenda No. Addenda Date Page 103-1 1,1 I I I,. II I: I, I, I: If I~ Ii I: I I I' Iii I II 1:1 AHCDD Form 103 (Rev, 10/06) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT BID FORM IFB#: CDBG #2007R AHCDD D is D is not requesting deductive alternates for this bid. To offer a bid the bidder is requested to breakout the following items from the base bid. Each item shall include all labor, materials, equipment and services required to complete item. Item Bid le/l-oV B/J $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ If fictitious trade name is employed in the conduct of business, insert such name and complete, as appropriate. This foregoing fictitious or trade name: D is D is not registered under State Law. Bidder's Slgnatu~ Date // ./ ,,/ /' / ,/ Name of person submitting the bid ~/,,,_. Witness Witness Name Bus;neSli address Wilness Signature Dale Page 103-3 I S-2000 (8/88) PUBLIC I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY CINONNA n, OHIO Bid Bond PUBLIC CONTRACTS KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we Ammar Construction Co., Inc. as Principal. hereinafter called the Principal, and THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Ohio, as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Augusta, GA Commission as Obligee. hereinafter called the Obligee, in th~ sum of Ten Percent of Bid Dollars ($ 1 0% of Bid ). for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors. administrators. successors and assigns, jointly and severally. firmly by these presents. WHEREAS. the Principal has submitted a bid for Project No. CDBG #2007R: Lamar Medical Center (t<e _ bt'J.:(t. 07-/.)'l1l) Improvements & Expansion NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal within the period specified therein for acceptance (60 days if no period is specified) and the Principal shall enter into a contract with the said Obligee in accordance with the terms of said bid and give bond for the faithful performance thereof within the period specified (30 days if no period is specified); or if the Principal shall, in the case of failure to do so, indemnify the Obligee against any loss the Obligee may suffer directly arising by reason of such failure, not to exceed the penalty of this bond, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 1 2 day of November ,-'l~2007 Ammar Construction Co., Inc. (Principal) (Seal) B;-~~b /!1-e<;/chJ ./-;>~---'f I (Title) c:-:;:7 / THE CINCINNATI I RA CE COMPANY (Seal) By: Attorney-in-Fact I THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY Fairfield, Ohio I POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE CmCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of I the State of Ohio, and having its principal office in the City of Fairfield, Ohio, does hereby constitute and appoint Roy Scarborough, Jr.; Suzy M. Dekle; Alicia J. Rhoades and/or James C. Channell, Jr. I of Augusta, Georgia . its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact to sign, execute, seal and de1iver on its behalf as Surety, and as its act and deed, any and all bonds, policies, undeltakings, or other like instruments, as follows: Any such obligations in the United States, up to Fifteen Million and No/100 Dollars ($15,000,000.00). I This appointment is made under and by authority of t.he following resolution passed by the Board of Directors of s. aid Company at a meeting held in the principal office of the Company, a quorum being present and voting, on the 6th day of December, 1958, which resolution is still in effect:.. . I I "RESOLVED, that the President or any Vice President be hereby authorized; and empowered to appoint Attorneys-in- Fact of the Company to execute any and all bonds, policies, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Corporation, and may authorize any officer or any such Attorney-in-Fact to affix the corporate seal; and may with or without cause modify or revoke any such appointment or authority. Any such writings so executed by such Attorneys-in- Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company." This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the I Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 7th day of December, 1973. "RESOLVED, that the signature of the President or a Vice President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted, and the signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary and the seal of the I Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power and any such power of certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company. Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed shall; with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached, continue to be valid and binding on the Company." I IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE CINCll'!NATI lNSl'RANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be sealed with its corporate sea!, duly attested by its Senior Vice President this ! st day of August, 2004. I jtJ:::e;;:CE COMPANY Senior Vice President o H' 0 I STATE OF OHIO COUNTY OF BUTLER I On this 1 st day of August, 2004, before me came the above-named Senior Vice President of THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, to me personally known to be the officer described herein, and acknowledged that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the corporate seal of said Company and the corporate seal and the signature of the officer were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and. direction of said corporation. I "",u.."", ~" \ " l t", ,....,~~,..~ . ~~, $0 r;;., ~ .. ~...\\"qJ'... ~ ':0 $';:/1; ~ :*: 1lf-: - ~ : ~ : . I ~...\~...o... .. v). ~A ~~, '1,. 0 .~ "4, t of ......,...4' ,'......1......... 1, the undersigned Secretmy or Assistant Secretary ofTRE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, hereby certify that the above i~ a true and correct copy of the Original Power of Attorney issued by said Company, and do hereby further certify that the said Power cif I Attorney is still in full force and effect. GIVEN under my hand and sea! of said Company at Fairfield, Ohio. I this ~,. \n.~..2 day of N ovembe r, 2007 (d.,Pm'~.RA.T:t". ~.'; ~ S E " /J I~ [~ 1 - n: ~- ,~~ ':Ii' I I ) ss: ) /' .7iL MARK J. H LLER, Attorney at Law NOTARY PUBLIC - STATE OF OHIO My commission has no expiration date. Section 147.03 O.R.C. /~a~h~~~~~ Secretary I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II Ii I ~I Ii I I: I II -I II II II I. I I, I II I. I I' I II II II II AHCDD Form 104 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS, AND OTHER STATEMENTS OF BIDDERS COSG #2007R IFB #: 1. Certificate of Independent Price Determination: a. The bidder certifies that: (1) The prices in this bid have been arrived at independently, without, for the purpose of restricting competition, any consultation, communication, or agreement with any other bidder or competitor relating to: (a) those prices; (b) the intention to submit a bid; or (c) the methods or factors used to calculate the prices offered; (2) The prices in this bid have not been and will not be knowingly disclosed by the bidder, directly or indirectly. to any other bidder or competitor before bid opening (in the case of a sealed bid solicitation) or contract award (in the case of a competitive proposal solicitation) unless otherwise required by law; and (3) No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other concern to submit' or not to submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition. b. Each signature on the bid is considered to be a certification by the signatory that the signatory: (1) Is the person in the bidder's organization responsible for detennining the prices being offered in this bid or proposal, and that the signatory has not participated and will not participate in any action contrary to subparagraphs a.(1) through a.(3) above; or (2) Has been authorized, in writing, to act as agent for the following principals in certifying that those principals have not participated, and will not participate in any action contrary to subparagraphs a. (1) through a. (3) above. .--r; fI./Y' AH t<1 /ilL [Insert full name of person(s) in the bidder's organization responsible for determining the prices offered in this bid or proposal, and the title of his or her position in the bidder's organization] (3) As an authorized agent, does certify that the principals named in subdivision b.(2)(a) above have not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to subparagraphs a.(1) through a.(3) above; and (4) As an agent, has not personally participated, and will not participate in any action contrary to subparagraphs a. (1) through a. (3) above. c. If the bidder deletes or modifies subparagraph (a) 2 above, the bidder must furnish with its bid a signed statement setting forth in detail the circumstances of the disclosure. Page 104-1 II I: I II I Ii I Ii I I, I Ii I II I II I Ii I Ii I Ii I I: I I I: I Ii I I: I 5. II I II I I: I AHCDD Form 104 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS, AND OTHER STATEMENTS OF BIDDERS COBG #2007R IFB #: b. The bidder, by signing its bid, hereby certifies to the best of his or her knowledge and belief as of the date of this bid, that: (1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any .person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress on his or her behalf in connection with the awarding of a contract resulting from this solicitation; (2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds (including profit or fee received under a covered Federal transaction) have been paid, or will be paid, to any. person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress on his or her behalf in connection with this solicitation, the bidder shall complete and submit, with its bid, OMS standard form LLL, "Disclosure of Lobbying Activities;" and (3) He or she will include the language of this certification in all subcontracts at any tier and require' that all recipients of subcontract awards in excess of $100,000 shall certify and disclose accordingly. c. Submission of this certification and disclosure is a prerequisite for making or entering into this contract imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, United States Code. Any person who makes an expenditure prohibited under this provision or who fails to file or amend the disclosure form to be filed or amended by this provision, shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000, and not more than $100,000, for each such failure. 4. Organizational Conflicts. of Interest Certification: The bidder certifies that to the best of its knowledge and belief and except as otherwise disclosed, he or she does not have any organizational conflict of interest which is defined as a situation in which the nature of work to be performed under this proposed contract and the bidder's organizational, financial. contractual, or other interests may, without some restriction on future activities: a. Result in an unfair competitive advantage to the bidder; or, b. Impair the bidder's objectivity in performing the contract work. [ 'i-] In the absence of any actual or apparent conflict, I hereby certify that to the best of my knowledge and belief, no actual or apparent conflict of interest exists with regard to my possible performance of this procurement (Please initial.) Bidder's Certification of Eligibility: a. By the submission of this bid, the bidder certifies that to the best of its knowledge and belief, neither it, nor any person or firm which has an interest in the bidder's firm, nor any of the bidder's subcontractors, is ineligible to: Page 104-3 Ii I I,ll I,i I Ii I Iii I) I Il I Ii I Ii I Ii I II I 11 I 1,1 9. 1:.1 I I Ii I Ii I Ii I I; I AHCDD Form 104 (Rev. 05107) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY 'DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS, AND OTHER STATEMENTS OF BIDDERS COSG #2007R IFB #: c. [!J is D is not a minority business enterprise. "Minority business enterprise," as used in this provision, means a business which is at least 51 percent owned or controlled by one or. more minority group members or, in the case of a publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of its voting stock is owned by one or more minority group members, and whose management and daily operations are controlled by one or more such individuals. For the purpose of this definition, minority group members are: (Check the block applicable to you) o Black Americans D Hispanic Americans D Asian Pacific Americans D Asian Indian .Americans D Native Americans D Hasidic Jewish Americans 8. Certification of Eligibility Under the Davis-Bacon Act: (applicable to construction contracts exceeding $2,000) a. By the submission of this bid, the bidder certifies that neither it nor any person or firm who has an interest in the bidder's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded contracts by the United States Government by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5. 12(a)(1). b. No part of the contract resulting from this solicitation shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible to be awarded contracts by the United States Government by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). . c. . The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U. S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities (applicable to contracts exceeding $10,000) a. The bidder's attention is called to the clause entitled Equal Employment Opportunity of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. b. "Segregated facilities," as used in this provision, means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees, that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin because of habit, local custom, or othelWise. c. By the submission of this bid, the bidder certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform their services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The bidder agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Employment Opportunity clause in the contract. Page 104-5 II I. I. I. I. I. II II I ,I II II II II II I: I II II II II AHCDD Form 104 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS, AND OTHER STATEMENTS OF BIDDERS COBG #2007R IFB#: 11. Bidder's Signature: This form must be submitted with the bid with all information completed. The bidder hereby certifies that the information contained in these certifications and representations is accurate, complete, and current. Failure to submit this certification properly completed and executed will render the bidder non-respon~... ~~ (Signature and Date) ~- rj; IvY AM' H A- f2- (Typed or Printed Name) P,R ES' ('1:) E tVT (Title) A- tU r-{ A IL {~,A/~ 7lZvC-7rcQ/l/ {; uP/7;1/7 luc; (Company Name) .c:r=:; Or ~K 18'77 61/A-/VS &d3ogoc; (Company Address) / Page 104-7 1'1 1'1 I, I Ii I 1\ I I~: I Ii I I: I II II II II II II II II II II II AHCDD Form 105 (Rev. 10/06) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT CERTIFICATION FOR BUSINESS CONCERNS SEEKING SECTION 3 PREFERENCE IN CONTRACTING AND DEMONSTRATION OF CAPABILITY COSG #2007R IFB#: Name of Business: Address of Business: ,"::::> 0 ,,-, \/ I ( I DO~ IF 77 Attached is the following documentation as evidence of status: For business claiming status as a Section 3 resident-owned Enterprise: o Copy of resident lease 0 Other Evi o Copy o,t evidence of participation in a public assistance progff For the business entity (as applicable): n, r .. o Copy of Articles of Incorporation liV . 0 Certificate of Good Standing D Assumed Business Name Certificate /1 D Partnership Agreement D List of Owners/Stockholders and % of each J 0 Corporation Annual Report o Organization chart with names and titles and brief functional statement o Latest Board minutes appointing officers o Additional documentation For business claiming Section 3 status by subcontracting 25 percent of the do!Jar awarded to qualified Section 3 business: o List of subcontracted Section 3 business with corresponding certifications & subcontract amount For business claiming Section 3 status, claiming at least 30 percent of their workforce. are currently Section 3 residents, or were Section 3 eligible residents within 3 years of date of first employment with the business: D List of all current full time employees 0 list of all employees claiming Section 3 status D Residential lease (less than 3 years from day of employment) o Other evidence of Section 3 status (less than 3 years from date of employment) Evidence of ability to perform successfully under the terms and conditions of the proposed contract: o Current financial statement D List of owned equipment D Statement of ability to comply with public policy DUst of all contracts for the past two years .-;;;/{j'/ If /1.4' 1-( 4/2- (Authorizing Offici Name - Print) (Corporate Seal) ~;:>~C~ (Authori~~af.==.Signature ) ~ Attested by: Name (Print): Page 105-1 Iii II AHCDD Form 106 (Rev. 10/06) I, I ,. FIRM NAME AND ADDRESS, Iii I TELEPHONE: 70b .- 3h r- 0700 " I II I. I II -I II 2. 1113 II Note: FalJure to submit this affidavit by the date specified in this solicitation may render the bid non- II responsive. No contract award will be made without a properly executed affidavit. II Name: Signature: II Title: II II II II AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT AtLlH' 4;:(, [OtVYit21/C.7fcD;(/ bti-/r: (A/L:, !P, (), Box If?? Cl//j-j1/S'j (;A 5oflo,9 FAX: ?ol. f?63 S'f/.J- IFB #: CDBG #2007R 2. SPECIFY TYPE OF OWNERSHIP: Sole Proprietor R MSE Partnership LJ SSE Professional Corp. L-' WBE Corporation GA Business License #: By submission of this bid or proposal, each Vendor and each person signing on behalf of any Vendor certifies, and, in the case of a joint bid or offer, each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, under penalty of perjury, that to the best of his knowledge and belief: 1.' The prices in this qu~tatjon have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation. communications, or agreement for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such prices with any other bidder/offeror or with any competitor; Unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have been offered in this bid/offer have not been knowingly disclosed by the bidder/offeror and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder/offeror, directly or indirectiy to any other bidder/offeror or to any competitor; , No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder/offeror to include any other person, partnership or corporation to submit or not to submit a bid/offer for the purpose of restricting competition and, 4. No employee of the City of Augusta or any elected or appointed official has received or will receive any payment or any other form of financial compensation from the bidderJofferor as a result of award of a contract or promise of award to the bidder/offeror. ! I ,- q .-- 0 ") day of t-J~k~~ ~ER .... 'i\ c> ,.,;. D:\\-\ f:O t~... 20 v Of~:'A'V' . ........ :.<t/\ ..... I . "'.... "".. .e ", V ~ - 1 .'",~OTAAy'" ~ _/ee .. ~ ~ ('): My Comm. Exp. ': <( ~ ~ 0 ; July 6, 2008 : ;;:; :- $\,,:G . \oJ: \~.... J"JUBL\ts 'fi.~\l "'. ~.L\ f. .. ~ $ ':~ '''It, e.....o~ 0 ..,'" .....-1 COUl'! \ " ",- ''''lif~.,ef''''. ,.' ", Name: Signature: Title: Date: /i-q-o,? Date: Subscribed and swom to before me this GpiA M81ss~res~Jj Notary Page 106-1 ce:o .2007 I I II II Iii II 1'1 Ill- Iii I( I II I II I Iii 1/1 III Iii I!I Ii I 11 I I' I AHCDD Form 107 (Rev. 10/06) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT BIDDERS QUALIFICATIONS COBG #2007R IFB #= All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary add separate sheets for items requiring additional explanation. This information may be submitted in a separate sealed envelope marked "Bidder's Qualifications and Financial Statement". In the event your bid is not selected for award, this envelope will be returned to the Contractor unopened. 1 . Name of Bidder. MH/1f2.. (~A/s7l tleli 0 IV (10M fJ. /UC, 2. Date Company Organized: 2. - /6 ~ 2000 3. Pennanent main office address 4. State incorporated &cOI2-G-//l 42/ ( 9 r.-,I/TH ' FIEf:- D CIZEE'/L LvlJA/S ( G.~ 'S,ot?CX( 5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present fjnn name? 6'( f,f FAf2- ~ 6. Listing of current contracts: (Schedule these, showing nature of the work, gross amount of each contract, anticipated dates for completion, name and telephone number of owner's representative). to 7. General character of work usually performed by your company. CLE /112/ A/C- I a-1ZA--U( /I/(]--/ 9a.vk. S {o/VS'-rIZ-UC-nOIV t 'VA-VI/VO- I rg U IL D / tJcS- {oA/'S'"17I2U c Tro 8. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? If so, where and why? NiJ 9. Have you ever defaulted on a contract? If so, where and why? ;VcJ 10. List the three (3) most important Structures recently completed by your company, stating approximate cost of each, month and year completed, name and telephone number of owner's representative. ~~ , /' '7 /04-11-'1 OcOZJ {J .- I (J ,- (fJ ') 1:1 - 0 ') ,/ Page 107-1 Iii I I AHCDD Form 107 (Rev. 10/06) I I 15. F'na""'o' "port not..... than ..... (3) mo"" otd and conto'.;ng a "'ana .h~l ","",ding al,.... ... fcii~ln. 'nfonna'= I; I, , 1 CURRENT ASSETS: I; II Cash , Joint Venture Accounts Accounts Receivable Notes Receivable Accrued Interest on Notes Deposits Material ana Prepaid Expense Total Current Assets 1\ I I ( I FIXED ASSETS. NET OTHER ASSETS TOTAL ASSETS: Ii I CURRENT UABILITIES I; I I! I I: I 1,1 II The undersigned hereby authorizes nd requests any person, firm, or corporation to furnish any information requested by the City's Augusta Housing & Community Development Depa in verification of the recitals comprising this Statement of Bidder's Qualifications. 1,1 I SignatureJ2flmj Date I If- I; State of (-l-e..pv~ (CL _ 1 ss. 'I Countyo~. CO(u.~b' C( _ /) .# I, ! I .:=.!l - ([), '7 'being duly sworn deposes and says that he is (-l/'~ f;f2 SL ~ of A M I-A. M (at S" 6..10....... and that the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and I I correct. ,'>"";:,~\,\ER r::O~f8.. . r/}l ... un-" 0 I' Sworn to before me this ~~o~;;f.N.\)V .20 D ~ fv~ \.. j,~ ! l -0. 'r, Notary Public / I _ \>" II I ! 0 i My Comm. Exp. : <( ~. My Commission Expires '( r (J) ( (") '( . . ". " et":- .1):: ',. \. <;.... ,oUBL\V .,.~p l ~ -I?".L<\ '-. ",.. 0::<.1 ~ #01 '\T~ ...... -..1 'r,~ I' I ~..~. -"1 COUN\ ...., >,., , ..''''fYRo'llljJllU....a,i\ AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT BIDDERS QUALIFICATIONS IFB #:. COBG #2007R BALANCE SHEET ASSETS It:, 7 I NO i7i,'ilg 33& b'2-g I LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL Accounts Payable Notes Payable Accrued Interest on Notes Provision for Income Taxes Advances Received from Owners Accrued Salaries Accrued Payroll Taxes Other Total Current Uabilities .--- (9 OTHER LIABILITIES CAPITAL Capital Slock AuthOrized and Outstanding Shares. Par Value Earned Surplus o ) 33~ 6'2-8 ! '3""3 ~ rou ( TOTAL LIABIUTlES AND CAPITAL Name of Bidder 'IOILI Y &{MIl-/2- Title of Bidder 011 ..-c .,...., ..- 'If /0<" cs. I y C"AJ 'T Page 107-3 - I. I. ~. I. ~. ~I I. ~I II _I _I II II 1,1 Iii 1'1 II II II AHCDD Form 110 (Rev. 10/06) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL CDBG #2007R IFB#: For bidding corporation, the following certification must be made by Secretary of the corporation named as Principal in bond, attached to the Bid Bond and submitted with the bid. I, ty AFiHl,q' If-M U AIL , certify that I am the Secretary of tRe corporation named as Principal in the within bond. 10 Ll;t/J IN' c..- (JAAd ;1 J..1 i-{ ,4,r:L L () /1/ S -r (l t/ L-r L-<? III co ~ r rr 7 ' That 014/ -N) f-'( A-IL , who signed the bond on behalf of the Principal, was then the ']) b of said corporation; that I know his/her signature, and his/her signature thereto is genuine; and that said bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested to for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing body. Signature of Secretary of the Corporation Name of Secretary of the Corporation /, (1 l(f0tJ~ ~/'--' C Y /JfHi /1- IJ-M H t9-/l-- Date /1- 1'1 -- 07 Corporate Seal Page 110-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ A CONFLICT OF INTEREST: It shall be unethical for any City of Augusta business or participant directly or indirectly in a procurement contract when the employee or official knows that: (a) the employee or official or any member of the employee's or official's immediate family has a substantial interest or financial interest pertaining to the procurement contrdct, except that the purchase of goods and services from businesses which a member of the Commission or other City of Augusta employee has a financial interest is authorized as per a.C.G.A. 36-1-14, or the procurement contract is awarded pursuant to o.c.a.A. 45-10-22 and 45-1 0-24, or the transaction is excepted from said restrictions by O.c.G.A 45-10-25; (b) Any other person, business, or organization with whom the employee or official of any member of an employee's or officials immediate family is negotiating or has an arrangement concerning prospective employment is involved in the procurement contract. Any employee or official or any member of an employee's or official immediate family who holds a substantial interest or financial interest in a disclosed blind trust shaJl not be deemed to have a conflict of interest with regard to matters pertaining to that substantial interest or financial interest. I, ( vendor) information '};NY Il-MH/lfL , have read and understand the contained in the bid specifications. If Vendor Name: fo /, iM fl-I A-;2. A/S- T (2{/ C {l o/l/ LO tG( P /f/1/ 'T' lIVe- Address: '? 0 (j5 0 >< 1/5"7 ? City & State: __ c- (./ rJ-N s,. , ~. A I soRa? Fax # ( 7o,e Phone#: (706) 564~ 0 '700 I Signature: Cb ~ G- .f!= 2. 00 7.t2. (I<e-bW -# 0 7-1 s-c; A-) Bid Item Number and Name: THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH BID PACKAGE. NO EXCEPTION(S) WILL BE GRANTED 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY CINONNATI, OHIO Bid Bond PUBLIC CONTRACTS KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we Ammar Construction' Co. , . Inc. as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Ohio, as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Augusta, GA Commission as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in th!3 sum of Ten Percent of Bid Dollars ($ 1 0% of Bid ), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for Project No. CDBG #2007R: Lamar Medical Center ({<.e _ btP{ * 07- /.)'11/) Improveme~ts & Expansion NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal within the period specified therein for acceptance (60 days if no period is specified) and the Principal shall enter into a contract with the said Obligee in accordance with the terms of said bid and give bond for the faithful performance thereof within the period specified (30 days if no period is specified); or if the Principal shall, in the case of failure to do so, indemnify the Obligee against any loss the Obligee may suffer directly arising by reason of such failure, not to exceed the penalty of this bond, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 1 2 day of November ,'l:~2007 Ammar Construction Co., Inc. (Principal) (Seal) __......L. - j' 'CA I, ,,-- ../ \. B;-- ->/~~~'le~L t{!,u/J' /..:..-"- .- (Title) /;;7"" (./ By: Attorney-in-Fact CE COMPANY (Seal) 5-2000 (8/88) PUBLIC I THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY Fairfield, Ohio I KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Ohio, and having its principal office in the City of Fairfield, Ohio, does hereby constitute and appoint I Roy Scarborough, Jr.; Suzy M. Dekle; Alicia J. Rhoades and/or James C. Channell, Jr. POWER OF ATTORNEY L of Augusta, Georgia its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact to sign, execute, seal I and deliver on its behalf as Surety, and as its act and deed, any and all bonds, policies, undertakings, or other like instruments, as follows: Any such obligations in the United States, up to Fifteen Million and No/IOO Dollars ($15,000,000.00). This appointment is made under and by authority of the following resolution passed by the Board of Directors of said Company I. at a meeting held in the principal office of the Company, a quorum being present and voting, on the 6th day of December, 1958, which resolution is still in effect: This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the I Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 7th day of December, 1973. I I I "RESOLVED, that the President or any Vice President be hereby authorized, and empowered to appoint Attorneys-in- Fact of the Company to execute any and all bonds, policies, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Corporation, and may authorize any officer or any such Attorney-in-Fact to affix the corporate seal; and may with or without cause modify or revoke any such appointment or authority. Any such writings so executed by such Attorneys-in- Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company." "RESOLVED, that the signature of the President or a Vice President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted, and the signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power and any such power of certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the. Company. Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed shall, with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached, continue to be valid and binding on the Company." I IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE CINCINNATI INSUPANCE COMPM"'Y has caused these presents to be sealed with its corporate seal, duly attested by its Senior Vice President this 1 st day of August, 2004. I nzy~CECOMPANY Senior Vice President I STATE OF OHIO C01JNTY OF BUTLER I On this 1 st day of August, 2004, before me came the above-named Senior Vice President of THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, to me personally known to be the officer described herein, and acknowledged that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the cOlporate seal of said Company and the corporate seal and the signature of the officer were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction of said corporation. """'\':"l"ff'#~ ~\" ,,"v.'" _ft ~" ~ ~r . u~"''$,. ~"'O .~~., ~ f~fS:s~~\~\ =*i ilf: - . : = - . . . ~ \~O~ ~d\ ,~ ,....~ o~1 ;f##. "'E of t'4' ..,##......I~ I, the undersigned Secretary or Assistant Secretary of THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, hereby certify that the above is a true and correct copy of the Original Power of Attorney issued by said Company, and do hereby further certify that the said Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect. I 1 1 I I I ) ss: ) /' .711- MARK J. H LLER, Attorney at Law NOTARY PUBLIC. STATE OF OHIO My commission has no expiration date. Section 147.03 a.R.C. this GIVEN under my hand and seal of said Company at Fairfield, Ohio. 12 my of November, 2007 /dzcraeE ~A'~P-~~ -"Secretary J. O(;~:'. I);/O.(~. I THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY I Fairfield, Ohio POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized under the laws of I the State of Ohio, and having its principal office in the City of Fairfield, Ohio, does hereby constitute and appoint Roy Scarborough, Jr.; Suzy M. Dekle; Alicia J. Rhoades and/orJamesC. Channell, Jr. I of Augusta, Georgia its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact to sign, execute, seal and deliver on its behalI as Surety, and as its act and deed, any and all bonds, policies, undertakings, or other like instruments, as follows: Any such obligations in the United States, up to Fifteen Million and No/lOO Dollars ($15,000,000.00). I This appointment is made under and by authority of the following resolution passed by the Board of Directors of said Company at a meeting held in the principal office of the Company, a quorum being present and voting, on the 6th day of December, 1958, which resolution is still in effect: I I "RESOLVED, that the President or any Vice President be hereby authorized, and empowered to appoint Attorneys-in- Fact of the Company to execute any and all bonds, policies, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Corporation, and may authorize any officer or any such Attorney-in-Fact to affix the corporate seal; and may with or without cause modify or revoke any such appointment or authority. Any such writings so executed by such Attomeys-in- Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company." This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsiniile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 7th day of December, 1973. "RESOLVED, that the signature of the President or a Vice President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted, and the signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power and any such power of certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company. Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed shall, with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached, continue to be valid and binding on the Company." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE CINCINNATI INSUPANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be sealed with its corporate seal, duly attested by its- Senior Vice President this I st day of August, 2004. I I I I T~CECOMP~Y Senior Vice President I STATE OF OHIO COUNTY OF BUTLER ) ss: ) I On this 1st day of August, 2004, before me came the above-named Senior Vice President of THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, to me personally known to be the officer described herein, and acknowledged that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the corporate seal of said Company and the corporate seal and the signature of the officer were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction of said corporation. ..,ntl...,,_ ,,' .. f. .,~ f'o"'" ,.. V. \ '" ~ ~" .t'O~~~;\ . i~{~~~\('\ =*i i*s :". .:~ ':> \~Ol \.p;- ~$ ~~ ~.,. 0 .~ ~#'#I E Of ~..~..~ ".................. I, the undersigned Secretary or Assistant Secretary of THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY, hereby certify that the above is a true and correct copy of the Original Power of Attorney issued by said Company, and do hereby further certify that the said Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect. -, .7UL I I MARK J. H LLER, Attorney at Law NOTARY PUBLIC. STATE OF OHIO My commission has no expiralion date. Section 147.03 O.R.C. I this GIVEN under my hand and seal of said Company at Fairfield, Ohio. 18th day of December 2007 /4cr3!J/'~~~--Z-~ Secretary 1. OC:": (L/Ol I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I 1-. I I I I I I I I I I I IFB #: FORM 108 WAGE DECISION TRANSCRIPT General Wage Decision: GA20070002 02/09/2007 GA2 Date Verified on Department of Labor Web Site: August 13, 2007 C,D~(;. '* 2l)(f General Decision Number: GA070002 02/09/2007 GA2 Superseded General Decision Number: GA20030002 State: Georgia Construction Type: Building County: Richmond County in Georgia. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include residential construction consisting of single family homes and apartments up to and including 4 stories) Modification Number o Publication Date 02/09/2007 SUGA2000-001 03/24/2000 Rates Fringes Acoustical Ceiling Mechanic....$ 13.60 2.01 Block Mason.... ...... ...... ....$ 16.00 Bricklayer.... .............. ...$ 12.21 Carpenter (does not include acoustical ceiling installation, automatic door installation, awning installation, batt and blown insulation, bin and shelf installation, concrete form work, decking, drapery installation, drywall finishing, drywall hanging, or partition installation) .....$ 12.14 Carpenters: CONCRETE FORM WORK ONLY... ..$ 12.00 METAL FRAME WORK.......... ..$ 13.01 Caulker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 9.00 Cement Mason....... . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 11.79 Drywall Finisher.......... .....$ 13.07 Drywall Hanger............ .....$ 13.60 Page 108-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I 1,1 I I I I I I I I 1-- I I I I I I I I I I I IFB#: FORM 108 WAGE DECISION TRANSCRIPT General Wage Decision: GA20070002 02/09/2007 GA2 Date Verified on Department of Labor Web Site: August 13, 2007 CD8G-*'Wlf the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (l) (ii)). In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates.. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.} Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.} should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division u.s. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7) . Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator u.s. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 Page 108-3 - I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1-_1 1 I 1 I I I II I~/ AHCDD Form 109 (Rev. 10/06) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT LIST OF DRAWINGS COBG #2007R IFB#: List of Project Drawings Bound Within the Bid Package EXHIBIT "A": DEDUCT ALTERNATE #1 (in Section 01100 Alternates) List of Schedules, Tables, and Details Bound Within the Bid Package List of Project Drawings Furnished With the Bid Package CIVIL: C1.0 EC AND DEMO PLAN C2.0 GRADING AND SITE PLAN C3.0 SITE PLAN DETAILS ARCHITECTURAL: GO.1 INDEX AO.1 DEMOLITION PLAN & EXISTING NORTH ELEVATION A 1.1 FLOOR PLAN & DETAILS A1.2 ROOF PLAN, FF&E PLAN &DETAILS A2.1 ELEVATIONS A2.2 SECTIONS & DETAILS A3.1 DOOR & WINDOW DETAILS DOOR SCHEDULE PLUMBING: P1.1 PLUMBING PLANS & DETAILS P2.1 PLUMBING SCHEDULES & SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL: M1.1 HVAC PLANS & NOTES M2.1 HVAC SCHEDULES & DETAILS ELECTRICAL: EO.O LEGEND, SCHEDULES EO.1 DEMOLITION PLAN E1.1 POWER PLAN E1.2 LIGHTING PLAN List of Schedules, Tables, and Details Furnished Separately With the Bid Package Page 109-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I . UKIl;INAL I I AHCDD Form 115 (Rev. 10106) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT NOTICE OF AWARD TO: Mr. Tony Ammar, Contractor Ammar Construction Company, Inc. P.O. Box 1877 Evans, GA 30809 PROJECT DESCRIPTION: Lamar Medical Center Improvements, Expansion & Parking Lot 1448 Lee Beard Way Augusta, GA 30901 The OWNER has considered the BID submitted by you for the above described WORK in response to its Advertisement for Bids dated November 12,2007, and Instruction for Bidders. You are hereby notified that your BID has been accepted for items in the amount of THREE-HUNDRED THIRTY SEVEN THOUSAND DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($337,000.00). You are required by the Instructions for Bidders to execute the Agreement and furnish the required Contractor's Performance Bond and Payment Bond within ten (10) calendar days from the date of this Notice to you. If you fail to execute said Agreement and to furnish said bonds within ten (10) days from the date of this Notice, said OWNER will be entitled to consider all your rights arising out of the OWNER'S acceptance of your BID as abandoned and as a forfeiture of your Bid Bond. The OWNER will be entitled to such other rights as may be granted by law. You are required to return an acknowledged copy of the NOTICE OF AWARD to the OWNER. Dated this 18TH day of December 2007. A~S~~RGIA ~--7 Chester A. Wheeler, III -- By: ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE: By: . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AHCDD Form 401 {Rev. 5/2DD?} I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Project #: COBG #2007R THIS AGREEMENT made this 18th day of December in the year 2007, by and between awarded Contractor, AMMAR CONSTRUCTION COMPANY. INC., (a legal entity), organized under the State of Georgia, hereinafter called the "Contractor," and AUGUSTA, GEORGIA, (a political subdivision of the State of Georgia), through its AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT, herein called the "Owner" 30901 DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION INC.. AND BEULAH GROVE COMMUNITY RESOURCE CENTER. INC.. hereinafter called the "Grant Subrecipients. " WITNESSETH, that the Contractor and Owner for the consideration stated herein, mutually agree as follows: ARTICLE I Statement/Scope of Work. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, material, equipment, and services and perform and complete all work required for the construction of Project No. 2007R, in strict accordance with "the plans, specifications and drawings for this project developed by 2KM ARCHITECTS. as architects. Numbered 07-08.3, dated Julv 27. 2007. Said documents being incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof. ARTICLE II Contract Price. The Augusta, Georgia Housing & Community Development Department, Owner, shall pay the Contractor for the performance of the Contract, in current funds, subject to additions and deductions as provided in the specifications for completed work meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents, the sum of: THREE-HUNDRED THIRTY SEVEN THOUSAND DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($337.000.00). Said contract price being paid as draws against the contract price and deducting from each draw 10% as retainage. The Contractor hereby agrees to commence work under this contract on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of the OWNER and to fully complete the project within 180 consecutive calendar days thereafter. The CONTRACTOR further agrees to pay, as liquidated damages, the sum of $100 for each consecutive calendar day thereafter as hereinafter provided in Paragraph "9" of the General Conditions. ARTICLE III Contractor agrees that time is of the essence in the completion of the work in the time required by this contract and hereby waives any formal notice of default for failure to complete the work of any of its component parts on time. Page 401-1 I I AHCDD Form 401 (Rev. 5/2007) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Project #: COBG #2007R ARTICLE IV Contract Documents. The contract documents consist of the following: (a) This Contract (b) General Conditions (c) Special/Supplemental Conditions (d) Technical Specifications (e) Drawings; and (f) Power of Attorney granted by the Augusta-Richmond County Commission to Chester A. Wheeler, III, so long as he is employed by Augusta, Georgia as the Director of the Augusta Housing and Community Development Department. ARTICLE V Special Stipulations. The following provisions shall control if in conflict with any of the foregoing terms of this contract. In the event that any provision or any other component part of this Contract conflicts with any provision of any other component part, the provision of the component part first enumerated in the ARTICLE IV shall govern, except as otherwise specially stated. The various provisions in the Addendum shall be construed in the order of the preference of the component part of the Contract which each modifies. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Instrument to be executed by and through their authorized representative in four (4) original counterparts as of the day and year first above written. ATTEST: AUQusta. GeorQia Owner ~'i;;.""':~;"t.'f:t.'\."t; ,,:..$" /;9.1ChMOi'fb"~ ..... . ~ e"." " .~~ ,.". -" ...." "'.. "o~. p,~~ ~o ~ ~~~ ,.5' -,;- .- ..~ <-4 f S ~"'A:;.-~-'l..' .~ ..~ ~ f.... c:.'''' t::\ ..: J~"~ "",/I "..1 ." ., '" ~ - ~~ t(!.~ $.~ ;-~ '.'": ~ iii _ e/ ":f ,-, <. flit ;:,' 1 . . .. ".J;' Pc BY: c~~~ ~ ~~- ..~~1 &1 ~~. (WIt ess) Page 401-2 I I AHCDD Form 401 (Rev. 5/2007) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Project #: COSG #2007R A TIEST: AMMAR CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. CONTRACTOR SEAL BY: ony Ammar / As its President (jJtr(Y~ Cynthia Ammar As its tary " SEAL 30901 DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, INC. & BEULAH GROVE COMMUNITY RESOURCE CENTER. INC. Grant Subrecipients BY: ~.#d-- /' Dr. Sam Davis As its Chief Executive Officer A TIEST: Page 401-3 I I AHCDD Form 401 (Rev. 5/2007) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Project #: CDBG #2007R This contract is entered into by and through its authorized agents: ~~ - ~ Chester A. Wheeler, III Director AHCDD Frederick L. Russ II City Administrator Page 401-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II .1 II I I I I I I I I II .! .1 I AHCDD Form 402 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS CDBG 2007R Project #: . CON DUCT OF WORK 1. Definitions. A. :'Architect" means the person or other entity engaged by the Owner or Grant Recipient to perform architectural, engineering, design, and other services related to the work as provided for in the contract. When AHCDD uses an engineer to act in this capacity, the terms "architect" and "engineer" shall be synonymous. The Architect shall serve as a technical representative of the Owner and the Grant Recipient. The Architect's authority is as set forth elsewhere in this contract. B. "Contract" means the contract entered into between Owner, Grant Recipient and the Contractor. It includes the forms of Bid, the Bid Bond, the Performance and Payment Bond or Bonds or other assurance of completion. the Certifications, Representations, and Other Statements of Bidders, these General Conditions of the Construction Contract, the applicable wage rate determinations from either the U.S. Department of Labor or HUD, and any Supplemental and Special conditions included in the contract, the Notice to Proceed, the drawings and specifications, and the work write up. It includes all formal changes to any of those documents by addendum, change order, or other modification The Contract, including all referenced documents, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties. No agent, representative, employee or officer of either Owner, the Grant Recipient, or the Contractor has authority to make any statement, agreement or representation, oral or written, in connection with the Contract, which in any way can be deemed to modify, add to or detract from, or otherwise change or alter its terms and conditions. No negotiations between the parties, nor any custom or usage, shall be permitted to modify or contradict any of the terms and conditions of the Contract. No modifications, alterations, changes, or waiver to the Contract or any of its terms shall be valid or binding unless accomplished by a written amendment signed by all parties. All such amendments will be made using the appropriate Owner form. C. "Contractor" means the person or other entity entering into the contract with the Owner and the Grant Recipient to perform all of the work required under the contract. D. "Drawings" means the drawings enumerated in the schedule of drawings contained in the Specifications and as described in the contract clause entitled "Specifications and Drawings for Construction" herein. E. "AHCDD" means the Augusta Housing and Community Development Department. The Owner's AHCDD provides financial assistance to an eligible Grant Recipient, which includes assistance in financing the work to be performed under this contract. As defined elsewhere in these General Conditions or the contract documents, the determination of AHCDD is required to authorize changes in the work or for release of funds for payment to the Contractor. Notwithstanding AHCDD's role, nothing in this contract shall be construed to create any contractual relationship between the Contractor and Owner. F. "AHCDD Rehabilitation Inspector" means the person or persons delegated the authority by Owner's AHCDD to execute, administer, and/or terminate this contract. The term includes any successor AHCDD Rehabilitation Inspector. The Owner's AHCDD shall be deemed an authorized agent of the Grant Recipient in all dealings with the Contractor. G. "Grant Recipient" is the person or organization identified as such in the Construction Contract. The term Grant Recipient means the Grant Recipient or his authorized representative. H. "Project" means the entire project, whether construction or rehabilitation, the work for wh ich is provided for in whole or in part under this contract. I. "Specifications" means the written description of the technical requirements for construction and includes the criteria and tests for determining whether the requirements are met. J. "Testing Laboratory" An independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests of the work, either ar the project site or elsewhere; and to report and, if required, interpret results of those inspections or tests. Page 402-1 - I I I I I I I I I I 114. I I I I I I I I AHCDD Form 402 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS COSG 2007R Project #: requested by Owner's AHCDD, may provide direction on contract performance. Such direction shall be within the scope of the contract and may not be of a nature which: (1.) Institutes additional work outside the scope of the contract; (2.) Constitutes a change as defined in the "Changes" clause of this contract; (3.) Causes an increase or decrease in the cost of the contract; (4.) Alters the Construction Progress Schedule; or (5.) Changes any of the other express terms or conditions of the contract. C. The Architect's duties and responsibilities may include but shall not be limited to: (1.) Making periodic visits to the work site, and on the basis of on-site inspections, issuing written reports to Owner's AHCDD, which shall include all observed deficiencies. The Architect shall file a copy of the report with the Contractor's designated representative at the site; Making modifications in drawings and technical specifications and assisting Owner's AHCDD in the preparation of change orders and other contract modifications for issuance by Owner's AHCDD; Reviewing and making recommendations with respect to: the Contractor's construction progress schedules; the Contractor's shop and detailed drawings; the machinery, mechanical and other equipment and materials or other articles proposed for use by the Contractor. Assisting in inspections, signing Certificates of Completion, and making recommendations regarding acceptance of work completed under the contract. (2.) (3.) (4.) (5.) {G.} (7.) Other Contracts: The Owner's AHCDD or the Grant Recipient may undertake or award other contracts for additional work at or near the site of the work under this contract. The Contractor shall fully cooperate with the other contractors and shall carefully adapt scheduling and performing the work under this contract to accommodate the additional work, heeding any direction that may be provided by Owner's AHCDD. The Contractor shall not commit or permit any act that will interfere with the performance of work by any other contractor. Page 402-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I- I AHCDD Form 402 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS CDBG 2007R Project #: B. The Contractor acknowledges that he is satisfied as to the character, quality, and quantity of surface and sub-surface materials or obstacles to be encountered insofar as this information is reasonably ascertainable from an inspection of the site, including all exploratory work done by Owner's AHCDD, as well as from any drawings and specifications made a part of this contract. Any failure of the Contractor to take the actions described and acknowledged in this paragraph will not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for estimating properly the difficulty and cost of successfully performing the work, or from proceeding to successfully perform the work without additional expen~e to Owner's AHCDD or the Grant Recipient. C. Owner's AHCDD assumes no responsibility for any conclusions or interpretations made by the Contractor based on the information made available by Owner's AHCDD. Nor does Owner's AHCDD assume responsibility for any understanding reached or representation made concerning conditions that can affect the work by any of its officers or agents before the execution of this contract. unless that understanding or representation is expressly stated in this contract. 4. Differing Site Conditions. A. The Contractor shall, within two (2) business days of discovery, and before the conditions are disturbed, give a written notice to Owner and the Architect of: (1.) subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site which differ from those indicated in this contract; or (2.) unknown physical conditions at the site, of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inhering in work of the character provided for in the contract. B. Owner's AHCDD and the Architect shall investigate the site conditions promptly after receiving the notice. Work shall not proceed at the affected site, except at the Contractor's risk, until Owner's AHCDD has provided written instructions to the Contractor. If the conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost or the time required for performing any part of the work under this contract, whether or not changed as a result of the conditions, Owner's AHCDD will make an equitable adjustment in the contract price, the delivery schedule, or both under this clause and the contract modified in writing accordingly. C. No request by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment to the contract under this clause shall be allowed, unless the Contractor has given the written notice required; provided, that the time prescribed above for giving written notice may be extended by Owner's AHCDD. D. No request by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment to the contract for differing site conditions shall be allowed if made after final payment under this contract. 5. Specifications and Drawings for Construction. A. The Contractor shall keep on the work site a copy of the drawings and specifications and at all times give access to Owner's AHCDD and the Architect. Anything mentioned in the specifications and not shown on the drawings, or shown on the drawings and not mentioned in the specifications, shall be of like effect as if shown or mentioned in both. In case of difference between drawings and specifications, the specifications shall govern. Incase _of discrepancy in the figures. in the drawings, or in the specifications. the matter shall be promptly submitted to the ArchiteCt, who will. make a determination in writing. Any adjustment by the Contractor without such a determination shall be at its own risk and expense. The Architect shall furnish from time to time such detailed drawings and other information as considered necessary, unless otherwise provided. B. Where in the specifications or drawings the words "directed", "required", "ordered", "designated", "prescribed", or like words are used. it shall be understood that the "direction", "requirement", "order", "designation", or "prescription", of Owner's AHCDD is intended. Similarly the words "approved," "acceptable," Page 402-5 I I I I I I I I II I I II 17. Ii .1 I .1 .' .1 .1 .1 I AHCDD Form 402 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS Project #: CDBG 2007R K. The Contractor shall provide with each submittal for approval a certificate attesting that the products or materials to be supplied are: (1.) currently and readily available; (2.) not obsolete or discontinued; and (3.) not to be discontinued or deleted from the supplier or manufacturers stock within the next calendar year. L. Layouts and Floor Plans provided by Owner's AHCDD are diagrammatic only and are intended to illustrate the general intentions of Owner's AHCDD only. They do not show all the work required, exact dimensions, or construction details. 6. As-Built Drawings. A. "As-built drawings," as used in this clause, means drawings submitted by the Contractor or subcontractor at any tier to show the construction of a particular structure or work as actually completed under the contract. "As-built drawings" shall be synonymous with "Record drawings." B. Within 5 days of notification of substantial completion, the Contractor shall provide the Architect accurate information to be used in the preparation of permanent as-built drawings. For this purpose, the Contractor shall record on one set of contract drawings all changes from the installations originally indicated, and record final locations of underground lines by depth from finish grade and by accurate horizontal offset distances to permanent surface improvements such as buildings. curbs, or edges of walks. No final payment will be made to the contractor until the Architect has received accurate information to be used in the preparation of permanent as-built drawings. C. This clause shall be included in all subcontracts. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all as-built drawings prepared by subcontractors are submitted to the Architect. Material and Workmanship. A. All equipment, material; and articles furnished under this contract shall be new and of the most suitable grade for the purpose intended, unless otherwise specifically provided in this contract. References in the contract to equipment, material, articles, or patented processes by trade name, make, or catalog number, shall be regarded as establishing a standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition. The Contractor may use any equipment, material, article, or process that, in the judgment of, and as approved by Owner's AHCDD and the Architect, is equal to that named in the specifications, unless otherwise specifically provided in this contract. B. Approval of equipment and materials: (1.) The Contractor shall obtain Owner's AHCDD and Architect approval of the machinery and mechanical and other equipment to be incorporated into the work. When requesting approval, the Contractor shall furnish to the Architect the name of the manufacturer, the model number, and other information concerning the performance, capacity, nature, and rating of the machinery and mechanical and other equipment. When required by this contract or by Owner's AHCDD, the Contractor shall also obtain Owner's AHCDD and Architect approval of the material or articles that the Contractor contemplates incorporating into the work. When requesting approval, the Contractor shall provide full information concerning the material or articles. Machinery, equipment. material, and articles that do not have the required approval shall be installed or used at the risk of subsequent rejection. (2.) When required by the specifications or Owner's AHCDD, the Contractor shall submit appropriately marked samples (and certificates related to them) for approval at the Contractor's expense, with all Page 402-7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I- I AHCDD Form 402 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS Project #: COSG 2007R (3.) Certificates shall be submitted in triplicate, describing each sample submitted for approval and certifying that the material, equipment, or accessory complies with contract requirements. The certificates shall include the name and brand of the product, name of manufacturer, and the location where produced. C. Approval of a sample shall not constitute a waiver of Owner's AHCDD or the Grant Recipient's right to demand full compliance with contract requirements. Materials, equipment, and accessories may be rejected for cause even though samples have been approved. D. Wherever materials are required to comply with recognized standards or specifications, such specifications shall be accepted as establishing the technical qualities and testing methods, but shall not govern the number of tests required to be made nor modify other contract requirements. Owner's AHCDD may require laboratory test reports on items submitted for approval or may approve materials on the basis of data submitted in certificates with samples. Check tests will be made on materials delivered for use only as frequently as Owner's AHCDD determines necessary to insure compliance of materials with the specifications. The Contractor will assume all costs of re-testing materials that fail to meet contract requirements and/or testing materials offered in substitution for those found deficient. E. After approval, samples will be kept on the job site until completion of work. They may be built into the work after a substantial quantity of the materials they represent has been built in and accepted. F. Prohibition against use of lead-based paint. The Contractor shall comply with the prohibition against the use of lead-based paint contained in the Lead-Based Paint Poisoning Prevention Act (42 U.S.C. 4821-4846) as implemented by 24 CFR Part 35. 8. Permits, Licenses, and Codes. A. The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, codes, rules, and regulations. Notwithstanding the requirement of the Contractor to comply with the drawings and specifications in the contract. work shall comply with all applicable codes and regulations as amended by any waivers. Before beginning the work, the contractor shall examine the drawings and specifications for compliance with all applicable ordinances and codes bearing on the work and shall immediately report any discrepancy it may discover to Owner's AHCDD and the Architect. Where requirements of the drawings and specifications fail to comply with such applicable ordinances or codes for the new or replaced work, Owner's AHCDD will adjust the contract by change order pursuant to the clause entitled "Changes" herein to conform to such ordinances or codes, unless waivers in writing covering the difference have been granted by proper authority. B. The Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, fees, and licenses necessary for the proper execution and completion of the work. whether or not covered by the specifications and drawings for the work. 9. Health, Safety, and Accident Prevention. A. In performing this contract, the Contractor shall: (1.) Ensure that no laborer or mechanic shall be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his/her health and/or safety as determined under construction safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary of Labor by regulation; (2.) Protect the lives, health, and safety of other persons; (3.) Prevent damage to property, materials, supplies, and equipment; and, (4.) Avoid work interruptions. Page 402-9 I I I I I II .1 I I I I I I I I I I 1-' I AHCDD Form 402 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS Project #: COBG 2007R contract, or by the careless operation of equipment, or by workmen, the Contractor shall trim those limbs or branches with a clean cut and paint the cut with a tree-pruning compound as directed by Owner's AHCDD. C. The Contractor shall protect from damage all existing improvements and utilities at or near the work site or on adjacent property of a third party, the locations of which are made known to or should be known by the Contractor. Prior to disturbing the ground at the construction site, the Contractor shall ensure that all underground utility lines are clearly marked. D. The Contractor shall shore up, brace, underpin, secure, and protect as necessary all foundations and other parts of existing structures adjacent to, adjoining, and in the vicinity of the site, which may be affected by the excavations or other operations connected with the construction of the project. E. Any equipment temporarily removed as a result of work under this contract shall be protected, cleaned, and replaced in the same condition as at the time of award of this contract. F. New work, which connects to existing work, shall correspond in all respects with that to which it connects and/or be similar to existing work unless otherwise required by the specifications. G. No structural members shall be altered or in any way weakened without the written authorization of Owner's AHCDD and the Architect, unless such work is clearly specified in the plans or specifications. H. If the removal of the existing work exposes discolored or unfinished surfaces, or work out of alignment, such surfaces shall be refinished, or the material replaced as necessary to make the continuous work uniform and harmonious. This, however, shall not be construed to require the refinishing or reconstruction of dissimilar finishes previously exposed, or finished surfaces in good condition. but in different planes or on different levels when brought together by the removal of intervening work. unless such refinishing or reconstruction is specified in the plans or specifications. I. The Contractor shall give all required notices to any adjoining or adjacent property Grant Recipient or other party before the commencement of any work. J. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless Owner's AHCDD, the Architect, and the Grant Recipient from any damages on account of settlement or the loss of lateral support of adjoining property, any damages from changes in topography affecting drainage, and from all loss or expense and all damages for which Owner's AHCDD, the Architect, or the Grant Recipient may become liable in consequence of such injury or damage to adjoining and adjacent structures and their premises. K. The Contractor will repair any damage to vegetation, structures, equipment, utilities, or improvements, including those that are the property of a third party, resulting from failure to comply with the requirements of this contract or failure to exercise reasonable care in performing the work. If the Contractor fails or refuses to repair the damage promptly, Owner's AHCDD may have the necessary work performed and charge the cost to the Contractor. 13. Temporary Buildings and Transportation of Materials. A. Temporary buildings (e.g., storage sheds, shops, offices. sanitary facilities) and utilities may be erected by the Contractor only with the approval of Owner's AHCDD and the Grant Recipient and shall be built with labor and materials furnished by the Contractor without expense to Owner's AHCDD or the Grant Recipient. The temporary buildings and utilities shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed at the Contractor's expense upon completion of the work. With the written consent of Owner's AHCDD and the Grant Recipient, the buildings and utilities may be abandoned and need not be removed. B. The Contractor shall, as directed by Owner's AHCDD, use only established roadways, or use temporary roadways constructed by the Contractor when and as authorized by Owner's AHCDD. When materials are transported in prosecuting the work, vehicles shall not be loaded beyond the loading capacity recommended by the manufacturer of the vehicle or prescribed by any federal, state, or local law or regulation. When. it is necessary to cross curbs or sidewalks, the Contractor shall protect them from damage. The Contractor shall repair or pay for the repair of any damaged curbs, sidewalks, or roads. Page 402-11 I I I I I I I I I II I I I I_ I I I I I AHCDD Form 402 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS COSG 2007R Project #: C. Owner's AHCDD and Architect inspections and tests are for the benefit of Owner's AHCDD and the Grant Recipient and do not: (1.) relieve the Contractor of responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; (2.) relieve the Contractor of responsibility for loss or damaged material before acceptance; (3.) constitute or imply acceptance; or, (4.) affect the continuing rights of the Grant Recipient after acceptance of the completed work under paragraph J below. D. The presence or absence of Owner's AHCDD or the Architect does not relieve the Contractor from any contract requirement, nor is he authorized to change any term or condition of the specifications without Owner's AHCDD's written authorization. AHCDD shall give all instructions and approvals with respect to the work to the Contractor. E. The Contractor shall promptly furnish, without additional charge, all facilities, labor, and material reasonably needed for performing such safe and convenient inspections and tests as may be required by Owner's AHCDD,-Owner'sAHCDD may charge to the Contractor any additional-cost of-inspection or test-when-work is not ready at the time specified by the Contractor for inspection or test, or when prior rejection makes re- inspection or retest necessary. Owner's AHCDD shall perform all inspections and tests in a manner that will not unnecessarily delay the work. Special, full size, and performance tests shall be performed as described in the contract. F. Owner's AHCDD and the Architect may conduct routine inspections of the construction site on a daily basis. G. The Contractor shall, without charge, replace or correct work found by Owner's AHCDDor the Architect not to conform to contract requirements, unless Owner's AHCDD decides that it is in their interest or that of the Grant Recipient to accept the work with an appropriate adjustment in contract price. The Contractor shaH promptly segregate and remove rejected material from the premises. H. If the Contractor does not promptly replace or correct rejected work, Owner's AHCDD may: (1.) by contract or otherwise, replace or correct the work and charge the cost to the Contractor; (2.) terminate for default the Contractor's right to proceed. I. If any work requiring inspection is covered up without approval of Owner's AHCDD, it must, if requested by Owner's AHCDD, be uncovered at the expense of the Contractor. If at any time before final acceptance of the entire work, Owner's AHCDD considers it necessary or advisable to examine work already completed by removing or tearing it out, the Contractor shall, on request, promptly furnish all necessary facilities. labor, and material. If such work is found to be defective or non-conforming in any material respect due to the fault of the Contractor or its subcontractors, the Contractor shall defray all the expenses of the examination and of satisfactory reconstruction. If, however, such work is found to meet the requirements of the contract, Owner's AHCDD shall make an equitable adjustment to cover the cost of the examination and reconstruction. including, if completion of the work was thereby delayed, an extension of time. J. The Contractor shall notify Owne(s AHCDD and the Architect as to the date when in its opinion all or a designated portion of the work will be substantially completed and ready for inspection. If Owner's AHCDD and the Architect determine that the state of preparedness is as represented, the inspection will be completed promptly. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, Owner's AHCDD shall accept, as soon as practicable after completion and inspection, all work required by the contract or that portion of the work Owner's AHCDD and the Architect determine and designate can be accepted separately. Acceptance shall Page 402-13 I I I I I I I I I I 1119. I II I- I I I I I AHCDD Form 402 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS COSG 2007R Project #: E. If the Contractor fails to remedy any failure, defect, or damage within a reasonable time after receipt of notice, AHCDD shall have the right to replace, repair, or otherwise remedy the failure, defect, or damage at the Contractor's expense. F. With respect to all warranties, express or implied, from subcontractors, manufacturers, or suppliers for work performed and materials furnished under this contract, the Contractor shall: (1.) obtain all warranties that would be given in normal commercial practice; (2.) require all warranties to be executed in writing, for the benefit of the Grant Recipient; and, (3.) enforce all warranties for the benefit of the Grant Recipient. G. In the event the Contractor's warranty under this clause has expired, the Grant Recipient may bring suit at its own expense to enforce a subcontractor, manufacturer, or supplier warranty. H. Unless a defect is caused by the negligence of the Contractor or subcontractor at any tier, the Contractor shall not be liable for the repair of any defective material furnished by the Grant Recipient, nor for the repair of any damage that results from any defect in Grant Recipient furnished material. I. Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, the establishment of the time periods in paragraphs A and C above relate only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the work, and have no relationship to the time within which his obligation to comply with the contract may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to its obligation other than specifically to correct the work. J. This warranty shall not limit the Grant Recipient's rights under the "Inspection and Acceptance of Construction" clause of this contract with respect to latent defects, gross mistakes or fraud. Prohibition Against Liens. The Contractor is prohibited from placing a lien on the property of AHCDD or the City of Augusta, or it's officers or agents. This prohibition shall apply to all subcontractors at any tier and all material suppliers. Page 402-15 I I I I I I I I I -' II I I I I I~ I I I I I AHCDD Form 402 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS Project #: COBG 2007R F. Except as otherwise provided in State law, AHCDD shall retain ten (10) percent of the amount of progress payments until completion and acceptance of all work under the contract; except, that if upon completion of 50 percent of the work, AHCDD, after consulting with the Architect, determines that the Contractor's performance and progress are satisfactory, AHCDD may make the remaining payments in full for the work subsequently completed. If AHCDD and the Architect subsequently determine that the Contractor's performance and progress are unsatisfactory, AHCDD shall reinstate the ten (10) percent retainage until such time as AHCDD and the Architect determine that performance and progress are satisfactory. G. AHCDD may authorize material delivered on the site and preparatory work already completed to be taken into consideration when computing progress payments. Material delivered to the Contractor at locations other than the site may also be taken into consideration if the Contractor furnishes satisfactory evidence that: (1.) it has acquired title to such material; (2.) the material is properly stored in a bonded warehouse, storage yard, or similar suitable place as may be approved by AHCDD; (3.) the material is insured to cover its full value; and (4.) the material will be used to perform this contract. H. Before any progress payment that includes delivered material is made, the Contractor shall furnish such documentation as AHCDD may require assuring the protection of the Grant Recipient's interest in such materials. The Contractor shall remain responsible for such stored material notwithstanding the transfer of title to the Grant Recipient. I. All material and work covered by progress payments made shall, at the time of payment become the sole property of the Grant Recipient, but this shall not be construed as: (1.) relieving the Contractor from the sole responsibility for all material and work upon which payments have been made or the restoration of any damaged work; or, (2.) waiving the right of the Grant Recipient to require the fulfillment of all of the terms of the contract. J. In the event the Contractor's work has been damaged by other contractors or persons other than employees of AHCDD, the Architect, or the Grant Recipient in the course of their employment, the Contractor shall restore such damaged work without cost to AHCDD or the Grant Recipient and seek redress for its damage only from those who directly caused it. K. AHCDD shall make the final payment due the Contractor under this contract after: (1.) completion and final acceptance of all work; and (2.) presentation of release of all claims against AHCDD or the Grant Recipient arising by virtue of this contract, other than claims, in stated amounts, that the Contractor has specifically excepted from the operation of the release. Each such exception shall embrace no more than one claim, the basis and scope of which shall be clearly defined. L. The amounts for such excepted claims shall not be included in the request for final payment. A release may also be required of the assignee if the Contractor's claim to amounts payable under this contract has been assigned. M. Prior to making any payment, AHCDD may require the Contractor to furnish receipts or other evidence of payment from all persons performing work and supplying material to the Contractor, if AHCDD determines such evidence is necessary to substantiate claimed costs. Page 402-17 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I. I I I I I AHCDD Form 402 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS Project #: COSG 2007R D. If any change under this clause causes an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost or the time required for the performance of any of the work under this contract, whether or not changed by any such order. AHCDD shall make an equitable adjustment and modify the contract in writing. However, except for an adjustment based on defective specifications, no proposal for any change under paragraph B above shall be allowed for any costs incurred more than 20 days (5 days for oral orders) before the Contractor gives written notice as required. In the case of defective specifications for which AHCDD or the Architect is responsible, the equitable adjustment shall include any increased cost reasonably incurred by the Contractor in attempting to comply with the defective specifications. E. The Contractor must assert its right to an adjustment under this clause within 30 days after: (1.) receipt of a written change order under paragraph A of this clause; or (2.) the furnishing of a written notice under paragraph B of this clause, by submitting a written statement describing the general nature and the amount of the proposal. F. If the facts justify it, AHCDD may extend the period for submission. The proposal may be included in the notice required under paragraph B above. No proposal by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment shall be allowed if asserted after final payment under this contract. G. The Contractor's written proposal for equitable adjustment shall be submitted in the form of a lump sum proposal supported with an itemized breakdown of all increases and decreases in the contract in at least the following details: (1.) Direct Costs. Materials (list individual items, the quantity and unit cost of each, and the aggregate cost); Transportation and delivery costs associated with materials; Labor breakdowns by hours or unit costs (identified with specific work to be performed); Construction equipment exclusively necessary for the change; Costs of preparation and/or revision to shop drawings resulting from the change; Worker's Compensation and Public Liability Insurance; Employment taxes under FICA and FUTA; and, Bond Costs - when size of change warrants revision. (2.) Indirect Costs. Indirect costs may include overhead, general and administrative expenses, and fringe benefits not normally treated as direct costs. (3.) Profit. The amount of profit shall be negotiated and may vary according to the nature, extent, and complexity of the work required by the change. H. The allowability of the direct and indirect costs shall be determined in accordance with the Contract Cost Principles and Procedures for Commercial Firms in Part 31 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR 1- 31), as implemented by HUD Handbook 2210.18. in effect on the date of this contract. The Contractor shall not be allowed a profit on the profit received by any subcontractor. Equitable adjustments for deleted work shall include a credit for profit and may include a credit for indirect costs. On proposals covering both increases and decreases in the amount of the contract, the application of indirect costs and profit shall be on the net-change in direct costs for the Contractor or subcontractor performing the work. I. The Contractor shall include in the proposal its request for time extension (if any), and shall include sufficient information and dates to demonstrate whether and to what extent the change will delay the completion of the contract in its entirety. J. AHCDD shall act on proposals within 30 days after their receipt, or notify the Contractor of the date when such action will be taken. K. Failure to reach an agreement on any proposal shall be a dispute under the clause entitled "Disputes" herein. Nothing in this clause, however, shall excuse the Contractor from proceeding with the contract as changed. L. Except in an emergency endangering life or property, no change shall be made by the Contractor without a prior order from AHCDD. Page 402-19 I I I I _I I I I I I -I _I Ii I' I~- I I I I I AHCDD Form 402 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS COSG 2007R Project #: E. AHCDD's decision shall be final unless the Contractor: (1.) appeals in writing to the AHCDD Director in accordance with AHCDD's policies and procedures; (2.) refers the appeal to the County Administrator for independent mediation or arbitration in accordance with AHCDD's policies and procedures; or (3.) files suit in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia. The Contractor, by executing this agreement, specifically consents to venue in Richmond County and waives any right to contest the venue in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia. F. Such appeal must be made within 14 days after receipt of AHCDD's decision. G. The Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of this contract, pending final resolution of any request for relief, claim, appeal, or action arising under or relating to the contract, and comply with any decision of AHCDD. 8. Default. A. AHCDD may declare the Contractor in default by written notice thereof to the Contractor, and terminate the whole or any part of this Contract for any of the following reasons: (1.) Failure to begin work within the time specified in the Contract or as otherwise specified; (2.) Failure to perform the work with sufficient labor, equipment, or material to insure the completion of the specified work in accordance with the Contract terms; (3.) Unsatisfactory performance of the work; (4.) Failure or refusal to remove material, or remove and replace any work rejected as defective or unsatisfactory; (5.) Discontinuance of work without approval; (6.) Failure to resume work, which has been discontinued, within a reasonable time after notice to do so; (7.) Insolvency or bankruptcy; (8.) Assignment made for the benefit of creditors; (9.) Failure or refusal within 10 days after payment by AHCDD or upon written notice by AHCDD, to make payment or show cause why payment should not be made, of any amounts due for materials furnished, labor performed, equipment rentals, or utility services rendered; (10.) Failure to protect. to repair, or to make good any damage or injury to property; or (11.) Breach of any provision of this Contract. B. In the event that AHCDD terminates this Contract in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph A above. AHCDD may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as it determines, services similar or identical to those so terminated, and the Contractor shall be liable to AHCDD for any reasonable excess costs for such similar or identical services included within the terminated part of the Contract. Page 402-21 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I- I I I 1-- I AHeDD Form 402 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS Project #: CDBG 2007R 9. Liquidated Damages. A. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the time specified in the contract, or any extension, as specified in the clause entitled "Default" of this contract, the Contractor shall pay to the Grant Recipient, as liquidated damages,. the sum of $100.00 for each day of delay. If different completion dates are specified in the contract for separate parts or stages of the work, the amount of liquidated damages shall be assessed on those parts or stages which are delayed. To the extent that the Contractor's delay or nonperformance is excused under another clause in this contract, liquidated damages shall not be due the Grant Recipient. The Contractor remains liable for damages caused other than by delay. 8. If AHCDD terminates the Contractor's right to proceed, the resulting damage will consist of liquidated damages until such reasonable time as may be required for final completion of the work together with any increased costs occasioned AHCDD in completing the work. C. If AHCDD does not terminate the Contractor's right to proceed, the resulting damage will consist of liquidated damages until the work is completed or accepted. 10. Termination for Convenience. A. AHCDD may terminate this contract in whole, or in part, whenever AHCDD determines that such termination is in the best interest of AHCDD and the Grant Recipient. Any such termination shall be effected by delivery to the Contractor of a Notice of Termination specifying the extent to which the performance of the work under the contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective. 8. If the performance of the work is terminated, either in whole or in part, AHCDD and the Grant Recipient shall be liable to the Contractor for reasonable and proper costs resulting from such termination upon the receipt by AHCDD of a properly presented claim setting out in detail: (1.) the total cost of the work performed to date of termination less the total amount of contract payments made to the Contractor; (2.) the cost (including reasonable profit) of settling and paying claims under subcontracts and material orders for work performed and materials and supplies delivered to the site, payment for which has not been made by AHCDD to the Contractor or by the Contractor to the subcontractor or supplier; (3.) the cost of preserving and protecting the work already performed until the Grant Recipient or assignee takes possession thereof or assumes responsibility therefor; (4.) the actual or estimated cost of legal and accounting services reasonably necessary to prepare and present the termination claim to AHCDD; and (5.) an amount constituting a reasonable profit on the value of the work performed by the Contractor. C. AHCDD will act on the Contractor's claim within 60 days of receipt of the Contractor's claim. D. Any disputes with regard to this clause are expressly made subject to the provisions of the "Disputes" clause of this contract. 11. Assignment of Contract. A. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Contract, this Contract shall be binding upon the parties and their respective successors and assigns. B. The Contractor shall not subcontract with any person or entity to perform all or any part of the work to be performed under this Contract without the prior written consent of AHCDD, which consent may be withheld at the sole and absolute discretion of AHCDD. Page 402-23 I I I I I I I I I 13. I II I I I- I I I I- I AHCDD Form 402 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS Project #: CDBG 2007R c. Prior to signing of the Con.struction Contract, the Contractor must furnish a Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond covering the faithful performance of the Contract and the payment of all obligations arising thereunder, issued at 100% of the Contract Amount for all coverages. The Performance Bond and the Labor and Material Payment Bond may be in one, or may be in separate instruments, in accordance with local law. D. The Contractor shall furnish copies of all insurance certificates to AHCDD before commencing with the work, showing evidence of coverage and naming as additional insured to the policies the Grant Recipient, including their respective Commissioners, Board Members, Officers, Agents and Employees, individually and collectively. The contractor shall not be allowed to commence work until the required certificates are provided to AHCDD. Additionally, should the insurance become ineffective or lapse during construction. AHCDD shall require the contractor to cease work until such time as the contractor submits proof of insurance in compliance with the requirements of this contract. If such suspension of work is necessary, the contractor shall not be entitled to addition time to complete the work. E. All insurance shall be carried with companies that are financially responsible and admitted to do business in the State of Georgia. If any such insurance is due to expire during the construction period, the Contractor (including subcontractors, as applicable) shall not permit the coverage to lapse and shall furnish evidence of coverage to AHCDD. All certificates of insurance, as evidence of coverage. shall provide that no coverage may be canceled or non-renewed by the insurance company until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to AHCDD. Subcontracts. A. Definitions. As used in this contract: (1.) "Subcontract" means any contract. purchase order, or other purchase agreement, including modifications and change orders to the foregoing, entered into by a subcontractor to furnish supplies, materials, equipment, and services for the performance of the prime contract or a subcontract. (2.) "Subcontractor" means any supplier, vendor, or firm that furnishes supplies, materials, equipment, and services for the performance of the prime contract or a subcontract. B. No subcontract for assignment of this contract shall be made without the written consent of AHCDD. C. The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any subcontractor who has been denied participation in any AHCDD or HUD program or who has been suspended or debarred from participating in contracting programs by the City of Augusta, AHCDD, HUD, or any other agency of the United States Government or of the State of Georgia. , D. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the acts or omissions of its subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them as for the acts or omissions of persons directly employed by the Contractor. E. The Contractor shall insert appropriate clauses in all subcontracts to bind subcontractors to the terms and conditions of this contract insofar as they are applicable to the work of subcontractors. F. Nothing contained in this contract shall create any contractual relationship between any subcontractor and AHCDD or between any subcontractor and the Grant Recipient. Page 402-25 I I I I I I I I I I I I 16. I I~- I I I I-I I AHCDD Form 402 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS CDSG 2007R Project #: D. The Contractor shall send, to each labor union or representative of workers with which it has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, the notice to be provided by AHCDD advising the labor union or workers' representative of the Contractor's commitments under this clause, and post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. E. The Contractor shall comply with Executive Order 11246, as amended, and the rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor. F. The Contractor shall furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246, as amended, Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall permit access to its books, records. and accounts by the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. G. In the event of a determination that the Contractor is not in compliance with this clause or any rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part, and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts, or Federally assisted construction contracts under the procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246, as amended. In addition, sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked against the Contractor as provided in Executive Order 11246, as amended, the rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. H. The Contractor shall include the terms and conditions of this clause in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by the rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued under Executive Order 11246, as amended, so that these terms and conditions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development or the Secretary of Labor may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance; provided that if the Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into the litigation to protect the interests of the United States. Employment, Training, and Contracting Opportunities for Low-Income Persons, Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968. A. The work to be performed under this contract is subject to the requirements of section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701u (section 3). The purpose of section 3 is to ensure that employment and other economic opportunities generated by HUD assistance or HUD-assisted projects covered by section 3, shall, to the greatest extent feasible. be directed to low- and very low-income persons, particularly persons who are recipients of HUD assistance for housing. B. The parties to this contract agree to comply with HUD regulations in 24 CFR part 135, which implement section 3. As evidenced by their execution of this contract, the parties to this contract certify that they are under no contractual or other impediment that would prevent them from complying with the part 135 reguiations. . C. The contractor agrees to send to each labor organization or representative of workers with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement or other understanding, if any, a notice advising the labor organization or workers representative of the contractors commitments under this section 3 clause, and will post copies of the notice in conspicuous places at the work site where both employees and applicants for training and employment positions can see the notice. The notice shall describe the section 3 preference, shall set forth minimum number and job titles subject to hire, availability of apprenticeship and training positions, the qualifications for each; and the name and location of the person(s) taking applications for each of the positions; and the anticipated date the work shall begin. Page 402-27 I I I I AHCDD Form 402 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS Project #: CDBG 2007R I I ! II .1 I I I 1122. I I 23. I- I I I I I 20. Royalties and Patents. The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. It shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save AHCDD and the Grant Recipient harmless from loss on account thereof; except that AHCDD. the Architect, and the Grant Recipient shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified and the Contractor has no reason to believe that the specified design, process, or product is an infringement. If. however, the Contractor has reason to believe that any design, process or product specified is an infringement of a patent, the Contractor shall promptly notify AHCDD. Failure to give such notice shall make the Contractor responsible for resultant loss. 21. Examination and Retention of Contractor's Records. A. AHCDD, HUD, or the Comptroller General of the United States, or any of their duly authorized representatives shall, until 3 years after final payment under this contract, have access to and the right to examine any of the Contractor's directly pertinent books, documents, papers, or other records involving transactions related to this contract for the purpose of making audit, examination, excerpts, and transcriptions. 8. The Contractor agrees to include in first-tier subcontracts under this contract a clause substantially the same as paragraph (a) above. "Subcontract," as used in this clause, excludes purchase orders not exceeding $10,000. c. The periods of access and examination in paragraphs A and B above for records relating to (1) appeals under the "Disputes" clause of this contract, (2) litigation or settlement of claims arising from the performance of this contract, or (3) costs and expenses of this contract to which AHCDD, HUD, or Comptroller General or any of their duly authorized representatives has taken exception shall continue until disposition of such appeals, litigation, claims, or exceptions. Labor Standards - Davis-Bacon and Related Acts. If the total amount of this contract exceeds $2,000, the Federal labor standards set forth in the clause below shall apply to the construction work to be performed under the contract, except if the construction work has been determined to be "Non-routine Maintenance" subject to the terms of that clause of this contract. Minimum Wages. A. All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work (or. under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the construction or development of the project) will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR Part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the Contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under Section 1 (b )(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1 )(iv); also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs, which cover the regular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid not less than the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits in the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked Page 402-29 I I AHCDD Form 402 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS Project #: COBG 2007R so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work (or, under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the construction or development of the project), all or part of the wages required by the contract, HUD or its designee may, after written notice to the Contractor, take such action as necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. HUD or its designee may, after written notice to the Contractor, disburse such amounts withheld for and on account of the Contractor or subcontractor to the respective employees to whom they are due. The Comptroller General shall make such disbursements in the case of direct Davis-Bacon Act contracts. 24. Payrolls and basic records. A. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the Contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work (or, under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the construction or development of the project). Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(8) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found, under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1 )(iv), that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1 (b )(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the Contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. B. The Contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to AHCDD for transmission to HUD or its designee. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under subparagraph C (1) of this clause. This information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 (Federal Stock Number 029-005- 00014-1) is available for this purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402. The prime Contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. C. Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the Contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: (1.) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under paragraph C of this clause and that such information is correct and complete; (2.) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full . wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in 29 CFR Part 3; and (3.) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. Page 402-31 AHCDD Form 402 (Rev. 05/07) 1 I I 1 I I I I 1 II 1125. I I In. 26. I I 1 I I AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS Project #: COBG 2007R l. determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate in the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate in the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate in the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees, and journeymen under this clause shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30. Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR Part 3, which are hereby incorporated by reference in this contract. Contract termination; debarment. A breach of this contract clause may be grounds for termination of the contract and for debarment as a Contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. Compliance with Davis-Bacon and related Act requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis- Bacon and related Acts contained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this clause shall not be subject to the general. dispute clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the Contractor (and any of its subcontractors) end AHCDD, HUD, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. J. K. L. M. Certification of eligibility. A. By entering into this contract, the Contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the Contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded contracts by the United States Government by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible to be awarded contracts by the United States Government by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U. S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. B. C. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. As used in this paragraph, the terms "laborers" and "mechanics" include watchmen and guards. A. Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics, including watchmen and guards, shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which the individual is employed on such work to work in excess of 40 hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in such workweek. B. Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the provisions set forth in subparagraph J (1) of this clause, the Contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such Contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to Page 402-33 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AHCDD Form 403 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS Project #: COSG 2007R 1. Architect: Architectural and Engineering services for this project will be provided by: 2KM Architects. Inc.. 2225 WriQhtsboro Road. AUQusta. GeorQia 30904 2. Approved Equal: Whenever a product is defined in this invitation by trade name and catalogue number of a manufacturer or contractor, the term "or approved equal", if not inserted therewith shall be implied. Any reference to a particular manufacturer1s product either by trade name or by limited description is solely for the purpose of more clearly indicating the minimum standard of quality desired, except where a "no substitute" is requested. When a "no substitute" is requested. the housing authority will consider bids for the referenced product only. The term "or approved equal" is defined as meaning any other make which, in the sole opinion of the Augusta Housing & Community Development Department (AHCDD), is of such character, quality and performance equivalence as to meet the standard of quality of products specified for which it is to be used equally as well as that specified. The bidder quoting on a product other than the referenced product shall furnish complete identification on the bid form of the product he is offering by trade name, brand and/or model number. The bidder shall also furnish with his/her bid, descriptive literature and data with respect to the substitute product he proposes to furnish. Bidders offering a substitute shall also indicate any known specification deviations from the referenced product. 3. Delivery: All materials and products shall be delivered F.O.B. Destination with any delivered duty paid (DDP). The contractor agrees to bear the risk of loss, injury or destruction of products ordered which occur prior to receipt by the Grant Recipient and acceptance by AHCDD. Such loss, injury or destruction shall not release contractor from any contractual obligations. All products .must be delivered within the time period specified on the order. Time is of the essence and, in addition to any other remedies contained in this invitation for bid, the order is subject to termination for failure to deliver as specified. In the event of termination, AHCDD shall have the right to purchase in the open market a corresponding quantity of the products and the contractor shall be responsible for any excess cost to the Grant Recipient and AHCDD. 4. Inspection and Rejection: No product received by AHCDD shall be deemed accepted until AHCDD has had a reasonable opportunity to inspect said product. Any product, which is discovered to be defective or fails to conform to the specifications may be rejected upon initial inspection or at any later time if the defects contained in the products or the noncompliance with the specifications were not reasonably ascertainable upon the initial inspection. The decision of AHCDD shall be final. It shall thereupon become the duty of the contractor to remove rejected products from the premises without expense to AHCDD within fifteen (15) days notification. Rejected products left longer than fifteen (15) days will be regarded as abandoned, and AHCDD shall have the right to dispose of Page 403-1 I I I II I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AHCDD Form 403 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS COSG 2007R . Project #: B. if the contractor is required to enter premises owned, leased, occupied by or under the control of the Grant Recipient during the performance of this contract, the contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless both the Grant Recipient and AHCDD, its officers and employees, from any loss, cost, damage expense or liability by reason of property damage, or personal injury, including death, of whatsoever nature or kind arising out of as a result of such performance, whether arising out of actions of the contractor or any of its employees, subcontractor, and lower tier subcontractors. It is not the intention of this contract or anything herein provided to confer a third party beneficiary right or action upon any person whatsoever and nothing herein before or herein after set forth shall be construed so as to confer upon any person other than the Grant Recipient and AHCDD a right of action either under this contractor or in any manner whatsoever. 8. Taxes, Industrial Laws and Benefits. In all matters relating to this contract, the contractor shall be acting as an independent contractor. Neither the contractor nor any of the persons furnishing materials or performing work or services which are required by this contract are employees of AHeDD within the meaning of or the application of any federal, or state unemployment insurance law, or other social security, or any workmen's compensation, industrial accident law, or other industrial or labor laws. At its own expense, the contractor shall comply with such laws and assume all obligations imposed by anyone or more of such laws with respect to this contract. In addition, contractor shall be liable for the payment of all federal, state and local taxes, and any special assessments. 9. No Waiver of Conditions. Failure of AHCDD to insist on strict performance shall not constitute a waiver of any of the provisions of this contract or waiver of any default of the contractor. 10. Severability. If any provision of this contract, or any application thereof to any person or circumstance, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of this contract which can be given effect without the invalid provisions or application, and to this end the provisions of this contract are severable. Page 403-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AHCDD Form 404 (Rev. 10/06) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS Project #: COSG 2007R 1. Employment, Training, and Contracting Opportunities for Low-Income Persons, Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968. The work to be performed under this contract is subject to the requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 (12 U.S.C. 1701u) (Section 3). The purpose of Section 3 is to ensure that employment and other economic opportunities generated by HUD- assisted projects covered by Section 3, shall, to the greatest extent feasible, be directed to low- and very low-income persons, particularly persons who are recipients of HUD assistance for housing. 2. Employment Opportunities Generated By Section 3 Covered Assistance. All employment opportunities generated by the expenditure of Section 3 covered public and Indian housing assistance (i.e., operating assistance, development assistance and modernization assistance, as described in Section 135.3(a)(1 )). With respect to Section 3 covered housing and community development assistance, this term means all employment opportunities arising in connection with Section 3 covered projects (as described in Section 135.3(a)(2)), including management and administrative jobs connected with the Section 3 covered project. Management and administrative jobs include architectural, engineering or related professional services required to prepare plans, drawings, specifications, or work write-ups; and jobs directly related to administrative support of these activities, e.g., construction manager, relocation specialist, payroll clerk, etc. 3. Definitions: A. Section 3 resident means: (1) A public housing resident; or (2) An individual who resides in the metropolitan area or non-metropolitan county in which the Section 3 covered assistance is expended, and who is: (a) A low-income person, as this term is defined in Section 3(b)(2) of the 1937 Act (42 U.S.C. 1437a(b)(2)). Section 3(b)(2) of the 1937 Act defines this term to mean families (including single persons) whose incomes do not exceed 80% of the median income for the area, as determined by the Secretary, with adjustments for smaller and larger families, except that the Secretary may establish income ceilings higher or lower than 80% of the median for the area on the basis of the Secretary's findings that such variations are necessary because of prevailing levels of construction costs or unusually high or low-income families; or (b) A very low-income person, as this term is defined in Section 3(b)(2) of the 1937 Act (42 U.S.C. 1437a(b)(2)). Section 3(b)(2) of the 1937 Act (42 U.S.C. 1437a(b)(2)) defines this term to mean families (including single persons) whose incomes do not exceed 50% of the median family income for the area, as determined by the Secretary with adjustments for smaller and larger families, except that the Secretary Page 404-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AHCDD Form 404 (Rev. 10106) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS Project #: COBG 2007R C. Facilitating the training and employment of Section 3 residents and the award of contracts to Section 3 business concerns by undertaking activities to reach the goals set forth in Section 135.30; D. Assisting in obtaining the compliance of contractors and subcontractors with the requirements of this part, and refraining from entering into any contract with any contractor where the Owner has notice or knowledge that the contractor has been found in violation of the regulations in 24 CFR part 135; and E. Documenting actions taken to comply with the requirements of this part, the results of actions taken and impediments, if any. 5. Employment and Contracting with Residents, Resident-owned Businesses, Small and Other Businesses. A. GeneraL The Owner's AHCDD strongly supports a policy of contracting and providing employment opportunities. with residents and resident-owned businesses. Accordingly, agencies are strongly encouraged to contract with residents and resident-owned businesses whenever possible. B. Section 3 of the HUD Act of 1968. (1) This law requires that the Owner's AHCDD make an effort to ensure that individuals or firms located in or owned in substantial part by persons residing in the area of a project are used when possible. The regulations describing this program are in 24 CFR Part 135 and the contract form includes a clause implementing this requirement. (2) Employment and training opportunities for pre-apprentices, apprentices and other training programs for residents will assist Owner's AHCDD in meeting resident employment, training, and local contracting objectives under Section 3. Further guidance is provide_d in Federal Register Notice, dated October 6, 1992 and HUD Notice 92-01-SL (See Appendix 32). (3) HUD Handbook 8023.1, Implementing Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1966 provides guidance regarding compliance with Section 3. Some of the important provisions include but are not limited to the following: (a) Solicitations, regardless of the method, must advise prospective contractors of the Section 3 requirements. (b) The Section 3 contract clause must be included in air covered contracts. (c) AHCDD and its contractors must make a good faith effort to provide, to the greatest extent feasible, training and employment to lower income residents of the unif of local government in connection with the work on an assisted project. In filling vacancies, AHCDD ,and its contractors may prominently post notices at the project site and in the AHCDD Office and may contact resident. councils and resident management Page 404-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AHCDD Form 404 (Rev. 10/06) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS Project #: COSG 2007R independent cost estimate and the price that would normally be paid for comparable supplies, services, or construction in the project area. (6) Owner's AHCDD documents the procurement file and complies with all other applicable . procurement requirements of 24 CFR 85.36 or 24 CFR 905. 7. Requirements of Bidders. All contractors must comply with Section 3. A bidder claiming a Section 3 preference must qualify as a Section 3 Business Concern or a Resident-owned Business. The bidder must submit the Section 3 Business Concern Certification with the bid to qualify. Additionally, each contractor must, to the greatest extent feasible, hire a Section 3 eligible resident when a new hire possibility occurs. 8. Eligibility for preference. A Section 3 resident seeking the preference In training and employment provided by this part shall certify, or submit evidence to the owner contractor or subcontractor, if requested, that the person is a Section 3 resident, as defined in Section 135.5. (An example of evidence of eligibility for the preference is evidence of receipt of public assistance, or evidence of participation in a public assistance program.) 9. Eligibility for employment. Nothing in this part shall be construed to require the employment of a Section 3 resident who does not meet the qualifications of the position to be filled. 10. Preference in the award of Section 3 covered contracts. Preference in the award of Section 3 covered contracts that are awarded under a sealed bid process may be provided as follows: A. Bids shall be solicited from all businesses (Section 3 business concerns, and non-Section 3 business concerns). An award shall be made to the qualified Section 3 business concern with the highest priority ranking and with the lowest responsive bid if that bid: (1) Is within the maximum total contract price established in the contracting party's budget for the specific project for which bids are being taken: and (2) Is not more than "X" higher than the total bid price of the lowest responsive bid from any responsible bidder. "X" is determined as follows: I I x = Lesser of: When the lowest responsive bid is less than $100,000. 10% of that bid or $9,000. When the lowest responsive bid is: At least $1 00.000, but less than $200.000 At least $200,000. but less than $300,000 At least $300.000, but less than $400,000 Atleast $400,000. but less that $500.000 At least $500,000. but less than $1 million At least $1 million, but less than $2 million At least $2 million, but less than $4 million At least $4 million, but less than $7 million 9% of that bid. or $16.000 8% of that bid, or $21,000 7% of that bid, or $24.000 6% of that bid, or $25.000 5% of that bid, or $40,000 4% of that bid; or $60,000 3% of that bid. or $80,000 2% of that bid. or $105,000 Page 404-5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I~ I I I I I I I I I AHCDD Form 406 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT CONTRACTOR REPORTING REQUIREMENTS Project #: CDBG 2007R There are a variety of information submittals, form processing and report generation efforts required to award the contract and throughout the course of administering this contract. This part is intended to provide the potential bidder with a brief but thorough list of these requirements. You may request copies of reporting and documentation forms' from the Owner's Augusta Housing & Community Development Department (AHCDD) during the bidding process by calling the AHCDD office at (706) 821-1797. Owner's AHCDD reserves the right to revise the reporting and documentation requirements at any time. I . Pre-Construction --Administrative Requirements I 1 ~ Assurance of Completion. A. The successful bidder shall furnish an assurance of completion prior to the execution of any contract. The form of assurance of completion, as defined in Instruction to Bidders, is required to be submitted five (5) days prior to the scheduled pre-construction conference. Bonds must be obtained from guarantee or surety companies acceptable to the U.S. Gbvernment and authorized to do business in the State of Georgia. Individual sureties will not be considered. B. Each bond shall clearly state the rate of premium and the total amount of premium charged. The current power of attorney for the person who signs for the surety company must be attached to the bond. The effective date of the power of attorney shall not precede the date of the bond. The effective date of the bond shall be on or after the execution date of the contract. C.. Failure by the successful bidder to obtain the required assurance of completion within the time specified, or within such extended period as Owner's AHCDD may grant based upon reasons determined adequate by Owner's AHCDD, shall render the bidder ineligible for award. Owner's AHCDD may then either award the contract to the next lowest responsible bidder or solicit new bids. Owner's AHCDD may retain the ineligible bidder's bid guarantee. 2. Pre-construction Conference. Prior to the award of a contract under this solicitation and prior to the start of work, the successful bidder will be required to attend a pre-construction conference with representatives of the Grant Recipient, Owner's AHCDD and its architect/engineer, and other interested parties convened by Owner's AHCDD. The conference will serve to acquaint the participants with the general plan of the construction operation and all other requirements of the contract (e.g., Section 3, Equal Employment Opportunity, Labor Standards). Owner's AHCDD will provide the successful bidder. with the date, time, and place of the conference. The Contract shall be executed within 3 days following the completion of the Pre-construction Conference. 3. Certificates of Insurance. A. In accordance with the General Conditions, shall be submitted five (5) days prior to the scheduled pre-construction conference. The Owner and the Grant Recipient are to be added as an additionally named insured to the Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverage. The amount required is not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence for General Liability and $500,000.00 for Automobile Liability. Page 406-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AHCDD Form 406 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT CONTRACTOR REPORTING REQUIREMENTS Project #: COSG 2007R B. The Contractor shall enter the actual progress on the chart as required by Owner's AHCDD, and immediately deliver three copies of the annotated schedule to Owner's AHCDD. If Owner's AHCDD, upon the basis of inspection conducted according to the General Condition clause entitled "Inspection and Acceptance of Construction," determines that the Contractor is not meeting the approved schedule, the Contractor shall take steps necessary to improve its progress, including those that may be required by Owner's AHCDD, without additional cost to the Owner's AHCDD. In this circumstance, Owner's AHCDD may require the Contractor to increase the number of shifts, overtime operations, days of work, and/or the amount of construction plant, and to submit for approval any supplementary schedule or schedules in chart form as Owner's AHCDD deems necessary to demonstrate how the approved rate of progress will be regained. C. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of Owner's AHCDD under this clause shall be grounds for a determination by Owner's AHCDD that the Contractor is not prosecuting the work with sufficient diligence to ensure completion within the time specified in the Contract. Upon making this determination, Owner's AHCDD may terminate the Contractor's right to . proceed with the work, or any separable part of it, in accordance with the "Default" clause of this contract. 5. Contractor's own forces work equivalent. The Contractor shall perform on the site, and with its own forces work equivalent to at least 12% of the total amount of work to be performed under the contract. Five (5) days prior to the scheduled pre-construction conference, the Contractor shall submit a certification explaining how the Contractor will perform at least 12% of the total amount of work, .. 6. Contractor's obligation to directly superintend the work. At all times during performance of this contract and until the work is completed and accepted, the Contractor shall directly superintend the work or assign and have on the work site a competent superintendent who is satisfactory to Owner's AHCDD and has authority to act for the Contractor. Five (5) days prior to the scheduled pre-construction conference, the Contractor shall submit the following information for approval by Owner's AHCDD: A. Superintendent's Name B. Superintendent's Work History C. Superintendent's Education 7. Schedule of Amounts for Contract Payments. Five (5) days prior to the scheduled pre- construction conference, the Contractor shall submit a completed and executed Schedule of Amounts for Contract Payments. This form is only required to be completed once; thereafter, a Page 406-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AHCDD Form 406 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT CONTRACTOR REPORTING REQUIREMENTS COBG 2007R Project #: Required to be completed and submitted with each Pay Request, which has a completed "Schedule of Materials Stored". 6. Construction Progress Schedule. The Contractor shall enter the actual progress on the chart as compared to the originally submitted and approved schedule showing the order in which the Contractor proposes to perform the work, and the dates on which the Contractor contemplates starting and completing the several salient features of the work (including acquiring labor, materials, and equipment). 7. Section 3 Summary Report, Economic Opportunities for Low- and Very Low-Income Persons, form HUD-60002. The Contractor is required to submit report form HUD-60002, Section 3 Summary Report, Economic Opportunities for Low- and Very Low-Income Persons, with each request for contract payments. Please note that this is the same report used by Owner's AHCDD to report annual accomplishments regarding employment and other economic opportunities provided to low- and very low-income persons under Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968. 8. Shop Drawings and Test Results. A. "Shop drawings" means drawings, submitted to Owner's AHCDD or its architect by the Contractor, subcontractor, or any lower tier subcontractor, showing in detail (1) the proposed fabrication and assembly of structural elements and (2) the installation (i.e., form, fit, and attachment details) of materials of equipment. It includes drawings, diagrams, layouts, schematics, descriptive literature, illustrations, schedules, performance and test data, and similar materials furnished by the Contractor to explain in detail specific portions of the work required by the contract. Owner's AHCDD may duplicate, use, and disclose in any manner and for any purpose shop drawings delivered under this contract. B. The Contract shall submit shop drawings and test results at least 15 days before the scheduled installation or work concerning the shop drawing or test results. The Contractor shall coordinate all such drawings, and review them for accuracy, completeness, and compliance with other contract requirements and shall indicate its approval thereon as evidence of such coordination and review. Shop drawings submitted to Owner's AHCDD without evidence of the Contractor's approval may be returned for resubmission. Owner's AHCDD will indicate an approval or disapproval of the shop drawings and if not approved as submitted shall indicate Owner's AHCDD's reasons therefor. Any work done before such approval shall be at the Contractor's risk. Approval by Owner's AHCDD shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for any errors or omissions in such drawings, nor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of this contract. C. The Contractor shall submit to Owner's AHCDD for approval four copies (unless otherwise indicated) of all shop drawings as called for under the various headings of these specifications. Three sets (unless otherwise indicated) of all shop drawings, will be retained by Owner's AHCDD and one set will be returned to the Contractor. As required by Owner's AHCDD, the Contractor, upon completing the work under this contract, shall furnish a complete set of all Page 406-5 I I I I I I I I I I 11. I I I I I I I I I AHCDD Form 406 (Rev. 05/07) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT CONTRACTOR REPORTING REQUIREMENTS Project #: COSG 2007R Contractor shall provide full information concerning the material or articles. Machinery, equipment, material, and articles that do not have the required approval shall be installed or used at the risk of subsequent rejection. B. When required by the specifications or AHCDD, the Contractor shall submit appropriately marked samples (and certificates related to them) for approval at the Contractor's expense, with all shipping charges pre-paid. The Contractor shall label, or otherwise properly mark on the container, the material or product represented, its place of origin, the name of the producer, the Contractor's name, and the identification of the construction project for which the material or product is intended to be used. C. Certificates shall be submitted in triplicate, describing each sample submitted for approval and certifying that the material, equipment or accessory complies with contract requirements. The certificates shall include the name and brand of the product, name of manufacturer, and the location where produced. D. Approval of a sample shall not constitute a waiver of AHCDD right to demand full compliance' with contract requirements. Materials, equipment and accessories may be rejected for cause even though samples have been approved. Use and Possession Prior to Completion. The Grant Recipient shall have the right to take possession of or use any completed or partially completed part of the work. The request for Use and Possession Prior to Completion shall be made by the Grant Recipient in writing to AHCDD. Before taking possession of or using any work, AHCDD shall furnish the Contractor a list of items of work remaining to be performed or corrected on those portions of the work that the Grant Recipient intends to take possession of or use. However, failure of the Grant Recipient to list any item of work shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with the terms of the contract. The Grant Recipient's possession or use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work under the contract. While the Grant Recipient has such possession or use, the Contractor shall be relieved of the responsibility for (1) the loss of or damage to the work resulting from the Grant Recipient's possession or use, notwithstanding the terms of the clause entitled "Permits and Codes" herein; (2) all maintenance costs on the areas occupied; and,. (3) furnishing heat, light, power, and water used in the areas occupied without proper remuneration therefor. If prior possession or use by the Grant Recipient delays the progress of the work or causes additional expense to the Contractor, AHCDD shall make an equitable adjustment in the contract price or the time of completion, and the contract shall be modified in writing accordingly. Page 406-7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AHCDD Form 409 (Rev. 10/06) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS -- CONSTRUCTION NOTICE TO PROCEED Project#: CDBG 2007R TO: Address PRO,JECT: PRO,JECT #: 1. You are hereby notified to commence work on the Project shown above, in accordance with the Construction Contract dated 2. You may begin work on this Project on or before , but no later than ten (10) calendar days from that date. Your company will complete all work not later than consecutive calendar days from the Start Date. The Scheduled Completion Date for this project is therefore 3. Liquidated damages, as outlined in the contract, will begin on the day after the Scheduled Completion Date, and will continue daily until the project is actually completed. Authorized delays that may add additional time to the Scheduled Completion Date will be determined by Owner's AHCDD. Owner's AHCDD Director CONTRACTOR ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged by By: Date: Title: Page 409-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AHCDD Form 410 (Rev. 02/05) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING AGENDA Project #: COSG 2007R MEETING ATTENDANCE Date: Time: Location: Project: (PLEASE PRINT Information Below) NAME COMPANY/DEPT. POSITION PHONE FAX (Please Print Clearly) (Please Print Clearly) (Please Print Clearly) (Include Area (Indude Area Code) Code) - Page 410-1 I I I I I I I I, I I I I I I I I I I I AHCDD Form 410 (Rev. 02/05) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING AGENDA II. Responsibilities A. Contractor 1. Progress schedule 2. Permits 3. Insurance a. Certificate to Housing'& Community Development Department b. Builders' Risk 4. Sub-contractors and major suppliers a. List b. Responsibilities 5. Cost breakdown for partial payments 6. Certified payrolls 7. Superintendent: 8. 'After hours phone number: 9. Shop drawings 10. Safety issues 11. Dig safe B. Architect: 1. Agent for Housing & Community Development Department and Owner 2. Contract administration 3. Change order recommendation 4. Materials approval 5. Project Manager a. Agent for Architect b. Work inspection c. Daily/Weekly reports d. Materials received/stored e. Job records f. Visitors g. Field decisions h. Payment and Retainage approval Page 410-3 Project #: COBG 2007R I I I I I I I I I I~ I I I I I I I- I I AHCDD Form 410 (Rev. 02/05) AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING AGENDA CDBG 2007R Project #: III. Site A. Special considerations 1 . Parking 2. Barricades 3. Utilities lines 4. Storage 5. Toilet facilities 6. Security 7. Location of job sign 8. Other requirements: B. Property salvaged for Grant Recipient C. Protection of property not involved with work D. Temporary utilities E. Material Safety Data Sheets for hazardous materials IV. Work Schedules A. Contractor 1. Work.hours 2. Work days 3. Special needs B. Grant Recipient 1. Conflicts with other Grant Recipient's activities 2. Other Owner issues C. Coordination Process Page 410-5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AHCDD Form 411 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Instructions for Development of AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM Project #: 2007R REGARDING DEVELOPMENT OF AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAMS UNDER EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246 Executive Order 11246, as amended, required that construction contractors on Federally-assisted construction projects not discriminate in employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The Executive Order further requires that these contractors "take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin." An Equal Employment Opportunity Clause embracing these principles of "nondiscrimination" and "affirmative action" are required in every non-exempt federally-assisted construction contract. The Department of Housing and Urban Development, at 41 CFR, Chapter 60, Part 60-4, has issued rules and regulation, which set out, for HUD-assisted construction projects, equal employment opportunity requirements. These requirements provide that the applicant for HUD-assisted construction projects will include, or cause to be included, the equal employment opportunity clause in all non-exempt construction contracts. HUD's rules and regulations further require that each construction contractor and subcontractor, on a HUD- assisted project, comply with Title 41 CFR, Chapter 60, Part 60-4, and develop a written affirmative action compliance program. The written affirmative. action plans of contractors and subcontractors are subject to review and approval by HUD and shall: 1. Identify areas of employment, employment policies, and employment practices which require actions by the contractor or subcontractor to assure equal employment opportunity to all employees without discrimination because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 2. Analyze these areas, policies and practices to determine what actions by said contractor or subcontractor will be most effective in assuring equal employment opportunity; and 3. Establish a plan when there are deficiencies in minority and female utilization, to include the development of specific goals and timetables to achieve equal employment opportunity through actions identified as potentially most effective. When developing a written affirmative action program, the contractor or subcontractor must realize that the essence of "affirmative action" is the policy of developing programs which will provide detailed specific steps guaranteeing equal employment opportunity keyed to the problems and needs of females and minority groups. These steps shall develop specific goals and timetables for prompt achievement of full equal employment opportunity, including when there are deficiencies in female and minority utilization. Affirmative action can be more clearly understood and effective when contractors strive toward the attainment of specific numerical goals for the employment and upgrading of female and minority workers within given time periods. Goals should be arrived at through analysis of present policies and practices and may provide a means by which contractors and HUD can judge the results the specific affirmative action steps taken. Contractor's affirmative action plan should provide at least the following elements: I. Company's Equal Employment Opportunity Policy A statement which clearly states the company's policy of nondiscrimination in employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Page 411-1 I I I hi I I I I I I I I I I I I .1 I I AHCDD Form 411 AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Instructions for Development of AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM Project #: 2007R . II. Coordination and Administration of Program Designate person and way to contact person who will be responsible for coordination of company's equal employment opportunity program. Also outline how policy and affirmative action program will be disseminated to all employees. III. Analysis of A. Recruitment and Employment Practices Consider the extent to which present hiring practices and policies, including recruitment sources, act to exclude minorities and females from becoming applicants for employment with your company. B. Work Force Consider the current extent of minority group and female employment in skilled, semi- skilled categories on all the company's projects. C. Opportunities for Placement Consider the anticipated opportunities for placing new employees in skilled, semi-skilled or unskilled categories with company during the period in which the HUD-assisted work is being done. IV. Establishment of Goals and Timetables Based on the analysis done in preceding Section, develop numerical goals (in numbers or percentage man-hours) to work toward within a given time period (time period within which HUD-assisted work will be done) in placing minorities and females in skilled, semi-skilled, or unskilled but trainee positions with your company. V. Specific Affirmative Action Steps Develop specific affirmative action steps which company will make in efforts to reach goals and thus provide equal employment opportunity. - 1. Prepare an Equal Employment Opportunity Policy. Make this policy known to all the employees and potential source of employees. 2. Designate a person in a managerial capacity to coordinate equal employment opportunity efforts. 3. Assure non-discriminatory recruiting of staff taking appropriate steps such as: a. Placing employment advertisements in newspapers which serve the largest number of Female and minority group people in the recruiting area. Page 411-2 I I AHCDD Form 411 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Instructions for Development of AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM Project #: 2007R b. Recruiting through schools and universities having substantial proportions of minority and female students. c. Maintaining systematic contacts with minority, female, and human relations organization, leaders, and spokesmen to encourage referral of qualified minority and female applicants. d. Encourage present employees to refer minority and female applicants. e. Making it known to all recruitment sources that qualified female and minority members are being sought for consideration for professional, sub-professional and other office work whenever staff is needed. 4. Assure non-discriminatory hiring, taking appropriate steps such as: a. Instructing personally those of the staff who make hiring decisions that minority and female applicants for all jobs are to be considered without discrimination. 5. Assure that maximum use is made of sub-professional internship and other training to help equalize opportunity for female and minority persons such as: a. Sponsoring and assisting female and minority youths, as well as others, to enter sub-professional and professional training and making such training available to the maximum extent. b. Actively encouraging minority and female employees, as well as others, to increase their skills and job potential through participation in available training and education programs. 6. Assure non-discriminatory placement and promotion a. Instruct personally those of the staff who make placement and promotion decisions that minority and female employees are to be considered without discrimination. b. Encourage the promotion of minority and female employees who have increased their skills and job potential in accord with the affirmative action policies. 7. Assure non-discriminatory pay, other compensation and working conditions, taking appropriate steps as: a. Examining rates of pay and fringe benefits for present employees with equivalent duties, and adjusting any inequities found. b. Not reducing the compensation of existing employees who have been converted to on'-the-job training states. 8. Encourage non-discriminatory contract, taking appropriate steps such as encouraging female and minority group contractors and contractors with minority and female representation among their employees to submit proposals for contract work. 9. Follow through, questioning, verifying, making whatever changes or additions to the Equal Employment Opportunity Program that may be necessary to assure effectiveness. Page 411-3 I I AHCDD F.orm 411 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Instructions for Development of AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM Project #: 2007R NOTE TO CONTRACTOR: THIS GENERAL OUTLINE MAY BE USED AS A GUIDE IN DEVELOPING AN ACCEPTABLE AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM. EACH PROGRAM, HOWEVER, SHOULD BE TAILORED TO THE CONTRACTOR'S SPECIFIC OPERATION AND NEED9J. , If/vl to..{ Ai<.. COAlS. ilZv C-ft .o/'v i c7li-( P/7A/'/" II./C, (Construction Company Letterhead) Project No.: C 1) B G- 4 2. 0 07 f<. Project Name: I /tHAlL, H c'0iC:/h:... t.e- tV'7 c:; /L Location: 4i/~-1/<-rA-, rr....n '3 ('790 I I Sponsor: AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN Equal Emplovment Opportunity Policy It is the policy of IfHI1AR. (..olv..r,;21.Jc7loJ/ Company not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color,religion, sex, or national origin. This policy extends to all matters relating to recruitment, hiring, promotion, transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, rates of pay and other forms of compensation, and selection for training. I. Furthermore, it is the policy of this company to cooperate to the fullest extent with the applicable rules, regulations and orders issued pursuant to Executive Order 11246. It is intended that all officials and employees of this company be informed of this statement of policy and that this policy shall be applied to every phase of employee recruitment, including employment agencies, labor organizations and advertising. II. Coordination and Administration of Proqram 1. The company ~-president, @ or Ms.) '1;/.;,,/ flH;.,(!i-I1.... will serve in the capacity of Equal Employment Opportunity Coordinator. (He or She) will be responsible for the overall administration of this Affirmative Action Plan and will assist in EEO matters at the Branch Office and at project construction sites. 2. Administration of this Plan at the project site will be the responsibility of the company's Project Manager. 3. Management will check with each superintendent bi-weekly to ensure that this company's equal employment opportunity obligations, policy, and plan are being implemented. 4. A copy of this affirmative action plan will be provided to each employee and posted on the company's bulletin boards at the main office, the branch office, and all project sites. Page 411-4 I I AHCDD Form 411 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Instructions for Development of AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM Project #: 2007R A. Recruitment and Employment Practice 1. We employ essentially four categories of craftsmen. Our brickmasons and equipment operators are referred from the Bricklayers Local #152 and the Operators Local #617, respectively. During the past year, Bricklayers Local #152 has referred approximately 71 employees to us. Approximately 17, or 24% were minority, and 2 or 2.8% were female. During that same period, the Operators Local #617 referred 11 employees, of which none were minority and 1 or 9% were female. 2. We secure our Carpenters and Laborers through walk-ins and word of mouth. During the past year we have employed approximately 63 Carpenters of which 3 were minority (approximately 5%) and o females. These were referred to the Carpenters Local #104 and admitted for membership. Of approximately 80 minority walk-in applicants, 60 or 75% were employed as Laborers. Of 1 female walk-in applicant, 1 or 100% was employed as a Laborer. A. Present Work Force Total Non-minority Minority Non-female Female Brickmasons 49 30 16 46 3 Operators 3 3 0 3 0 Carpenters 31 28 3 31 0 Laborers 55 5 49 54 1 B. Opportunities for Placement During the period of the next 12 months we anticipate (because of attrition or expansion) employing maybe 50 new craftsmen by categories as follows: Brickmasons Operators Carpenters Laborers 14 1 10 25 III. Goals and Timetables Our minority employment goals for the next twelve month period is as follows: Brickmasons Operators Carpenters Laborers 3 1 (oiler, trainee) 4 o Our female employment goals for the next twelve month period is as follows: Brickmasons Operators Carpenters Laborers o o 2 2 Page 411-5 I I I I I I B. I I C. I D. I E. I I G. I H. I I I I I I AHCDD Form 411 AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Instructions for Development of AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM 2007R Project #: A. We will notify community organizations in writing that we are an equal opportunity employer and that we have employment opportunities available and will maintain records of the organizations' response. The following is a list of organizations we will notify: 1. 2. 3. We will maintain a file of the name and addresses of each minority and female applicant referred to us and note what action was taken with each such referred applicant, and if the applicant was not employed, the reasons therefore. Where appropriate, applicant will be sent to union hiring hall for permit to work with our company. We will promptly notify HUD when the union or unions with whom we have a collective bargaining agreement has not referred us a minority or female worker sent by us or we have other information that the union referral process impedes us in our efforts to meet our goals. We will make specific efforts to encourage present minority and female employees to recruit their friends and relatives for posi~ions we have available. The Company's EEO Coordinator will periodically inventory and evaluate all minority and female personn'el in the Laborer category for promotional opportunities and encourage them to seek such opportunities where available. F. The company will make sure that all facilities and company activities are non-segregated with the exception that separate or single-user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. The EEO Coordinator will continually monitor all personnel activities to ensure that the company's EEO policy is being carried out. We will solicit bids for subcontracts from available minority and female subcontractors engaged in the trades for which we need subcontractors. Where necessary, and possible, we will offer assistance to those minority and female subcontractors who bid or are awarded a subcontract with our company. I. We will notify each subcontractor of his respective EEO obligation find actively cooperate with HUD in assuring compliance. I - ~. ~/...~~v'VVL~ ~ Signed: /1' r-~- - /..:..- (Name) Q") - - " -N- \ I k cS ( l...... z;.., I (Title) Page 411-6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AHCDQ Form 412 I I I I I III I I I I II I I I I I I I AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT AFFIRMATIVE ACTION GOALS & TIMETABLE Project #: COSG 2007R FRIDAY, APRIL 7, 1978 PART IV *.~~A~~~AAAA.AAA.~.AAA~*** DEPARTMENT OF LABOR Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs . GOALS AND TIMETABLES FOR FEMALE AND MINORITY PARTICIPATION IN THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY Affirmative Action Requirements Page 412-1 I AHCDD Form 412 I AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT AFFIRMATIVE ACTION GOALS & TIMETABLE Project #: I I timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause. and to make a good faith effort. to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or Subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Comractor's or Subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. 4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7 a through p ofthese specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percemages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered Construction contractors performing construction work in geographical areas where they dO not have a Federal or federally assisted constuction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical area where the work is being performed. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form. , and such notices may be obtained"from any Office of Feaeral Contract Compliance Programs office or from Feaeral procurement contracting officers. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress in meeting its goals in each craft during the period specified. 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaimng agreement, .nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications. Executive Order 11246. or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. 6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals. such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training penod, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. 7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extens,ve as the following: a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment. intimidation, and coercion at all sites. and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, wnere possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to mamtain such a working enVironment, With specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources. provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. c. Maintain a current file of the names. addresses and telephone numbers' of each minority and female off-ths-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union. a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred. not employed by the Contractor. this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefor. along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women. including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs. especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above. f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newpaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO pOlicy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment. layoff. termination or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such as Superintendents. General Foremen. etc.. prior to the initiation of construction work at any jOb site. A written record shall be made and maintainedidentitying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed. and disposition of the subject matter. h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media: specifically including minority and female news media. and providing written notification to and diSCUSSing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations. to schools with minority and female students and to minonty and female recrUitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source. the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings. screening procedures. and tests to be used in the selectio n process. j. Encourage present minority and female employees to. recruit other minority persons and women and. where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's work force. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. I. Conduct, at least annually. an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for. through appropriate training, etc.. such opportunities. m. Ensure that seniority practices. job classifications. work assignments and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated except that separate or single-user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to aSSUie privacy between the sexes. o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations. p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. 8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through pj. The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor-union. contractor-community. or other similar group of which the contractor is a member and participant. may be asserted as fulfilling anyone or more of its obligations under 7a through p of these Specifications provided that the contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and. timetables. and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor. however. is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups. both male and female, and all women. both minority and non-minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example. even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally. the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized). SMSA Counties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ . . . . . . Columbia, Richmond & Aiken, S.C. I Non-SMSA Counties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Burke, Emanuel, Glascock, Jefferson, I Jenkins, Lincoln, McDuffie, Taliaferro, I. Warren, and Wilkes I I I I I I I - I I I I I I I I I I AHCDD Form 412 AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT AFFIRMATIVE ACTION GOALS & TIMETABLE Project #: CHANGES IN APPENDIX B PURSUANT TO OFCCP REGULATIONS - 41 CFR PART 60-4 Until further notice, the following goals for minority utilization in each construction craft and trade shall be included in all Federal or federally assisted construction contracts and subcontracts in excess of $10,000 to be performed in the respective geographical areas. The goals are applicable to each nonexempt contractor's total onsite construction workforce, regardless of whether or not part of that workforce is performing work on a Federal, federally assisted or nonfederally related project, contract or subcontract. Construction contractors which are participating in an approved Hometown Plan (see 41 CFR 60-4.5) are required to comply with the goals of the Hometown Plan with regard to construction work they perform in I the area covered by the Hometown Plan. With regard to all their other covered construction work, such contractors are required to comply with the applicable SMSA or EA goal contained in this Appendix 8-80. APPENDIX 8-80 GOALS FOR MINORITY UTILIZATION Auausta, GA. Goals (Percent) MINORITY FEMALE 27.2 6.9 32.8 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Form 501 AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Project #: COSG 2007R PERFORMANCE & PAYMENT BOND (See Attachment) 501 -1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY APPROVED BY THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AlA Document A312 (December 1984 Edition) Performance Bond Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): Ammar Construction Co., Inc. Post Office Box 1877 Evans, Georgia 30809 OWNER (Name and Address): SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY 6200 S. GILMORE ROAD CINCINNATI. OHIO 45014-5141 Augusta, Georgia Augusta-Richmond County 530 Greene Street Augusta, GA 30911 Municipal Building CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: December 18, 2007 Amou.nt:. . $337,000.00 Description (Name and Location): Lamar Medical Center Improvements, Expansion & 1448 Lee Beard Way, Augusta, GA 30901 Parking Lot BOND Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date): Amount: Modifications to this Bond: December 18, 2007 Ga None $337,000.00 o See Page 3 CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company: (Corporate Seal) Ammar Construct~lo., Inc. , ." ~ -=- A- jL...L~ A /L.- .iE'~ Signatu re: ~~~~-= (... c.. Name and Title ~,::::>-'-.. .C' .' "D -;-- 'I ;.- ,) i...!C:';; Ie/v (Any additional signatures appear onyage 3) SURETY Company: THE CINCIN Signatu re: Name and Atty-in-Fact (FOR INFORMATlON'ONL Y-Name, Address and Telephone) AGENT or BROKER: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or MSI LLC other party): , , Post Office Box 10106 Augusta, GA 30903-2706 1-800-686-1376 S-2100-AIA-A312 (6/87) PERFORMANCE BOND A312.1984 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner ior the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein bv reterence, 2 If the Contractor periorms the Construction ,Contract, the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond, except to participate in conferences as provided in Subparagraph 3.1. 3 If there is no Owner Default, the Surety's obligation under this Bond shall arise aiter: 3.1 The Owner has notified the Contractor and the Surety at its address described in Paragraph 10 below that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Deiault and has requested and attempted to arrange a conierence with the Contractor and the Surety to be held not later than fifteen days after receipt of such notice to discuss methods of performing the Construc- tion Contract. If the Owner, the Contractor and the Surety agree, the Contractor shall be allowed a reason- able time 10 perform the Construction Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive the Owner's right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; and 3.2 The Owner has declared a Contractor Default and formally terminated the Contractor's right to complete the contract. Such Contractor Deiault shall not be d~- c1ared earlier than twenty days after the Contractor and the Surety have received notice as provided in Sub- paragraph 3.1; and 3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price to the Surety in accordance with the terms oi the Construction Contract or to a contractor selected to perform the Construction Contract in accor- dance with the terms oi the contract with the Owner. 4 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Para- graph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's ex- pense take one of the following actions: 4.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with consent of the Owner, to perform and complete the Construction Contract; or 4.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construc- tion Contract itself, through its agents or through inde- pendent contractors; or 4.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner ior a contract for performance and completion of the Con- struction Contract, arrange for a contract to be pre- pared for execution by the Owner and the contractor selected with the Owner's concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed bya qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the amount oi damages as described in Paragraph b in ex- cess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred bv the Owner resulting from the Contractor's default; or 4.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor and with reasonable promptness under the circumstanCE's: .1 After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable 10 the Ownpr and, as soon as practicable after the amount IS deler- mined, tender payment therefor to the Owner; or . .2 Denv liabilitv in who!eor In p,n' and Ilotil\',fw Owner citing reasons theretor, 5 Ii the Surety does not proceed as provided ]n I\nag]'clph 4 with reasonable promptness, the Surelv shall he rl('('nwd to be in dei-ault on this Bond iiiteen d,lV'" alter w( p]pl 01 dn additional written notice trom the ()wrH'r tll thE' "uretv demanding that the Surety perform ]tc, obligat]ons under this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitlerltll enlor( (' anv remedy available to the Owner. It the :,U retv pro( eeds as provid~d in Subparagraph 4.4, and the Owner refuses the payment tendered or the Surety has denied liabilltv. ]n whole or in part, without iurther notice Ihe Owner shall be entitled to eniorce any remedy available to the Owner 6 After the Owner has terminated the Contractor's right to complete the Construction Contract, and it the Surety elects to act under Subparagraph 4.1, 4.2, or 4,) ahllve, then the responsibilities ot the Surety to the Owner shall not be greater than those of the Contractor under the Construction Contract, and the responsibilities ot the Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than those ot the Owner under the Construction Contract. To the limit ot the amount of this Bond, but subject to commitment bv the Owner oi-the Balance oi the Contract Price to mitigation of costs and damages on the Construction Contract, the Sure- ty is obligated without duplication for: 6.1 The responsibilities of the Contractor for correc- tion of defective work and completion oi the Construc- tion Contract; 6.2 Additional legal, design proiessional and delay costs resulting irom the Contractor's Detault, and re- sulting from the actions or iailure to act ot the Surety under Paragraph 4; and 6.3 Liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Construction Contract, actual dam- ages caused by delayed performance or non-perfor- mance of the Contractor. 7 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others tor obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Con- struction Contract, and the Balance oi the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on accou nt of any such unrelated obligations. No right oi action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators or successors, 8 The Surety hereby waives notice oi any change, includ- ing changes oi time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obliga- tions. 9 Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under thi" Bond may be instituted in any court of competent JUrISdiction in the location in which the work or part ot the work i" located and shall be instituted within two years after Contractor Default or within two years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years aiter the Surety refuse... or tails to pertorm ItS obligations under this Bond, whichever oc- curs first. If the provisions oi this Paragraph Me vOid or prohibited by law, the minimum period ot Iim]tatlon avail- A312-1984 2 I I I I I I I able to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be appliCable. 10 Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the sig- nature page. 11 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shail be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions con- iorming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 12 DEFINITIONS 12.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract after all proper adjustments have been made. including allowance to the Con- I MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOllOWS: I I I I I I I tractor of any amounts received or to be received by the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims for damages to which the Contractor is entitled, re- duced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Con- tract. 12.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and the Contractor identified on the sig- nature page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 12.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contractor, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to per- form or otherwise to comply with the terms oi the Construction Contract. 12.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Con- tractor as required by the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms thereof. (Space is provided below ior additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page,) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company: (Corporate Seal) Signature: Name and Title: Address: SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY Signal u re: Name and Title: Address: A312-1984 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I- I I I I I I I THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY APPROVED BY THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AlA Document A312 (December 1984 Edition) Payment Bond Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable, CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): Ammar Construction Co., Inc. Post Office Box 1877 Evans, GA 30809 OWNER (Name and Address): SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY 6200 S. GILMORE ROAD . CINCINNATI. OHIO 45014-5141 Augusta, Georgia Augusta-Richmond County Municipal Building 530 Greene Street Augusta, GA 30911 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: December 18 2007 , Amou,nt:. $;337,000.00 Descrtptlon (Name and Location): Lamar Medical Center Improvements, Expansion & Parking 1448 Lee Beard Way, Augusta, GA 30901 BOND Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date): Amount: $337,000.00 Modifications to this Bond: . CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company: (Corporate Seal) Ammar Constructio Co., Inc. ------ , , j .,.,-, ,} ~ S' t ~. 'LA../vvl...~G(..-"---:"-: Igna ure: ~7'i-'/"1 Name and Titlp ?-.. -,' f-r~.6::=C' I D C-:i'v-,- ;r:"" __ ;.J"7\; "'-_ -' 1 . (Any additional signatures appear on page 6) Lot December 18, 2007 .Q None o See Page 6 Signatu re: Name and SURETY Company: THE CINCINN Atty-in-Fact (FOR INFORMA nON ONL Y-Name, Address and Telephone) AGENT or BROKER: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or MSI LLC other party): , Post Office Box 10106 Augusta, GA 30903-2706 1-800-686-1376 S-2150-AIA-A312 (6/87) PAYMENT BOND A312.1984 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor, materials and equipment furnished for use in the perfor- mance of the Construction Contract, which is incorpo- rated herein by reference, 2 With respect to the Owner, this obligation shall be null and void if the Contractor: 2.1 Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due Claimants, and 2.2 Defends, indemnifies and holds harmless the Owner from claims, demands, liens or suits by anv person or entity whose claim, demand, lien or suit is for the payment for labor, materials or equipment fur- nished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, provided the Owner has promptly notified the Contractor and the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) of any claims, demands, liens or suits and tendered defense of such claims demands, liens or suits to the Contractor and th~ Surety, and provided there is no Owner Default. 3 With respect to Claimants, this obligation shall be null and void if the Contractor promptly makes pay- ment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due. 4 The Surety shall have -no obligation to Claimants under this Bond until: 4.1 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with the Contractor have given notice to the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim, 4.2 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with the Contractor: .1 Have furnished written notice to the Con- tractor and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, within 90 days after having last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the claim stating, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim and the name of the party to whom. the materials were furnished or supplied or for whom the labor was done or performed; and .2 Have either received a rejection in whole or in part from the Contractor, or not received within 30 days of furnishing the above no- tice any communication from the Contractor by which the Contractor has indicated the claim will be paid directly or indirectly; and .3 Not having been paid within the above 30 days, have sent a written notice to the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and enclosing a copy of the previous written notice furnished to the Contractor. 5 If a notice required by Paragraph 4 is given by the Owner to the Contractor or to the Surety, that is suffi- cient compliance. 6 When the Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 4, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take the following actions: 6.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to the Owner, within 45 days after receipt of the claim, stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed. 6.2 Payor arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. 7 The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety. 8 Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract shall be used for the perfor- mance of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any Construction Performance Bond. By the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor in the performance of the Construction Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and the Surety under this Bond, subject to the Owner's prior- ity to use the funds for the completion of the work. 9 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelat- ed to the Construction Contract. The Owner shall notbe liable for payment of any costs or expenses of any Claim- ant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obli- gations to make payments to, give notices on behalf of. or otherwise have obligations to Claimants under this Bond. 10 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obi igations. 11 No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent juris- diction in the location in which the work or part of the work is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant gave the notice required by Subparagraph 4.1 or Clause 4.2.3, or (2) on which the last labor or service was performed bv anyone or the last mate- rials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Con- struction Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs, If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 12 Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the signature page. Actual receipt of notice by Surety, the Owner or the Contractor, however accomplished, shall be sufficient compl iance as of the date received at the address shown on the signature page, 13 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision In this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions con- forming to such statutory or other lega:i requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein, The intent is that this A312-1984 5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 14 Upon request by any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made. 15 DEFINITIONS 15.1 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor to furnish labor, materials or equip- ment ior use in the performance of the Contract. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limita- tion in the terms "labor, materials or equipment" that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental equipment used in the MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BONO ARE AS FOLLOWS: Construction Contract, architectural and engineering services required for periormance of the work oi the Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors, and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials or equipment were furnished. 15.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and the Contractor identified on the sig- nature page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 15.3 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Con- tractor as required by the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms thereoi. (Space is provided below for additional signatures oi added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.) GONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company: (Corporate Seal) Signature: Name and Title: Address: SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) THE CINCINNATI INSURANCE COMPANY Signature: Name and Title: Address: A312-1984 6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I I I I I Form 502 AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Project #: CDSG 2007R INSURANCE (See Attachment) 502-1 (706) 722-8338 CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE KECO IHE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING NY REQUIREMENT. TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR AY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES, AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. , ~~?;~ POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE Pgk'fJ,~~~mN LIMITS ~NERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 500,000 X COMMERCtAL GENERAL LIABILITY EBPOO08799 8/21/2007 8/21/2010 PREMISES lEa occurence\ $ 100,00C I CLAIMS MADE ~ OCCUR MED EXP (Anyone person) $ 5,000 I - PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 500,00~ GENERAL AGGREGATE 1$ 500,000 - 500,000 GEN'L AGGREAE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ Xl POLICY P'f-R-r n LOC ~OMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 500,000 A X ANY AUTO CAP5877834 9/20/2006 9/20/2009 (Ea accident) I X ALL OWNED AUTOS ~ BODILY INJURY $ SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) HIRED AUTOS X BODtL Y INJURY $ NON-OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) I - - PROPERTY DAMAGE 1$ (Per accident) ~RAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY: 'AGG $ ~ESS/UMBRELLA UABILlTY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 3,000,000 . X OCCUR D CLAIMS MADE CAP5877834 9/20/2006 9/20/2009 AGGREGATE $ 3,000,000 $ =l DEDUCTIBLE $ RETENTION $ $ I WORKERS COMPENSATION AND X I WC STATU-.I 10TH- TORY LIMITS ER EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY 034-8704107 10/9/2007 10/9/2008 100,000 ANY PROPRIETORIPARTNERlEXECUTIVE E.L EACH ACCIDENT $ OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? E.L DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 100,00C If yes, describe under 500,000 SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.L DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ OTHER Builders Risk Installation BR67045122 1/2/2008 1/2/2009 See Project Below $1 DO,DOC SCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS I VEHICLES / ExcLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT / SPECIAL PROVISIONS . : Project Number CDBG #2007R 1448 Lee Beard Way Augusta, GA 30901 Igusta Housing & Community Development Department, 30901 Development Corporation Inc., and Beulah Grove Community Resourse nter, Inc. are listed as Additional Insured. i CORDn< Ammar Construction Co., Inc. Post Office Box 1877 Evans, GA 30809 I COVERAGES Augusta Housing & Community Development Department Augusta, GA 30901- DATE (MMlDDIYYYY) 12/18/2007 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURER A: Cincinnati Ins. CO INSURER B: Builders Insurance Company INSURER C: Zurich Insurance CO. INSURER D: INSURER E: NAIC# CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 1L- DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE c::::::. ~~~.- ~~~ _.~>~ -~-~-~~~-~~.~. ~~ @ACORDCORPORATION 1988 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I The BIDDER certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any I location under BIDDER's control where segregated facilities are maintained. The BIDDER certifies further that the BIDDER will not maintain or provide for BIDDER's employee any segregated facilities at any of BIDDER's I establishments, and that the BIDDER will not permit BIDDER's employees to perform their services at any location under BIDDER's control where segregated facilities are maintained. The BIDDER agrees that a I breach of this certification will be a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in any contract resulting from I acceptance of this BID. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, I work areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, I transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or nation origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The BIDDER agrees that, except where the BIDDER has obtained identical certification from I proposed sub-contractors for a specific time period, BIDDER will obtain identical certifications from proposed sub-contractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the I provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause, and that Bidder will retain such certification in BIDDER's files. Note: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. 91001. I I I I I I I Form 503 AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Project #: CDSG 2007R CERTIFICATION OF NON-SEGREGATED FACILITIES BY PRIME CONTRACTOR Date ,20_. (Name of BIDDER) Official Address By (Contractor's Name) As its (Title) (City, State, Zip) *Must be included without alteration . 503-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I STATE OF GEORGIA I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 504 AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Project #: CDSG 2007R ) ) COUNTY OF RICHMOND ) TO CHESTER A. WHEELER, III SPECIAL POWER OF ATTORNEY RE: Lamar Medical Center Hereinafter known as "Project" KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That AUGUSTA, GEORGIA, a political subdivision of the State of Georgia, hereby constitutes and appoints, and by these presents does make, constitute and appoint CHESTER A. WHEELER, III, of Richmond County, Georgia, as it's true and lawful attorney in fact, in the executing of any or all of the following documents related to Project: (1 ) To sign and execute any and all legal instruments, to any person or persons wishing to contract with Augusta Housing and Community Development Department; (2) To sign statements or related instruments necessary or convenient to said transaction; (3) To sign, endorse, deposit or issue checks or to receive checks related to the Augusta Housing and Community Development Department program; and (4) Augusta, Georgia does hereby grant and give unto CHESTER A. WHEELER, III as Director of Augusta Housing and Community Development Department, as its attorney in fact with full authority and power to do and perform any and all other acts necessary or convenient to Project and to perform same as the authorized representative of Augusta, Georgia. This Special Power of Attorney specifically revokes any previously issued Power of Attorney. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Augusta, Georgia has caused this Power of Attorney to be execute by and thr~~ its authorized offis:ials and the seal of the consolidated government affixed this /lJ day Of~r' ...?Dog. AUgUS~a, ~eOrgia BY LX-.:.{{~ As its: Mayor L.S. ATTEST: SEAL 504-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I AUGUSTA HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Project #: . CDSG 2007R I AHCDD Form 111 (Rev. 10106) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Page 111-1 I I 2K1\1 # 07-08.3 LAMAR MEDICAL CENTER I I IMPROVEMENTS & EXPANSION Augusta Housing & Community Development Dept. Augusta, Georgia I I' IFB# CDBG-2007R TABLE OF CONTENTS I I Section I!!k Paees I I Cover Cover Contents Table of Contents 1-3 I I Contract Table of Contents I Contract Requirements 1-113 I .~ I F Special Conditions Fl - F5 Form "Request for Prior Approval" F6 I' I DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01080 Applicable Codes 1 , 01090 Abbreviations & Symbols 1-3 01100 Alternates 1 I c, I 01300 Submittals "1- 2 01700 Execution Requirements 1-4 01710 Cleaning 1 I I 01732 Selective Demolition 1-3 01770 CJose-outFTocedures 1-3 DIVISION 2 SITE WORK I I 02110 Clearing and Grubbing 1-2 02210 Topsoil and Finish Grading 1-2 02222 Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for Utilities 1-6 I I 02235 Aggregate Base Course 1-2 02270 Erosion and Sediment Control 1 02277 Temporary Silt Fence 1-2 02300 Earthwork 1-3 I I 02361 Tennite Control 1-3 02511 Bituminous/Asphaltic Pavements 1 02513 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement 1-6 I I 02527 Concrete Curb, Curb and Gutter, and Gutter 1-2 02580 Pavement Marking 1....3 02933 Seeding and Mulching 1-4'" I' I DIVISION 3 CONCRETE . 03300 Cast-in.PlaceConcrete 1-3 I DIVISION 4 MASONRY I 04200 ' Unit Masonry 1-10 ...; DIVISION 5 METALS I I 05500 Metal Fabrications 1-5 05510 Metal Stairs and Handrails 1-6 05800 Expansion Control 1,- 3 I I DIVISION 6 WOOD & PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry 1-4 06162 Exterior Sheathing 1-4 I I TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 I I II I I I I I I I I II I I' I I I I I. I I I, I I I I I I I I I I I I I I LAMAR MEDICAL CENTER IMPROVEMENTS & EXPANSION Augusta Housing & Community Development Dept. Augusta, Georgia IFB# CDBG-2007R TABLE OF CONTENTS ~ Title DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL See Electrical Drawings LIST OF DRAWINGS: CIVIL C1.D EC AND DEMO PLAN C2.D GRADING AND SITE PLAN C3.0 SITE PLAN DETAILS ARCIDTECTURAL GO.l INDEX AD.l DEMOUTION PLAN & EXISTING NORTH ELEVATION A 1.0 FOUNDATION PLAN & FRAMING PLAN ALl FLOOR PLAN & DETAILS A1.2 ROOF PLAN &DETAILS AI.3 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A2.l ELEVATIONS A2.2 SECTIONS & DETAILS AJ.I DOOR & WINDOW DETAILS DOOR SCHEDULE PLUMBING PLl PLUMBING PLANS & DETAILS P2.l PLUMBING SCHEDULES & SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL Ml.l HV AC PLANS & NOTES M2.1 HVACSCHEDULES & DETAILS ELECTRICAL EO.O LEGEND, SCHEDULES EO.l DEMOUTION PLAN ELl POWER PLAN El.2 LIGHTING PLAN TABLE OF CONTENTS 2KM # 07-08.3 Pal!es Page 3 I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I F-02 F-03 F-04 SECTION F SPECIAL CONDITIONS F-Ol ARCHITECT A. Wherever the term "Architect" appears in these specifications, it shall mean 2KM Architects, Inc., 2275 Wrightsboro Road, Augusta, Georgia 30904, PH: (706) 736-3333; FX: (706) 736- 7100; E-Mail: mail@2kmarchitects.com. OWNER A. Wherever the term "Owner" appears in these specifications, it shall mean Augusta Housing . 00 and Community Development Department, 925. Laney Walker Blvd.,'2 Floor Augusta, Georgia 30901, PH (70) 821-1797, FX 706821-1784. COPIES OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FURNISHED TO CONTRACTOR A. The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor, free of charge, ten (10) sets of contract documents. The Contractor shall obtain such additional sets of contract documents as the Contractor deems necessary and shall pay the cost of reproduction of such additional sets. SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submittals 1. Refer to the individual sections of the Specifications for Shop Drawings. 2. Shop Drawings shall be submitted only for the items requested in the individual Trade Section; however, the Architect may request additional drawings, schedules, and manufacturers brochures to supplement the information needed for the~execution of the work. 3. Shop Drawings not required by the Specifications or requested by the Architect will be returned without action. B. Manufacturers Materials and Equipment. 1. Shop Drawings shall be in accordance with the Manuiacturer's Model Numbers, Specifications, and description called for in the Contract Documents. 2. Where products of acceptable manufacturers or products, as allowed in the Specifications, vary from the details of the Manufacturer or product used as the basis for the specified or detailed item, any additional labor, materials, or seIVices needed to accommodate such variances shallbe accomplished at no increase in contract cost. Variances so noted include, but are not limited to, dimensions, locations of outlets, type and number of connections, installation details and capacity of service. C. Contractor's Review 1. The Contractor shall review all Shop Drawings required by the Contract Documents or subsequently by the Architect as covered by modifications and stamp each copy submitted with the date and name of persons making review. 2. Shop Drawings and Samples shall be properly identified as specified, or as the Architect may require. At the time of submission, the Contractor shall inform the Architect in writing of any deviation in the Shop Drawings or Samples from the requirements of the Contract Documents. D. Submittals 1. . Shop Drawings shall be submitted in advance of the time needed by the Contractor for proper scheduling of work. 2. Shop Drawings of all fabricated work shall be submitted to Architect for approval and no work shall be fabricated by Contractor, save at his own risk, until approval has been given. Four (4) prints of final approved Shop Drawings will be required unless otherwise specified. . F-l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Ie I I I I F-21 DRUG-FREE ENVIRONMENT POlley A. By executing this contract, contractor certifies that he shall provide a drug-free workplace for his employees and the employees of his sub-contractors in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia. . . F-22 LIENS A. Not later than fifteen (15) days after the contractor commences work on the property, a Notice of Commencement shall be filed by the Contractor with the clerk of the Superior Court in the county in which the project is located in accordance with Georgia Law. F-23 DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME A. Delays and Extension of Time: (a) Grounds - If the contractor be delayed at any time in the progress of the work by any act or negligence of the Owner or the architect, or of any employee of either, or by any separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strikes, lockouts, pickets, inclement weather, unforeseeable subsurface conditions, fire, unusual delay in transportation, unavoidable casualties, or any causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by any cause which the architect shall decide to justify the delay, then the time of completion shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Architect may decide. The contractor expressly agrees that the contractor's sole remedy for such delay shall be an extension of contract time and that the contractor shall make no demand for damages or extended overhead. F-24 CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Owner's Right to Make Changes. - The Owner without invalidating the contract may authorize or order extra work or may authorize or order changes by altering, adding to, or deducting from the work, the contract sum being adjusted accordingly. The contractor hereby expressly agrees that the contractor shall have no right to a claim for damages or extended overhead because of changes made by the Owner. Such work is hereinafter designated "change" or "changes". All such changes shall be performed under the conditions of the original contract except that any claim for extension of time caused thereby shall be adjusted at the time of signing of the change order form. F-5 II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01080 - APPLICABLE CODES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS AND WORK A. The Division 1 General Requirements, Specifications, Drawings, Addenda and Modifications are binding on all work required for this Project. 1.2 APPUCABLE CODES 1. NFPA 70 ') NFP A 72 .... 3. ;-.wPA 101 4. NFPA 241 5_ 'N'FPA 13 6. mC-2000 7. IFC - 2003 8. ADAG-199 I 9. ABA 10. 120-3-3 11. 120-3-20 12. IFGC-2000 13. IMC-2000 14. IPC-lOOO 15. NEC-200S 16. IECC-2000 A. The following Building Codes are currently adopted and applicable for this project: National Electrical Code, 2005 Edition, with Georgia Amendments National Fire Alarm Code, 2002 Edition, vvith Georgia Amendments Life Safety Code, 1000.Edition, vvith Georgia Amendments Building Construction and Demolition Operations Standard for Installation of Sprinkler Systems, 2002 Edition, with Georgia Amendments Standard Building Code, International Building Code (vvith State of Georgia Amendments 2002 - 2006) International Fire Prevention Code (with State of Georgia Amendments, 2005) American Disabilities Act Guidelines, 1991 law. Architectural barriers ACT, Accessibility guidelines, 36 CFR pan 1191 State Minimum Fire Safety Standards (1999) Georgia Accessibility Code (1997) International Fuel Gas Code (vvith State of Georgia Amendments, 2001- 2003, 2005) International Mechanical Code (with State of Georgia Amendments, 1001, 2004, 2005) International Plwnhing Code (with State of Georgia Amendments, 2001 - 2006) National Electric Code (with State of Georgia Amendments, 2006) International Energy Conservation Code (with State of Georgia AJnen~ts,2003,2005,2006) B. Reference to other applicable 'codes and standards are made in other sections of this specification. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) APPliCABLE CODES END OF SECTION 01080-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REOUIREMENTS SECTION 01090 - ABBREVIATIONS & SYMBOLS PART I-GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES A. Reference to a technical society, institute, association, organization or governmental authority may be made in the Specifications in accordance with the following abbreviations: AAR American Association of Railroads AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute ADA American with Disabilities Act AECI Association of Edison Illuminating Companies AGA American Gas Association, Inc. AGC Associated General Contractors of America AGMA American Gear Manufacwrers Association ARC Architectural Hardware Consultants AIA American Institute of Architects AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute ANSI American National Standards Institute APA American Plywood Association API American Petroleum Institute ARI Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASA American Standards Association ASC American Standards Code ASLA American Society of Landscape Architects ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refiigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers ASM American Society for Metals ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASD.1 American Society for Testing and Materials AWl Architectural Woodwork Institute AWPA American Wood.Preservers' Association ABBREVIATIONS & SYMBOLS 01090-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I RLM RTMA SAE SCPI sm SJI SMACNA SSPC TCA TEMA lJL USPS PART 2 - PRODUCTS PART 3 - EXECUTION ABBREVLi\ TIONS & SYMBOLS Reflector Luminaire Manufacturers Radio. Television Manufacturer's Association Society of Automobile Engineers Structural Clay Products Institute Steel Deck Institute Steel Joist Institute Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association Steel Structures Painting Council Tile Council of America Tubular Exchange Manufacturers Association Underwriter's Laboratories United States Product Standard (Not Used) (1\ot Used) END OF SECTION 01090-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01100 - ALTERNATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and perform all work and services necessary for all Alternates as shown on drawings and as specified, in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and completely coordinated with work of all other trades. All prices shall include overhead and profit. B. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound and complete installation. C. Coordinate pertinent related work and modifY surrounding work as required by Contract Docmnents. D. All materials and methods of construction used on this project shall conform to the qualifications established by the Contract Documents. 1.2 QUANTITIES A. When materials, devices or equipment are referred to as if singular in number, it is intended that such reference shall apply to as many such items as are required to complete the work. PART 2 -ALTERNATES 2.1 ALTERNATES A. State in proposal the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid for each of the Alternates described below. Upon execution of Agreement, implement work and modifY work as established under various Alternates as accepted or rejected by the Owner. Clarifications of Alternates and Unit Prices shall be as follows: Deduct Alternate #1: Delete all new parking except for scheduled Handicap Parking and associated signage (see attached Exhibit "A"). Deduct Alternate #2: Delete all interior renovations to existing Clinic building. PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION ALTERNATES 011 00-1 I I I I 1 I I I I I '1 I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I 1,1 I I I I I I DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS PARTI-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The following provisions shall apply: Contractor shall compile one completed set of approved set of Shop Drawings and submittals to turn in with the 0 & M Manuals. B. Contractor shall submit six prints of each shop drawing to the Architect for review. If corrections are required after the Architect's review, two copies of marked up drawings will be returned to the Contractor for necessary revisions. Contractor shall then resubmit six prints of corrected drawings for final review and distribution. However, if for any reasons further corrections are necessary, follow the above procedure until no corrections are required. C. '. For standard manufactured items the Contractor shall submit six copies of all catalogue sheets, vendors' drawings and certified drawings to the Architect for review. If corrections are required after the Architect's review, two copies of marked up drawings will be returned to the Contractor for revision. Contractor shall then resubmit six corrected copies for fmalreview and distnbution. D. Shop drawings submitted for review must bear the stamp of the Contractor stating that they have been checked. It is the Contractor's responsibility to fully check all shop drawings for arrangement and confonnance with drawings and specifications, and accuracy of dimensions, including coordination of shop drawings submitted on other work under these specifications. If it appears that such checking has been inadequate, even though stamped as being checked. drawings will be returned to the Contractor for proper checking before further processing by the Architect regardless of any urgency claimed by the Contractor. E. The review of such drawings by the Architect will be general only. Such review shall not be interpreted as a checking of detailed dimensions or approval of deviations from plans and specifications, unless such a check or deviation is requested at time of submission. Review of drawings shall not relieve the Contractor ofms responsibility for accuracy of same, nor for the furnishing of all materials required by the contract, even though same may not be indicated on tlle reviewed shop drawings. F. The Contractor must schedule the submission of shop drawings and schedules to allow the Architect a minimum of ten working days, after receipt, for the review of each submission. The review of a shop drawing does not authorize changes from the Contract requirements as to materials, workmanship, extent of the work or price unless authorized in a separate Change Order. G. Submit shop drawings, vendor drawings and certified drawings, to the Architect 'With a transmittal letter or form addressed to 2KM Architects, Inc., 2275 Wrightsboro Road, Augusta, Georgia, 30904. Transmittals shall include the sender's name, the project number, name of the Owner, a list of shop drawing numbers and titles and quantity of each print submitted. In addition, Contractor ,shall mark each drawing with the project number and name of the Owner. 1.2 SAMPLES A. The "General Conditions covers samples. The following provisions shall also apply: 1. Name of Project 2. Location of Project 3. Name of Contractor 4. Material or Equipment Represented 5. Manufacturer's data sheets and drawings, if available B. Approval or acceptance of samples will not preclude the rejection of the completed work. After a material has been approved, no change in brand or make will be permitted, unless satisfactory evidence is presented to and approved by the Architect that the manufacturer cannot make delivery SUBMIIT ALS 01300-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01700 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. General installation of products. 3. Progress cleaning. 4. Starting and adjusting. 5. Protection of the installed construction. 6. Correction of the Work. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Section 01300 Submittals: 1. Detailed Schedule. 2. Protective barrier materials & layout & installation sequence. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction affecting th.c \1/orka 1. Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of all utility services. B. Existing Utilities: The existence and location of utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verifY the existence and location of utilities and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, water-service piping; and electrical services. C. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Examine rough-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 2. Examine walls, floors, and ceilings for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: VerifY information on utilities. that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing work affected by construction. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1. Comply with requirements in NFP A 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the temperamre is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C). 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose oflegally, according to regulations. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean and vacuum the. entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instruction of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on site will not be permitted. Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted. H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. 1. Clean and provide m";ntenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. 1. Limiting Exposure: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to unauthorized access by non-construction personnel during the construction period. 3.6 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start equipment and operating components to confIrm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and r:etest. B. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for proper operation. C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Manufacturer's Field Service: If a factory-authorized service representative is required to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, comply with manufacturer's qualification requirements. 3.7 PROTECTIVE OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Wark is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. Comply with manufacttrrer's written instruction for temperature and relative hunndity. B. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01710 - CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Prior to final acceptance by the Owner, the building and surrounding grounds are to be put in clean and orderly condition. In all instances, the subcontractors are directly responsible for the nearness and orderliness of their work. However, it will be the General Contractor's final responsibility to ascertain the entire project is in a thoroughly clean and acceptable condition. 1.2 CLEANING OF METAL WORK A. All exposed metal work shall be thoroughly cleaned before final acceptance of the project. During construction, all exposed metal, finish hardware and all other exposed finish metals shall be protected with polyethylene film, Vaseline or other appropriate protective covering. Immediately prior to final acceptance, such metals shall be thoroughly cleaned. No damaged, scratched, stained, injured or discolored materials will be accepted and must be replaced. 1.3 EXTERIOR CLEANING A. The grounds around the building, lay-down and work areas, are to be left in a clean condition Trash, debris, or unused materials are to be removed from the site. Included is the final cleaning of all existing work soiled or damaged by construction activities. 1.4 FINAL CLEA.~-UP A. Prior to Architect's Finallnspection, execute final clean-up as follows: 1. Remove all debris from building site. 2. Remove all stains, spots, marks, and dirt from new finish surfaces of the work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION CLEANING 01710-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REOillREMENTS SECTION 01732 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Demolition and removal of select portions of the site improvements. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. General Conditions for Schedules and Coordination procedures for demolition operations. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Remove and legally diSpose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled, salvaged, or to remain the Owner's property. B. Remove and Salvage: Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain the Owner's property. Remove, clean, and pack or crate items to protect against damage. Identify contents of containers and deliver to Owner's designated storage area. C. Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during demolition. 1.3 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, or otheIWise indicated to remain the Owner's property, demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site with further disposition at the Contractor's option. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to Specification Section 01300 Submittals, for information only, Wlless otherwise indicated. B. Schedule of demolition activities indicating the following: 1. Detailed sequence of demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. C. Record drawings at Project closeout according to "Contract Closeout" procedures. 1. IdentifY and accurately locate capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, or mechanical conditions. 1.5 QL'ALITY ASSURANCE A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: Engage an experienced fIrm that has successfully completed demolition Work similar to that indicated for this Project B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notifIcation regulations before starting demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Site improvements to have selective demolition will be vacated and their use will be discontinued. B. Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of buildings to be demolished. 1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I adjacent areas to condition existing before start of demolition. 3.6 DEMOLITION A. Selective Demolition: Demolish portions of the site improvements completely and reffi{)ve from the site. Use methods required to complete Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. On-site storage or sale of removed items is prohibited. B. Damages: Promptly repair damages to adjacent work caused by demolition operations. 3.7 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials' off Owner's property and legally disposes of them. 3.8 SCHEDL'"LE A. The site will be available for the time of construction. B. All work must be complete and accepted in conformance with documented schedule. END OF SECTION SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DMSION 1 . GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection Procedures. 2. Record Drawings. 3. Closeout Documentation. 4. Operations and Maintenance (0 & M) Manuals. 1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for detennining date of Substantial. Completion, the Contractor shall complete the following: 1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected "Preliminary Punch List", indicate the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. The Architect will evaluate and add items as necessary at time of inspection.. 2. Advise Owner of pending insurance change over requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases pennitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Prepare and submitProject Record "Red Lined Prints", operation and maintenance manuals, and similar fmal record infonnation. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to a location designated by the Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. 7. Make fmal change over of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of change over security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems. 9. Submit test records and certify 'lWter systems sterilization tests. 10. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 11. Advise Owner of change over in power and other utilities. 12. Submit change over information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. 13. Complete fmal cleaning requirements, including touch-up painting. 14. Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed fmishes to eliminate visual defects. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. 1. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Substantial Completion. 2. Contractor shall identify the schedule to complete all work for certified "Final Completion". 13 FINAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting Final Inspection for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a Final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" . 2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (Preliminary Punch List), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has beeu completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. . 3. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Provide documentation of training. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770-1 I I I I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I and Operations and Maintenance manuals are completed. B. The balance of the warranties, operations and maintenance material shall be divided into manageable sections and binders. See Section 01300 Submittals. 2.3 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL A. Submit three copies of each manual. Label and index each manual. Include project title and date of submittal. 1. Use heavy duty 3-ring binders to accommodate data. Provide protective sleeves for loose and odd sized manufacturer's information. 2. Divide manuals into major categories, Division 1 - 16 per specification section: a. Tab 1 General- Division 1. b. Tab 2 CivillStrucmral c. Tab 3-12 Architectural d. Tab 15 Mechanical e. Tab 16 Electrical B. Include all required warranties and manufacturers data as required per each section of the specification. 1. Contractor shall review specification, log and track the necessary warranties. 2. Architect will review submittal log with Owner for completeness. 3. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. C. Include copies of transmittals for required materials. D. Include maintenance procedures for installed products. 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and method of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Provide schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. END OF SECTION CLOSEOGT PROCEDURES 01770-3 I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SECTION 02110 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The clearing work covered by this section consists of cutting, removing and properly disposing of vegetation and debris. Trees specifically identified on the plans to be preserved shall be adequately delineated and flagged by the CONTRACTOR, such that the balance of the work may be performed in a safe and harmless manner in the vicinity of preserved trees. Such tree preservation will be considered part of the work and shall be in conformance with applicable local codes and regulations. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in areas as called for on the plans, . the limits of which shall coincide with the construction limits and in general shall extend five (5) feet beyond top of cut and toe offill, not to exceed the limits of the Owner's property. B. Related Work: Any reference to standard specifications refers to the most current published date of the following specification unless otherwise noted. 1. Reference Section "02210 - Unclassified Excavation and Grading" for related work. 2. Clearing and grubbing activities shall conform to the "Standard Specifications for Highway ConstrUCtion" dated 2002, published by the Geqrgia Department of Transportation, except that grubbing shall be performed on all cleared excavation and embankment areas and shall include the complete removal of all snunps, roots and embedded debris. C. The grubbing work covered by this section consists of removing and properly disposing of all surface vegetation and debris. Where the material being removed is high in organic matter content, such as root mat and other vegetative matter, it shall be considered vegetation and removed as part of the work of grubbing. Where material being removed consists predominantly of soils, such removal will be considered part of the work covered by Section 02210 of these specifications, entitled Unclassified Excavation and Grading. D. The work of clearing and grubbing shall also include the removal and satisfactory disposal of crops, weeds and other annual growth, fences, steps. walls, chinmeys, column footings, other footings, foundation slabs, basements, other foundation components, signs, junked vehicles, and other rubble and debris, and the filling of holes and depressions. ~ work shan also be performed in all non-wooded areas within the construction limits, showri on the project plans upon which seeding and mulching, sprigging or sodding is to be performed. 1. As a part of the work of clearing and grubbing, the CONTRACTOR will be. required to cut off and plug at the right of way or constrUction limits, as directed by the ENGINEER, any private water or sewer line intercepted during the construction of the project, as well as cut off and remove from the construction area any septic tank or portion thereof during the construction of the project. E. Clearing and grubbing operations shall be completed sufficiently in advance of grading operations as may be necessary to prevent any of the debris from the clearing and grubbing operations from interfering with the excavation or embankment operations. P. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain, at his own expense, all necessary permits pertaining to clearing and grubbing work not already secured by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACfOR shall then provide a copy of any and all required pennits to the ENGINEER. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Topsoil shall be considered to mean original surface soil, typical of the area, which is capable of supporting native plant growth, and shall be free of large stones, roots, brush, waste constrUction debris and' other undesirable material. CLEARING M"D'GRC"BBING 02110. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I V~ Y HUVI'" .. - "l~~n...11'U.'\.. SECTION 02210 - TOPSOIL & FINISH GRADING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Topsoil. 2. Finish Grading. 3. Topsoil stripping, stockpiling, and rough grading. 1.2 JOB CONDITIONS A. Topsoil Quantity: Existing Topsoil quantity is not sufficient for completion of work of this Section. Provide additional imported topsoil at no additional cost to the Owner to complete the finish grading and topsoil. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Natural, friable, fertile, fme loamy soil possessing characteristics of representing topsoils on the vicinity which produce a heavy growth; free from subsoil, weeds, litter, sods, stiff clay, stones larger than one inch diameter, stumps, roots, trash, toxic substances, or any materials which may be harmful to plant growth or hinder planting operations; having a minimum pH of 6.0 and a maximwn pH of?O and obtained from naturally well drained areas which have never been stripped before. The pH testing results of the new topsoil shall be submitted to the Owner/Architect prior to beginning planting operations. Topsoil shall not be delivered in a frozen or muddy condition. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Spread topsoil after subgrade has been regraded and approved by Architect. B. Before depositing and spreading topsoil, rake subsoil surface clean of stones, debris or rubbish and loosen to a depth oO-inches. C. Establish fInish grades and place topsoil at planting and lawn areas. D. Spread, rake, compact and manipulate topsoil to form a settled thickness of 3-inches throughout all lawn areas and a thickness of 6-inches throughout all shrub and/or ground cover beds. 1. Finish grade for all areas shall be 2-inches below adjacent paved surfaces or curbs. 2. Allow sufficient space for placement of 3-inch layer of mulch in planting beds. E. Remove hard clods, stiff clay, sods, stones, roots, sticks, and debris over I-inch. F. Do not spread topsoil in muddy or frozen conditions. G. Provide positive drainage from all fInished graded areas. H. Remove from site, and legally dispose of, excess topsoil. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Finish grade shall have a minimum deviation from proposed grades of not more than I-inch in I 0- feet B. Provide fInish surface free of ruts, rocks, and clods. TOPSOIL & FINISH GRADING 02210-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SECTION 02222 - EXCA VA TING. BACKFILLING & COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, material, equipment, and supplies, and shall perform all earthwork including excavation and bac1ctill, pavement removal, sheathing, bracing, shoring, pumping or bailing, dewatering, restoration and cleanup, all as indicated, specified and/or necessary to complete the work. B. Any reference to standard specifications refers to the most current published date of the following specification unless otherwise noted. C. Related Work 1. Reference the following specifications for related work: a. 02270 Erosion and Sediment Control b. 02575 Pavement Repair and Resurfacing c. 02933 Seeding and Mulching d. 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete e. D-2487 ASTM Uniform Soil Classification System, 1991 (US Army Corp of Engineers Standard as revised by the US ACE and the Bureau of Reclamation in 1952) f. D-698 ASTM Compaction Testing g. P-1926 OSHA Regulations 2. Any reference to Georgia DOT standard specifications was obtained from the "Standard Specifications for Highway Construction" dated 2002 published by the Georgia Department of Transportation, unless otherwise directed herein. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Fill Material shall be classified as ML-low plasticity silt or better by the Unified Soil Classification System and tabulated below: Unified Class Class I Class n GM GP SW I SP Class ill I GM GC 8M SC Class V EXCA V A TING, BACKFILLING & COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES 02222 - 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I pedestrian or vehicular travel lanes, suitable carriers will be constructed and maintained and the work will be further protected from sunset to sunrise with a sufficient number of lights' or flares to fully protect the public from accidents on account of consnuction. E. If the specified depth for foundations proves insufficient to reach firm ground, the ENGINEER shall be notified and will furnish instructions for proceeding with the work. F. Rock, wherever used as a name for excavation material, shall mean boulders exceeding one-half cubic yard in volume or solid ledge rock, which in the opinion of the ENGINEER, requires for its removal drilling and blasting, or wedging or sledging and barring. Where rock excavation is necessary, the CONTRACTOR shall excavate the same as near the neat lines of the trench as practicable and he shall take all due precautions in the pursuance of the work. He will be held strictly responsible for all injury to life and to public and private property. 1. Rock shall be removed from the excavation to the following limits: a. Trenches - The diameter of the pipe plus 8-inches on each side, extending six inches below the pipe wall and bell. b. Structures - l2-inches beyond the vertical plane of the snucture on all sides and on the bottom only to the depth necessary for proper installation. 33 BLASTING A. Prior to commencing any blasting operations the CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER and either the Local Fire Depamnent - Fire Prevention Section or the County Fire Administrator (as applicable) and obtain blasting pennits as required. The CONTRACTOR must furnish proof (certification) of insurance specifically covering any and all obligations assumed pursuant to the use of explosives. . B. All blasting operations shall be conducted in strict accordance with any and all decrees, rules, regulations, ordinances, laws as may be imposed by any regulatory body andlor agency having jurisdiction over the work relative to handling, transporting, use and storage of explosives. Blasting shall be done only by competent and experienced men whose activities shall be conducted in a worlananlike manner. Satisfactory information inust be provided to the ENGINEER, that the blaster meets or exceeds the qualifications enumerated in OSHA Regulations Part 1926, Subpart U, Section 1926.901 - Blaster Qualifications. C. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all structures from the effects of the blast and repair any resulting damage. If the CONTRACTOR repeatedly uses excessive blasting charges or blasts in an unsafe or improper manner, the ENGINEER may direct the CONlRACfOR to employ an independent blasting consultant to supervise the preparation for each blast and approve the quantity of each charge. D. Overburden 1. Undisturbed overburden may be deemed adequate in lieu of matting but only after the actual depth of the undisturbed overburden has been detemrined and adjudged sufficient by the ENGINEER. Under no circumstances will loose or fill overburden be adequate without the use of weighted mats. E. Pennission to Blast 1. The COl';TRi\CTOR shall not be allowed to blast before 9 a.m or after 3 p.m without approval of the ENGDlEER and OWNER. Blasting will not occur within any rights-of.way maintained by any agency (D.O.T., R.R., Gas, OWNER, etc.) without. specific approval of the controlling agency and only in accordance with their respective requirements (as exceeded herein). The CONlRACTOR shall be held responsible for any and all injury to persons or damage to public or private property. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall not use excavated rock as backfill material. Dispose of rock which is surplus or not suitable for use as rip rap. F. Monitoring 1. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER prior to any blasting. Additionally, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER before any charge is set. Following review EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING & COMPACTING FOR L"TILITIES 02222 - 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I D. Unless otherwise approved by the ENGINEER, liquid-retaining structures shall not be backfilled until tested for leakage. 3.5 UNSTABLE SUBGRADE' A. Should Wlstable soil, organic soil, or soil types classified as fme-grained soils (silts and clays) by ASTM D-2487 be encoWltered in the bottom of pipe trenches or structure excavations, such soils shall be removed to a depth and width determined by the ENGINEER, properly disposed of and shall be' backfilled with crushed stone confonning to the Department of Transportation Specifications, Size 57. Placement shall not exceed 12-inches loose and compacted to 90% of the dry density determined by the Standard Proctor Test ASTM D698 (ClassC concrete may be substituted in place of #57 stone at the CONTRACTOR's option. A 24-hour cure must be given before proceeding with the work). 3.6 SITE GRADING A. Site grading shall conform to the grades indicated by the fmish contours on the plans. Where topsoil, pavement, gravel or crushed stone surfacing and other items are shown, rough grade shall be fInished to such depth below fInish grade as necessary to accommodate these items. All areas where structures are to be built on fill shall be stripped to such depth as necessary to remove tur:t: roots, organic matter and other objectionable materials. B. Excavation shall be made to the exact elevations, slopes and limits shown on the plans. Material excavated may be used as fill material as long as it meets the material requirements established herein. Acceptable material must be stod.."'Piled neatly onsite and clear of all unsuitable materials . to be removed from the site. C. Fill shall incorporate only acceptable materials defined herein. It shall not contain organic material, roots, debris or rock larger than 6 inches in diameter. 1. Where fill is to be placed, all existing vegetation, roots and other organic matter down to 12 inches below grade shall be stripped and disposed of as directed. After clearing existing vegetation, at the ENGINEER's discretion, the site may require proof rolling to insure that all unstable material has been removed. Proof rolling shall be done in the ENGINEER's presence, utilizing a loaded dumptruck or similar pneumatic- tired vehicle with a minimum loaded weight of 25 tons. . Fill shall be placed in successive compacted layers not to exceed 6 inches compacted thickness. Each layer shall be spread evenly and compacted as specified below before the next layer is placed. Rock shall not be incorporated in fill sections supporting pavement or structures. Where natural slopes exceed 3:1, horizontal benches shall be cut to receive fill material. Slopes of less than 3: 1 and other areas shall be scarified prior to placing fill material. Borrow material, as required, shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR at his own expense. Borrow material on site may be utilized provided it complies with these specifications. .., 4. 3. 4. 5. 6. 3. 7 COMPACTION A. Unless otherwise noted, each layer of fill and backfill and the top 12 inches of existing subgrade material in cuts shall be compacted by approved equipment as specified below. The degree of compaction and the density shall be determined by the Standard Proctor Test (ASTM D698). Top 12 inches of fIll under pavement or surface Fill under roads and structures Fill and backfill in other areas Percent of Max. Dry Density at Optimum Moisture Content 98% 95% 90% EXCA VA TING, BACKFILLING & COMPACTING FOR UTIUTIES 02222 - 5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SECTION 02235 - AGGREGATE BASE COURSE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work covered by this section consists of the consnuction of a base composed of an approved aggregate material delivered, placed, compacted and shaped to conform to the lines, grades, depths and typical sections shown on the plans or established by the ENGINEER. B. Related Work: Any reference to standard specifications refers to the most current published date of the following specification unless otherwise noted. 1. Reference the following specifications for related work: AASHTO T-180 COMPACTION 2. Aggregate Base Course workshall conform to the "Standard .specifications for Highway . Consnuction" dated 2002, published by the Georgia Department ofTransporration. PART 2 - PRODUCT 2.1 MATERIALS A. General Requirements: Aggregate base course material shall consist of crushed stone, crushed or uncrushed gravel or other similar material having hard, strong, durable, particle free of adherent coatings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General Requirements: The sub grade shall be prepared as called for on the plans in accordance with Section 02231 of these specifications prior to placement of the base material. B. The aggregate material shall be placed on the sub grade with a mechanical spreader capable of placing the material to a uniform loose depth without segregation except that for areas inaccessible . to a mechanical spreader, the aggregate material inay be placed by other methods approved by the ENGINEER. C. Where the required compacted thickness of base is 8 inches or less, the base material may be spread and compacted in one layer. Where the required compacted thickness is more than 8 inches, the base material shall be spread and compacted in 2 or more approximately equal layers. The minimum compacted thickness of anyone layer shall be approximately 4 inches. D. Each layer of material shall have been sampled, tested, compacted and approved prior to placing succeeding layers of base material or pavement. E. No base material shall be placed on frozen sub grade or base. F. , Base course which is in place on November 15 shall have been covered with a subsequent layer of pavement snucture or with a sand seaL' Base course which has been placed between November 16 and March 15, inclusive, shall be covered within 7 calendar days with a subsequent layer of pavement structure or with a sand seal. G. Failure of the CONTRACTOR to cover the base course as required above will result in the ENGINEER notifying the CONTRACTOR in writing to cover the base course with a sand seal and to suspend the operations of placing aggregate base course until such cover has been placed. This work shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR at no cost to the OWNER. In the event that the CONTRACTOR fails to apply the sand seal within 72 hours after receipt of such notice, the ENGINEER may proceed to have such work performed with other forces and equipment. The cost of such work performed by the other forces will be deducted from monies due or to become due AGGREGATE BASE COURSE 02235 - ] I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK SECTION 02270 - EROSION AND' SEDIMENT CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Erosion and sedimentation control shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR for all areas of the site denuded or otherwise disturbed during construction. The CONTRACfOR shall be responsible for all installation, materials, labor, and maintenance of erosion and sediment control devices, as well as removal of temporary erosion and sediment control devices shown on the plans or required to protect all downstream properties, natUral waterways, streams, lakes, ponds, catch basins, drainage ditches, roads, gutters, natural buffer zones, and man made structures. B. Erosion and sediment control procedures and facilities shall conform to all legally regulated procedures for the control of erosion and sedimentation. C. Related Work: See the following sections for related work. 1. 02933 Seeding and Mulching 2. 02277 Silt Fence 3. Erosion and sediment control procedures and facilities shall conform to the "Standard . Specifications for Highway Construction" dated 2002, published by the Georgia Department of Transportation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Wash6d stone to be used in temporary sediment basins shall be of strong, durable nature, resistant to weathering and shall be graded to conform to local and state Department of Transportation requirements. B. Refer to other sections within these specifications as listed in Item 1.3 above for other rnaterial specification required in the installation of erosion and sediment control facilities. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General Requirements 1. The CONTRACfOR shall follow the erosion control constrUction sequence schedule as shown on the contract drawings, except that should circumstances dictate that extra precaution be taken to prohibit erosion and sedimentation on the project, the CONTRACTOR will, at his own expense, take preventative measures as needed. 2. The CONTRACTOR is required to maintain all erosion and sediment control facilities to insure proper perfonnance throughout the construction phase and until such time all disturbed areas are permanently stabilized. 3. Upon completion of construction or successful permanent stabilization of all areas which were disturbed before or during construction operations or as indicated on the construction drawings, whichever occurs last, the CONTRACTOR shall remove all temporary erosion and sediment control devices and facilities from the project site. The CONTRACTOR shall retain these items for future use or properly dispose of these items offsite. 4. The CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary or permanent ground cover as called for on the construction plans within thirty (30) working days after dismrbance of any areas on the site. END OF SECTION EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 02270 - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SECTION 02277 - TEMPORARY SILT FENCE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work covered by this Section consists of the furnishing, installing, maintaining, replacing as needed, and removing of temporary silt fence. The CONTRAcrOR shall furnish all equipment, tools, ,labor and materials necessary to complete the work in accordance with the plans and specifications. All materials and procedures shall conform to the latest version of local and state Department of Transportation requirements. B. Related Work: Any reference to standard specifications refers to the most current published date published of the following specifications unless otherwise noted. C. Reference the following specifications for related work: 1. 02270 Erosion Control 2. All applicable local design manuals, codes andlor ordinances for Erosion and Sedimentation Control. (Were these design manuals, local codes and ordinances are more stringent then the State Department of Transportation, these codes andlor ordinances will control the erosion and sedimentation control procedures to be followed.) D. The temporary silt fence shall conform to the "Standard Specifications for Highway Construction" dated 2002 published by the Georgia Department of Transportation PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General Requirements: Temporary silt fence shall be a water permeable filter type fence for the purposes of removing suspended particles from the water passing through it. B. Posts 1. Either wood posts or steel posts may be used. Wood posts shall be a minimum of 6 feet long, at least 3 inches in diameter, and straight enough to provide a fence without noticeable misalignment. Steel posts shall be at least 5 feet in length, approximately 1-3/8 inches wide measured parallel to the fence, and have a minimum weight of 1.25 lb/ft of length. The post shall be equipped with an anchor plate having a minimwn area of 14.0 square inches, and shall have a means of retaining wire and fabric in the desired position without displacement. C. Woven Wire Fence 1. Wire fence fabric shall be at least 32 inches high, and shall have at least 6 horizontal wires. Vertical wires shall be spaced 12 inches apart The top and bottom wires shall be at least 10 gage. All other wires shall be at least 12-1/2 gage. D. Silt Fence Filter Fabric 1. The filter fabric shall meet the requirements of GA DOT. 2. Silt fence which incorporates filter fabric meeting the requirements of these State Specifications but which fail to perfonn in an acceptable manner shall be replaced wit.1. silt fences which are capable of acceptable performance. All silt fences shall meet the local govenunental requirements as well as the State's requirements. E. Wire Staples 1. Wire staples shall be a No.9 staple and shall be at least 1 Y2 inches long. TEMPORARY SILT FENCE 02277 - 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 1- I I I I I I I' I I I I I I I v DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION SECTION 02300 - EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drav.'ings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi- tions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Preparing subgrades for slabs-an-grade walks pavements lawns and grasses. 2. Excavating and backfilling for buildings and strucnrres. 3. Drainage course for slabs-on-grade. 4. Subsurface drainage backf11l for walls and trenches.. 5. Excavating and backfilling for utility trenches. 6. Excavating and backfilling trenches for buried mechanical and electrical utilities and bur- ied utility structures. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill: Soil material or controlled low-strength material used to fill an excavation. 1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to support sides of pipe. 2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench. B. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill. c. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and dimen- sions indicated. 1. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond in- dicated lines and dimensions as directed by Architect. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. 2. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions without direction by Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect, shall be without additional compensation. D. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades. E. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appunenances, or other man-made starionary features constructed above or below the ground surface. F. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials. G. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within buildings. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted in writing by Architect and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility ser- vices according to requirements indicated. 1. Notify Architect not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed ,"vith utility interruptions without Architect's written permission. 3. Contact utility-locator service for area where Project is located before excavating. EARTIIWORK 02300 . 1 II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,I I I I I II I I I I I I II I I 3.6 3.7 A. SUBGRADE INSPECTION A. Notify Architect when excavation work is complete. B. If Architect determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace ""lith compacted backfill or fIll material as directed. BACKFILL Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the following: 1. Removing trash and debris. 3.8 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS A. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight ac- cording to ASTM D 1557: 1. Under lawn or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below sub grade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 90 percent. 3.9 GRADING .3.10 3.11 A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. 1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. 2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface tol- erances. A. PROTECTION B. C. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep- free of trash and debris. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed sur- faces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construc- tion operations or weather conditions. . Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. 1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. A. DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS At"lD WASTE MATERIALS EARTHWORK Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and \vaste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 02300 - 3 - I) II II I. I. II I, I. I. I. I. I) I) I) I) I -J ~J IJ I -J DlVISION 2 - SITEWORK SECTION 02361 - TERMITE CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes soil treaonent for termite control: 1. Pipe trenches. 2. Footings and foundations. 3. Below all concrete slab on grade and sidewalks. 4. Backfill areas at building perimeter. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work shall be done by a bonded subcontractor licensed in accordance with regulations of the State of South Carolina, whose principal business is extermination and treatment for pest control and who can show evidence of at least five years of successful operation in the field of Pest Control. Evidence of such qualifications shall be submitted to the Architect for approval prior to beginning the work. B. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and reconnnendations for preparing substrate and application. C. Use only tenniticides that bear a federal registration number of the EP A and are approved by the Stare of South Carolina. 1.3 SUBMIlT ALS A. Warranty 1. Furnish 2-copies of written guarantee certifYing the applied soil poisoning treatment will prevent infestation of subterranean termites and, if subterranean termite activity is discovered during the guarantee period, the Subcontractor will re-treat soil & repair/replace damage caused by termite infestation at no cost to Owner. 2. Provide guarantee for a period of five (5) years from date of treatment, signed by the Applicator and the Subcontractor. Cost of 5- year guarantee to be included in the Base Bid. a. Cover areas of new work. 3. Owner reserves the right to reneww'arranty for additional five years. Submit cost of guarantee extension. 4. Draw the guarantee in favor of the Owner and submit a sample form of guarantee to the Architect for approval before beginning the work. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Installer must examine finished surfaces which are to receive soil treannent & other areas that are a component of this work, and shall notify the Architect, in writing, of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the installer, after excavating, filling and grading operations are completed for each construction operation. B. Protect contiguous work & materials from spattering, deterioration or other hannful effects might result from the installation of this product. Damage to existing work will be compensated for by the installer of this product. C. To ensure penetration, do not apply soil treatment to frozen or excessively wet soils or during inclement weather. Comply with handling and application instructions of the soil toxicant manufacturer. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver ~teriaJs in manufacturer's unopened containers with manufacturer's labels and seals identifying content, and comply vvith manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling. TERMITE CONTROL 02361-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 3.4 CERTIFICA nON A. Provide certification letter from a licensed installer confirming the complete termite treatment installation. Provide a bonded_ warranty for a five-year period with a yearly inspection and recertification. Warranty and certification shall cover building area. END OF SECTION TERMITE CONTROL 02361-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DMSION 2 - SITEWORK SECTION 02511 - BITUMINOUSJASPHAL TIC PAVEMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL . 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work covered by this Section consists of the production, delivery, placement and compaction of various types of bituminous pavements for roadway and parking facilities. All bimminous pavement materials and installation shall conform to the "Standard Specifications for Highway Cons1I1lction" dated 2002, published by the Georgia of Transportation (GADOT). B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all equipment, tools, labor and materials necessary to complete the work in accordance with the plans and specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Reference the "Standard Specifications for Cons1I1lction of Transportation Systems" dated 2002, published by the Georgia Department of Transportation, Section 400. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Reference the "Standard Specifications for Cons1I1lction of Transportation Systems" dated 2002, published by the Georgia Department of Transportation, Section 400. B. Open Graded Asphalt Friction Course: 1. The existing surface shall be cleaned in an acceptable manner prior to placement of any bimminous material. 2. Any part of fmished friction course which shows non-uniform distribution of asphalt cement shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the OW:NER. C. Asphalt Drainage Course: A. A prime coat or tack coat will not be required. The mix shall be compacted to a degree acceptable to the ENGIl\cER 3.2 TESTING A. All testing requested by the ENGINEER shall be done by the CO}''TRACTOR in accordance with the "Standard Specifications for Construction of Transportation Systems" dated 2002 published by the GADOT. END OF SECTION BITUMINOUS/ASPHALTIC PA VEME1'."TS 02511 - 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SECTION 02513 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PA VEME~T PARTI-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work covered by this section consists of the construction of a single course reinforced ponland cement concrete pavement on a prepared base in accordance with these specifications and with the lines, grades, thickness, and typical sections shown on the plans or established by the ENGINEER. B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all equipment, tools, labor and materials necessary to complete the work in accordance with the plans and specifications. C. Related Work 1. Any reference to standard specifications refers to the most current published date of the following specification unless otherwise noted. Reference the following specifications for related work: a. ASTM Cl50 - Type T Portland Cement b. ASTM Material Specifications as listed Concrete Products (Section 02513 Part 2) c. ASTM Testing Requirements - As listed under testing in Section 02513 .3.4.2 d. AASHTO Material Requirements - As listed under Concrete Products (Section 02513 Part 2) and other as referred to in this Section e. AASHTO Testing Requirements - As listed under Concrete Products (Section 02513 Part 2) All Portland cement concrete pavement materials and installation shall conform to the "Standard Specifications for Highway Construction" dated, published by the Georgia Department of Transportation. 2. 3. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Composition and Design 1. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a concrete paving mix design to the ENGINEER for approval a minimum of 30 days prior to proposed use. 2. The mix design criteria will be a minimum cement content of 526 pounds of cement per cubic yard, a maximum water cement ratio of 0.559, air content in the range of 4.5 to 5.5 percent, a slump of 2 to 3 inches, and a minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi at 28 days. 3. The mix design shall include the source of aggregates, cement, fly ash, slag and admixtures; the gradation and specific gravity of the aggregates; and the fmeness modulus (F.M.) of the fine aggregate. The CONTRACTOR shall submit test results showing that the mix design conforms to the criteria, including the l4-day flexural' strength, of a minimum of 6 beams made and tested in accordance with AASHTO T126 and AASHTO T97. The mix design shall produce an average compressive strength sufficient to indicate that a minimum strength of 4000 PSI will be achieved in the field. 4. The CONTRACTOR may adjust the proportions of the fine and coarse aggregates and water as desired provided the cement content is not decreased, the water cement ratio is not increased, and such adjustments produce concrete in accordance with these specifications. 5. Where it is necessary to provide concrete with a higher slump for hand method of placing andfmishing, the mix proportions shall be adjusted by the CONTRACTOR to provide the necessary slump and to maintain the water cement ratio established by the original mix design. B. Cement 1. Portland cement shall be ASTM CISO, Type 1. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02513 - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I G. d. Resistance to Abrasion: Crushed stone or gravel shall have a percentage of wear of not more than 55 percent. Aggregate Sizes: The CONTRACTOR may, at his option, use either standard size No. 57 or No. 67 coarse aggregate in Class AA, A, B, CMB, or S concrete. e. . Reinforcement I. Reinforcing shall consist of welded steel wire fabric conforming to the requirements of ASTM A185. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Preparation of Subgrade and Base 1. The subgrade and base beneath portland cement concrete pavement shall be prepared in accordance with the applicable sections of these specifications. 2. The surface of the base shall be damp at the time the concrete is placed. The CONTRACTOR shall sprinkle the base when necessary to provide a damp surface. The CONTRACTOR shall satisfactorily correct all soft areas in the subgrade or base prior to placing concrete. 3. Hauling over the base course will not be allowed except where absolutely necessary to place the concrete. A. B. Placing Concrete 1. Concrete shall be handled in such a manner as to prevent segregation and kept free from mud, soil or any other foreign matter. 2. Paving operations shall not be undertaken or shall be discontinued when any of the following conditions exist. a. When a descending air temperature in the shade and av.'aY from artificial heat reaches 400 F and not resumed until an ascending air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat reaches 35 of b. When the sub grade or base course is frozen c. When aggregates to be used in the mix contain frozen particles 3. Construction equipment or hauling equipment will not be allowed over the pavement until' representative test beams of the concrete have attained a flexural strength of 550 psi and 14 curing days have elapsed since placing the concrete. C. Forms l. 2. 3. . 4. 5. Metal and of such section and design that they will adequately support the concrete and the construction equipment Have a depth not less than the edge thickness of the pavement to be constructed and not more than I inch greater than the edge thickness of the pavement to be constructed. Base width shall be at least equal to the height of the form. Top face of the form shall not vary from a true plane more than J/8 inch in 10 feet, and upstanding leg shall not vary more than 1/4 inch. Straight forms 10 feet in length shall have at least 3 pin pockets. Straight forms 5 feet in length shall have at least 2 pin pockets. Farm pins shall be metal and shall be capable of holding the forms rigidly in place during construction operations. The ENGINEER may require pin holes in the base to be sealed prior to placing subsequent pavement a. Form sections shall be connected by a locking joint that shall keep the forms free from vertical and horizontal movement b. Straight forms 10 feet in length shall be used on tangents and on curves having a radius of 200 feet or more. Forms for curves having a radius of between 200 feet and 50 feet may be either straight forms 5 feet in length or flexible forms. Forms for curves having a radius ofless than 50 feet shall be f1exible forms. c. Thoroughly cleaned before being set and shall be thoroughly oiled before any concrete is placed. The bearing of the forms shall be checked and all areas of inadequate bearing shall be corrected. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02513 - 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 2. Protective coverings that will protect the surface of the freshly placed pavement from rain shall be readily available daily at the location of each proposed day's operations prior to beginning work. An adequate quantity of these materials shall be stored at the job site. Concrete damaged as a result of failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to adequately protect the concrete from rain shall be repaired or removed and replaced by the CONTRACTOR as directed by the ENGINEER at no cost to the OWNER. G. Curing 1. General a. Immediately after fmishing operations have been cOnlpleted and surface water has disappeared, all exposed surfaces of the pavement shall be cured. b. Curing shall be applied to the edges of the pavement immediately after the forms are removed. c. The total curing period required shall be 3 curing days for all methods. d. A curing day will be considered as any consecutive 24-hour period, beginning when the manipulation of each separate mass has been completed, during whrch the air temperature adjacent to the mass does not fall below 40oF. Membrane Curing Compound a. . The entire surface of the pavement shall be sprayed uniformly with white pigmented curing compoWld immediately after the finishing of the surface and before the set of the concrete has taken place. The curing compound shall not be applied during rainfall. Curing compound shall be applied by mechanical sprayers under pressure at the rate of I gallon (4 liters) to not more than 150 square feet (14 square meters). The spraying equipment shall be .of the fully atomizing type equipped with a tank agitator. At the time of use, the compound shall be in a thoroughly mixed condition with the pigment uniformly dispersed throughout the vehicle. During application the comp~Wld shall be stirred continuously by effective mechanical means. Hand spraying of odd widths or shapes and concrete surfaces exposed by the removal of forms will be permitted. Curing compound shall not be applied to the inside faces of joints to be sealed, but. approved means shall be used to insure proper curing for 72 hours. The curing compound shall be of such character that the film will harden within 30 minutes after application. Should the film become damaged from any cause within the required curing period, the damaged portions shall be repaired immediately with additional compoWld. upon removal of side forms, the sides of the exposed slabs shall be protected immediately to provide a curing treatment equal to that provided fOIthe surface. Polyethylene Film a. The top' surtace and sides of the pavement shall be entirely covered with polyethylene sheeting. The units shall be lapped at least 18 inches (45 cm). The sheeting shall be placed and weighted to cause it to remain in conmct with the surface covered. The sheeting shall have dimensions that will extend at least twice the thickness of the pavement beyond the edges of the pavement. Unless othexwise specified, the sheeting shall be maintained in place for 72 hours after the concrete has been placed. White Burlap~Polyethylene Sheets a. The surface of the pavement shall be entirely covered with the sheeting. The sheeting used shall be such length (or width) that it will extend at least twice the thickness of the pavement beyond the edges of the slab. The sheeting shall be placed so that the entire surface and both edges of the slab are completely covered. The sheeting shall be placed and weighted to remain in contact with the surface covered, and the covering shall be maintained fully wetted and in position for 72 hours after the concrete has been placed. General a. All joints shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements of these specifications and the details shown on the plans. b. Deviations from the method of joint construction required by the plans or specifications may be permitted provided prior approval has been obtained in PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 2. 3. 4. H. Jomts 1. 02513 - 5 I I I I I I ,I I II II II I_I II II II II II II II II I) II II DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK SECTION 02527 - CONCRETE CURB. CURB AND GUTTER. AND GUTTER PART I-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work covered by this Section consists of the construction of Portland cement concrete curb, curb and gutter, concrete noses and concrete gutter necessary to complete the project. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all equipment, tools, labor and materials necessary to complete the project in conformance with the plans and specifications. B. Related Work I. Any reference to standard specifications refers to the most current published date of the following specification unless otherwise noted. 2. Reference the following specifications for related work: a. 02531 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement b. ASTM Cl50 - Type T Portland Cement c. A.5TM Material Specifications as listed Concrete Products (Section 02513 Part 2) d. ASTM Testing Requirements - As listed under testing in Section 02513.3.4.2 e. AASHTO Material Requirements- As listed under Concrete Products (Section 02513 Part 2) f. AASHTO Testing Requirements - As listed under Concrete Products (Section 02513 Part 2) C. All concrete curb, curb and gutter, and gutter installation shall conform to the "Standard Specifications for Highway Construction" dated 2002 published by the Georgia Department of Transportation. D. The CONTRACTOR shall fu.-nish all equipment, tools, labor, and materials necessary to complete the work in accordance with the plans and specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All materials shall meet the requirements of Section 02513, Portland Cement Concrete Pavement, of these specifications. PART 3 - EXECUfION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General 1. All concrete curb, curb and gutter, and gutter installation shall confonn to the "Standard Specifications for Highway Construction" dated 2002, published by the Georgia Department of T ransponation. B. Concrete 1. Class B concrete shall be used. Prior to placing forms the base or subgrade shall have been compacted to the degree required by the applicable section of these specifications. c. Forms L Forms shall be of such section and design that they will adequately support the concrete and any construction equipment used to construct the work. Straight forms shan be within a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a true line horizontally and vertically. Form pins shall be metal and shaD be capable of holding the forms rigidly in place. during cpnstruction operations. The fonn sections shall be connected by a locking joint that shall keep the forms free from vertical and horizontal movement. CONCRETE CURB, CURB AND GUTTER., AND GUTIER 02527 - 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SECTION 02580 - PAVEMENT MARKING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A The pavement marking work covered by this section consists of preparing the pavement surface, developing layout patterns and applying the pavement markings as called for on the plans or as directed by the EJ\GINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all equipment, tools, labor and materials necessary to complete the work in accordance with the plans and specifications. B. When applicable to the project and required by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall analyze each roadway section prior to application of pavement markings to determine the exact location of centerline markings and no-passing zones by electronic methods, as approved by the OWNER's Representative. Unless otherwise approved, the' CONTRACTOR's analysis method for establishment of pavement markings and layout patterns shall be in accordance with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices. The CONTRACTOR shall also submit to the OWNER's Representative and ENGINEER three straight line diagrams of the approved centerline recommendations with distances and centerline pattern change points clearly marked thereon. Maps shall be to scale in the range of l" - I 00'. The CONTRACTOR shall establish the necessary tack points at appropriate intervals for setting the alignment of all markings in accordance with the approved recommendations. C. Related Work 1. i\,ny reference to standard specifications refers to the most current published date published of the following specification unless otherwise noted. 2. Reference the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, latest revision, as published by the U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration (U.S. Government Printing Office, original date 1988) and ASTM Specifications as noted for related work: 3. All concrete curb, curb and gutter, and gutter installation shall conform to the "Standard Specifications for Highway and Construction" dated 2002, published by the Georgia Department of Transportation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Paint Type L The type paint to be used shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for approvaL B. Material Requirements 1. Materials for painting Traffic Striping, Words and Symbols shall meet the following requirements. a. Finished Paint 1) Flexibility: The paint shall be applied to a 30 gauge, clean plate panel, to a wet film thickness of approximately 0.002 inches, with a doctor blade or other suitable means. The panel shall be dried in a horizontal position for 18 hours, and shall then be baked for 5 hours at 1050 to 1100 C. The panel shall be cooled to approximately 250 C and bent double over a 'h-inch rod. The film shall show no cracking or flaking on bending or straightening. Bleeding: When painting over a bituminous surface of the types used in Georgia, no perceptible bleeding shall occur. Color: The paint shall dry to a pure, intense white or yellow and furnish the maximum amount of opacity and visibility under both daylight and artificial light. It shall not discolor on exposure to weather or traffic and shall not show appreciable discoloration through staining during its service life on either concrete or bituminous surface. 2) 3) PAVEMENT MARKING 02580 - 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I damaged by traffic, or pavement marked by traffic crossing wet paint, shall be repaired or corrected as specified in paragraph 3.6 below. E. Tolerance and Appearance 1. No stripe shall be less than the specified width. No stripe shall exceed the specified width by more than :.-2 inch. The alignment of the stripe shall not deviate from the intended alignment by more than 1 inch.. All stripes and segments of stripes shall present a clean- cut, uniform and workmanlike appearance. All markings. that tail to have a uniform, satisfactory appearance, either by day or night, shall be corrected by the CONTRACTOR at his expense. F. Corrective Measures 1. All work shall be subject to application rate checks for paint. All traffic stripes which fail to meet the specifications, pennissible tolerances and appearance requirements, or is marred or damaged by traffic or from other causes, shall be corrected at the CONfRACTOR's expense. All misted areas, drip and spattered paint shall be removed to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. In an instance, when it is necessary to remove paint, it shall be done by means satisfactory to the ENGfNEER, which will not damage the underlying surface of the pavement END OF. SECTION PA VEMENT MARKING 02580 - 3 I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK SECTION 02933 - SEEDING AND MULCIDNG A. The work covered by this section consists of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to.~ perform all necessary operations to topsoil, [me grade, fertilize, mulch and maintain temporary and permanent seeding of all graded, cleared, or disturbed areas during construction. Thework covered by this section shall be in conformance with the latest version of local and state Department of Transportation requirements. B. Related Work 1. See following sections for related work. a. 02110 Clearing and Grubbing b. 02210 Unclassified Excavation and Grading c. 02270 Erosion and Sediment Control d. SS.:A617 A FS Liquid Mulch Binder e. The work covered by this section shall be in conformance with the "Standard Specifications for Highway and Construction" dated 2002, published by the Georgia Departtnent of Transportation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Topsoil L Topsoil shall be from stockpiles created from stripping and required excavation. Should. additional topsoil be required in excess of that obtained from stripping and excavation, the contractor shall obt?in material from other sources on the site where authorized by the OWNER, or from approved sources off the site. The topsoil shall be natural, friable soil, possessing characteristics of representative soils in the vicinity which produce heavy growths of crops of grass. It shall be obtained from naturally well-drained areas, shall be reasonably free from subsoil, brush, objectionable weeds, and other litter and shall be free from toxic substances, clay 'lumps~ stones, roots and other obj~cts larger than 1 inch in diameter, or any other material which might be harmful to plant groWth or be a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance operations. B. Fertilizer I. Fertilizer shall be the product of an approved commercial fertilizer manufacturer and shall be 5-10-5 grade, uniform in composition, free-flowing material suitable for application with approved standard equipment. The fertilizer shall conform to the applicable State fertilizer laws and shall be delivered to the site in bags or other convenient containers each fully labeled and bearing the name, trademark, and warranty of the producer. c. Lime 1. D. Mulch 1. SEEDING AND MULCHING Lime shall be ground limestone containing not less than 85% of total carbonates and shall be ground to such fmeness that at least 50% will pass through a 100-mesh sieve and at least 90% will pass through a 20-mesh sieve. Coarser materials will be acceptable provided the specified rates ()[ application are increased proportionately on the basis of quantities passing the 100-mesh sieve, but no additional payment will be made for the increased quantity. Mulch shall be straw from wheat or oats. Materials for securing mulch may be one of the following. a. Mulch Netting: Lightweight plastic, cotton, jute, wire orpaper nets shall be used. b. Peg and Twine: Bailing twine and soft wood pegs 112" x I tI X 12". 02933 - 1 ,II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1.1 I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I F. 4. fertilizer shall be distributed and no seed shall be sown when the ENGINEER determines that weather and soil conditions are unfavorable for such operations. During the application of fertilizer, adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to structures or any other appurtenances. The CONTRACTOR shall either provide adequate covering or change methods of application as required to avoid such damage. When such damage occurs, the CONTRACTOR shall repair it, including any cleaning that may be necessary. c. Limestone and Fertilizer 1. Limestone may be applied as a part of the seedbed preparation, provided it is immediately worked into the soil. If not so applied, limestone and fertilizer shall be distributed uniformly over the prepared seedbed at a specified rate of application and then harrowed, raked, or otherwise thoroughly worked or mixed into the seedbed. 2. If liquid fertilizer is used, storage containers for the liquid fertilizer shall be located on the project and shall be equipped for agitation of the liquid prior to its use. The storage containers shall be equipped with approved measuring or metering devices which will enable the ENGINEER to record at any time the amount of liquid that has been removed from the container. Application equipment for liquid fertilizer, other than a hydraulic seeder, shall be calibrated to insure that the required rate of fertilizer is applied uniformly. D. Seeding 1. Seed shall be distributed unifonnly over the seedbed at the rate indicated in the seeding schedule, and immediately harrowed, dragged, raked, or otherwise worked so as to cover the seed with a layer of soil. The depth of covering shall be as directed by the ENGINEER. If two kinds of seed are to be used which require different depths of covering, they shall be sown separately. 2. When a combination seed and fertilizer drill is used, fertilizer may be drilled in with the seed after limestone has been. applied and worked into the soil. If two kinds of seed are being used which require different depths of covering, the seed requiring the lighter covering may be sown broadcast or with a special attachment to the drill; or drilled lightly following the initial drilling operation. 3. When a hydraulic seeder is used for.application of seed and fertilizer, the seed shall not remain in water containing fertilizer for more than 30 minutes prior to application unless otherwise permitted by the ENGINEER. 4. lnnnediately after seed has been properly covered, the seedbed shall be compacted in the manner and degree approved by the ENGINEER. E. Modifications 1. When adverse seeding conditions are encountered due to steepness of slope, height of slope, or soil conditions, the ENGINEER may direct or pennit that modifications be made in the above requirements. which pertain to incorporating limestone into the seedbed;. . covering limestone, seed, and fertilizer; and conipaction of the seedbed. .. . 2. Such modifications may include but not be limited to the following. a. The incorporation of limestone into the seedbed may be omitted on (a) cut slopes steeper than 2:1 (b) on2:l cut slopes when a seedbed has been prepared during the excavation of the cut and is still in an acceptable condition; or( c) on areas of slopes where the surface of the area' is too rocky to pennit the incorporation of the limestone. b. The rates of application of limestone, fertilizer, and seed on slopes 2:1 or steeper or on rocky surfaces may be reduced or eliminated. c. Compaction after seeding may be reduced or eliminated on slopes 2:1 or steeper, on rocky surfaces, or on other areas where soil conditions would make compaction undesirable. Mulch 1. General a. All seeded areas shall be mulched unless otherwise indicated on the plans or directed by the ENGINEER. Application rate of mulch shall be indicated in seeding schedule. Mulching 2. SEEDING AND MULCHING 02933 - 3 I I I I I I II I I I I II I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies cast-in-place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mix de- sign, placement procedures, and fmishes. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General; In addition to the following, comply with submittal requirements in ACI 301. B. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated. C. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A finn experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete prod- ucts complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of cement of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, each aggregate from one source,and each admixture from the same manufacturer. C. Comply with ACI 30 l, "Specification for Structural Concrete," including the following, unless modified by the requirements of the Contract Documents. . 1. General requirements, including submittals, quality assurance, acceptance of structure, and protection of in-place concrete. 2. Formwork and form accessories. 3. Steel reinforcement and supports. 4. Concrete mixtures. 5. Handling, placing, and constructing concrete. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMWORK. A. Furnish formwork and form accessories according to ACI 301. 2.2 STEEL REIlII"FORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. B. Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, as drawn. C. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into flat sheets. 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS. A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. B. Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, unifonnIy graded, not exceeding 3/4 nominal size. C. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C 330. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1_.1 I I II I I I I I I B. Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Begin initial floating using bull floats or dar- bies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater ap- pears on the surface. 1. Do not further disnrrb surfaces before starting.fmishing operations. C. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a partial trowel finish, stopping after second troweling, to . surfaces indicated and to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thin-set methods. Immediately after second troweling, and when concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. D. Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip broom finish to surfaces indicated and to exterior con- crete platforms, steps, and ramps. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom peIpendicular to main traffic route. 3.8 TOLERANCES A. Comply with ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." 3.9 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot tem- peratures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection, and follow recommendations in ACI 305R for hot-weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces ifhot, dry, or windy condi- tions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during fmishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Begin curing after finishing concrete, but not before free water has disappeared from concrete sur- face. D. Curing Methods: Cure fonned and unformed concrete for at least seven days by moisture curing, moisture-retaining-cover curing, curing compmrnd, or a combination of these as follows: 1. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample materi- als, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement according to requirements specified in this Article. Perform tests according to ACI 301. B. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mix ex- ceeding 5 cu. yd. 3.11 REPAIRS A. Remove and replace concrete that does not comply with requirements in this Section. END OF SECTION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I 1,1 I I I I I I I I I I II 1_-1 I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 4 - MASONRY SECTION 04200 - UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Brick Masonry. 2. Mortar & Accessories. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 4 "Cast Stone" for cast lintels, sills and trim. 2. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealing joints. 3. Division 7 Section 4910 "Masonry Restoration and Cleaning". C. Products furnished but not installed under this Section include the following: 1. Anchor sections of adjustable masonry anchors for connecting to structural frame installed under Division 5 Section "Structural Steel." D. Products installed but not furnished under this Section include the following: 1. Steel lintels for unit masonry specified in Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications." 2. Manufactured reglets in masonry joints for metal flashing specified in Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal." 3. Hollow metal frames in unit masonry openings specified in Division 8 Section "Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide unit masonry that develops the following installed compressive strengths (fm) at 28 days. 1. For Concrete Unit Masonry: As follows, based on net area: fro = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa), unless noted otherwise. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to Section 01300 Submittals. B. Product data for each different masonry unit, accessory, and other manufactured product specified. C. Shop. drawings for reinforcing detailing fabrication, bending, and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315 "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement" showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, and arrangement of masonry reinforcement. D. Samples for verification of the following: 1. Full-size units for each different exposed masonry unit required showing the full range of exposed colors, textures, and dimensions to be expected in the completed construction. 2. Masonry mortar samples required showing the full range of color expected in the fmished construction. Make samples using the same sand and mortar ingredients to be used on the Project. Label samples to indicate type and amount of materials used. 3. Weep holes/vents in color to match mortar color. E. Material certificates for the following, signed by manufacturer and Contractor, certifying that each material complies with requirements. 1. Each different cement product required for mortar and grout, including name of manufacturer, brand, type, and weight slips at time of delivery. 2. Each material and grade indicated for reinforcing bars. F. Material test reports from a qualified independent testing agency, employed and paid by Gontra~tor or manufacturer, indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance of the UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I 1 I II I I I I I I I-I I I I I I I I I I I exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry. 1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and mortar splatter by coverings spread on ground and over wall surface. 2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. . 3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes, from mortar droppings. 4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing mortar and din on completed masonry. D. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen sub grade or setting beds. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or freezing conditions. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Cold-Weather Construction: When the ambient temperature is within the limits indicated, use the following procedures: a.40 to 32 deg F (4 to 0 deg C): Heat mixing water or sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F (4 and 49 deg C). b. 32 to 25 deg F (0 to -4 deg C): Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F (4 and 49 deg C). Heat grout materials to produce grout temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F (4 and 49 deg C). Maintain mortar and grout above freezing until used in masonry. c. 25 deg F (-7 deg C) and Below: Work not permitted. 2. Cold- Weather Protection: When the mean daily temperature is within the limits indicated, provide the following protection: a. 40 to 25 deg F (4 to -4 deg C): Cover masonry with a weather-resistant membrane for 48 hours after construction. b. 25 to 20 deg F (-4 to -7 deg C): Cover masonry with insulating blankets or provide enclosure and heat for 48 hours after construction to prevent freezing. Install wind breaks when wind velocity exceeds 15 mi./h (25 kmIh). c. 20 deg F (-7 deg C) and Below: Provide enclosure and heat to maintain temp above 32 deg F (0 deg C) within the enclosure for 48 hours after construction. 3. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and above and will remain so until masonry has dried out, but not less than 7 days after completion of cleaning. E. Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect unit masonry work when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar and grout. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks and use cooled materials as required. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 100 deg F (38 deg C) and above. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUF ACTIJRERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Portland Cement, Mortar Cement, Masonry Cement, and Lime Colored Mortar a. Holnam. b. Giant Cement. c. Lehigh Portland Cement Co. d. Blue Circle 2.2 BRICK A. General: Provide shapes indicated as follows for each form of brick required. I. Provide units without cores or frogs and with exposed surfaces finished fOT ends of sills and caps and for similar applications that would otherwise expose unfinished brick surfaces. B. I:ace Erick: ASTM C 216 and as follows: UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I 1-- I I I I I I I I I I I a. ASTM A 641 (ASTM A 641M), Class 1, for interior walls; and ASTM A 153, Class B-2, for exterior walls. b. ASTM A 153, Class B-2, for both interior and exterior walls. B. Description: Welded-wire units prefabricated with deformed continuous side rods and plain cross rods into srraight lengths of not less than 10 feet (3 m), with prefabricated corner and tee units, and complying with requirements indicated: Wire Diameter for Side Rods and Cross Rods: 0.1875 . inch (4.8 rrnn). c. For single-wythe masonry, provide type as follows with single pair of side rods: Truss design with continuous diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches (407 mm) O.c. Provide integral drip for double-wythe installations. 2.6 TIES AND ANCHORS, GENERAL A. General: Provide ties and anchors specified in subsequent articles that comply with requirements for metal and size of this Article, unless otherwise indicated. B. Wire: As follows: 1. Galvanized Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82; with ASTM A 153, Class B-2 coating for wire ties and anchors in exterior walls. C. Masonry tie to steel stud walls: L Dur-O-Wall, DA123, 16" o.c. horizontal, within 8" of corners & jamb of openings. 2.7 :MISCELLANEOUS ANCHORS A. Anchor Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers; hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153, Class C; of diameter and length indicated and in the following configurations: 1. Nonheaded bolts, bent in manner indicated. B. Post-installed Anchors: Anchors as described below, with capability to sustain, without failure, load imposed within factors of safety indicated, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Type: Chemical anchors. 2. Type: Expansion anchors. 3. Corrosion Protection: Stainless-steel components complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2 (ASTM F 738M and ASn1 F 836M. Alloy Group 1 or 4) for bolts and nuts; ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 276, Type 304 or 316, for anchors. 4. For Post-installed Anchors in Grouted Concrete Masonry Units: Capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the loads imposed by masonry. 2.8 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS A. Laminated Flashing: Manufacturer's standard laminated flashing of type indicated below: 1. Copper-Fabric Laminate: Copper sheet of weight indicated below, bonded with asphalt between 2 layers of glass-fiber cloth. a. Weight: 5 ounce per square foot (1.5 kg/sq. m). 2. Application: Use where flashing is fully concealed in masonry. B. Adhesive for Flashings: Of type recommended by manufacturer of flashing material for use indicated. C. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Rubberized Asphalt Sheet Flashing: a. Perm-A-Barrier Wall Flashing; Grace: W.R. Grace & Co. b. Polyguard 300; Polyguard Products, Inc. 2. Carrier sheet: UNIT MASONRY 04200 - 5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I-I I I I I I I I I I I 3.4 2. Use coarse grout in grout spaces 2 inches (50 rom) or more in least horizontal dimension, unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting perfonnance of unit masonry. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of unit masonry. B. Examine rough~in and built-in construction to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Thickness: Build single-wythe walls to the actual thickness of the masonry units, using Wlits of thickness indicated. B. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completion of masonry. After installing equipment, complete masonry to match construction inunediately adjacent to the opening. c. Cut masonry units with motor-driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjoining construction. Use full-size units without cutting, where possible. Allow units cut with water-cooled saws to dry before placing, unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. 3.3 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces of colwnns, walls, and arises, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 10 feet, nor 3/8 inch in 20 feet, nor 1/2 inch in 40 feet or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control joints, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet, nor 1/2 inch in 40 feet or more. For vertical alignment of head joints, do not exceed plus or minus 114 inch in 10 feet, nor 1/2 inch maximum. B. Variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet, nor 1/2 inch in 40 feet or more. For top surface of bearing walls, do not exceed 1/8 inch in IO feet, nor 1/16 inch within width of a single unit. c. Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan and related portion of columns, walls, and partitions, do not exceed 1/2 inch in 20 feet, nor 3/4 inch in 40 feet or more. D. Variation in Cross-Sectional Dimensions: For colwnns and thickness of walls, from dimensions shown, do not exceed minus 1/4 inch (6 rom) nor plus 1/4 inch (12 mm). E. Variation in Mortar-Joint Thickness: Do not vary from bed-joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch, with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch. Do not vary bed-joint thickness from bed-jomt thickness of adjacent course by more than 1/8 inch. Do not vary from head-joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch. Do not vary head-joint thickness from adjacent head-joint thickness by more than 118 inch. Do not vary from collar-joint thickness indicated by more than minus 1/4 inch or plus 3/8 inch. LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint widths UNIT MASONRY 04200 . 7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I' I I I I I~ I I I I I I I I I I I 3.7 LINTELS 3.8 3.9 c. Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by using prefabricated ilL" and "Tit sections. Cut and bend reinforcement units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions. A. Provide masonry or cast stone lintels where shown and where openings are of more than 24 inches (610 rom) for block units shown without snuctural steel or other supporting lintels. 1. Provide built-in-place masonry lintels. Use specially formed bond beam units with reinforcement bars placed as indicated and fIlled with coarse grout. Temporarily support built-in-place lintels until cUred 2. Provide minimum bearing of 8 inches (200 rom) at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. FLASHING AND WEEP HOLES A. General: Install embedded flashing' and weep holes in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to the downward flow of water in the wall, and where indicated. B. Prepare masonry surfaces so they are smooth and free from projections that could puncture flashing. Place through-wall flashing on sloping bed' of mortar and cover with mortar. Seal penetrations in flashing with.adhesive, sealant, or tape as recommended by flashing manufacturer before covering with mortar. C. Install flashing as follows: 1. At composite masonry walls, extend masonry, through the outer wythe. flashing from exterior face of outer wythe of . REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or if units do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining Units; install in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. D. E. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point-up joints, including comers, openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for application of sealants. c. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fms and smears prior to tooling joints. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thorougWy set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand \\>ith wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry. 3. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2 applicable to type of stain present on exposed surfaces. Protection: Provide fmal protection and maintain conditions that ensure unit masonry is without damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 3.10 MASONRY WASTE DlSPOSAL . A. B. UNIT MASONRY Recycling: Undamaged, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property and shall be removed from the Project site for his use. Disposal: Dispose of masonry waste, including broken masonry Wlits, waste mortar, and excess or soil-contaminated sand, by removal from site. Remove masonry waste and legally dispose of off Owner's property. 04200 - 9 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I-I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 5 - METALS SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi- tions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment. 2. Loose bearing and leveling plates. 3. Metal bollards. 4. Pipe guards. 5. Loose steel lintels. 6. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, and wedge-type inserts indicated to be cast into concrete or built into unit masonry. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal fabrications. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections,. and details of metal fabrications and their connec- tions. Show anchorage and accessory items. 2. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections. B. Welding cenificates. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: I. A WS D 1.1 "Structural Welding Code--Steel." 2. A WS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code--Aluminum." 3. A WS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." 4. A WS D 1.6, "Structural Welding Code--StainlessSteel." 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal fabrications without field measurements. Coordinate wall and other contiguous construction to ensure that ac- tual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 2. Provide allowance for trinuning and fitting at site. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. B. Coordinate installation of steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete that are specified in this Section but required for work of another Section. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I~. I I I I I I I I I I I F. . Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast-in- Place Concrete" for nonnal-weight, air-entrained, ready-mix concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi, unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural valne of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C. Form exposed work trUe to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. D. Weld comers and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, fInish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction, un1ess otherwise indi- cated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent con- struction retained by framing and suppons. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. C. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports where indicated. D. Prime miscellaneous framing and supports with zinc-rich primer where indicated. 2.7 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS A. Fabricate loose steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and re- cesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated. B. Size loose lintels to provide bearing length at each side of openings equal to 1/12 of clear span but not less than 8 inches, unless otherwise indicated. C. Galvanize loose steel lintels located in exterior walls. D. Prime loose steel lintels located in exterior walls with zinc-rich primer. 2.8 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construc- tion. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting. B. Galvanize plates after fabrication. C. Prime plates with zinc-rich primer. METAL F ABRICA TIONS 05500 - 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I~ I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 5 - METALS SECTION 05510- METAL STAIRS & HANDRAILS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: _ I. Steel posts, handrails, and pickets. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS' A. Structural Perfonnance: Engineer, fabricate, and insmll steel staiTs to withsmnd the following structural loads without exceeding the allowable design working stress of the materials involved, including anchors and connections. Apply each load to produce the maximum stress in each component of steel stairs. 1. Top Rail of Guardrail Systems: Capable of withstanding the following loads applied as indicated: a. Concentrated load of200 lbs (890 N) applied at any point and in any direction. b. Uniform load of 50 lbs per linear foot (730 N/m) applied horizontally and concurrently with uniform load of' I 00 lbf per linear foot (1460 N/m) applied vertically downward. c. Concentrated and unifonn loads above need not be assumed to act concurrently. 2. Handrails )Jot Serving as Top Rails: Capable ofwithsmnding the following loads applied as - indicated: . . a. Concentrated load of 200 lbs (890 N) applied at any point and in any direction. b. Uniform load of 50 Ibs per linear foot (730 Kim) applied in any direction. . c. Concentrated and unifonn loads above need not be assumed to act concurrently. 3. Infill Area of Guardrail Systems: Capable of withstanding a horizontal concentrated load of 200 Ibs (890 N) applied to one sq. ft. (0.09 sq. m) at any point in the system including panels, intermediate rails, balusters, or other elements composing the infill area. a. Above load need not be assumed to act concurrently with loads on top rails of railing systems in determining stress on guard. B. Structural Performance of Handrails and Railing Systems: Engineer, fabricate, and install handrails and railing systems to comply with requirements of ASTM E 985 for structural performance based on the following: 1. Testing performed according to ASTM E 894 and E 935. 2. Structural compumtions. 3. IBC 2006 with Georgia Amendments. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to Section 01300, Submittals: B. Product data for metal smirs, prefilled metal pan stair treads, nonslip aggregates and nonslip aggregate surface finishes, steel floor plate, paint products, and grout. C. Shop drawings detailing fabrication and installation of steel smirs. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of steel stairs and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation tmder other sections. 1. For installed steel stairs indicated to comply with certain design loadings, include structural analysis data sealed and signed by the qualified professional engineer who was responsible for their preparation. D. Samples for initial selection of the following products, in the form of manufacturer's color charts or sections of tmits showing the full range of colors and patterns: Tread, nosing, and paint finishes. E. Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply with requirements specified under the "Quality Assurance" Article. METAL STAIRS & HANDRAILS 05510~ 1 I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I~ I I I I I I-I I I I I B. Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head type, ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6), with hex nuts, ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M), and, where indicated, flat washers. C. Machine Screws: ANSI BI8.6.3 (ANSI BI8.6.7M). D. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, ANSI BI8.22.1 (ANSI BI8.22M). E. Expansion ~chors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assemblies of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as detennined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualitied independent testing agency. 1. Material: Carbon steel components zinc-plated to comply w/ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5. 2.4 PAINT A. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with performance requirements of FS IT - P -664, selected for good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and capability to provide a sound foundation for field-applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure. B. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-Paint 12, except containing no asbestos fibers. 2.5 EXTRUDED ABRASIVE NOSINGS and T ACTILE WARNING STRIPS A. Fabricate units of material, sizes, and configurations indicated. Provide extruded aluminum units with abrasive filler consisting of aluminum oxide or silicon carbide grits, or a combination of both, in an epoxy-resin binder. Furnish in lengths as required to accurately fit each opening or conditions. 1. Provide ribbed units, with abrasive filler strips projecting 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) above the aluminum extrusion for exterior cast-in-place concrete stair nosings. 2. Tread Nosing Insert: American type #3751, length per stair width. 3. Tactile Warning Strip: American 6-parallel units type #1601 x width oflanding. B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. American Safety Tread Co., Inc. 2. Amstep Products. 3. Armstrong Products, Inc. 4. BalcolMetalines, Inc. 5. Safe-T-Metal Co. 6. Wooster Products Inc. C. Provide anchors for embedding units in concrete, either integral or applied to units, as standard with the manufacturer. D. Drill for mechanical anchors with countersunk holes located not more than 4 inches (1 00 mm) from ends and not more than 12 inches (300 mm) o.c., evenly spaced between ends, unless otherwise indicated. Provide closer spacing if recommended by the manufacturer. 2.6 GROUT A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaiiring, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. B. Available Products: Subject to compliance With requirements; products that may be incorporated in 1?e W?rk include, but are not limited to, the following: METAL STAIRS & HANDRAILS 05510 - 3 I I I I -II I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I 1- I I I I I I I I I 1-..1 where water may accunmlate. 2.9 STAIR HANDRAILS AND RAILING SYSTEMS A. General: 1. Railings may be bent at corners, rail returns, and wall returns, instead of using prefabricated fittings. 2. Connect railing posts to stair framing by bolting, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Comply \Vith Georgia 120-2-20 Handicap, IBC and NFPA 101,2000 Life Safety Code requirements. 4. Grip Handrail: Type 304, l-li4" J.D. stainless steel for handrail gripping surfaces, clear anodized aluminiunl/8: thick, 1 'is diameter. (O.D.). 2.10 FINISHES A. . General: Finish metal stairs after assembly. 1. Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations on application and designations of fmishes. B. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed units: Exteriors (SSPC Zone IB): SSPC SP 6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning." C. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces, except those with galvanized fmish or those to be embedded in concrete, or masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements ofSSPC-P A 1 "Paint Application Specification No. I" for shop painting. - I. Stripe paint comers, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, insouctions, and directions for installing anchorages, including concrete inserts, weld plates, and anchor bolts. Coordinate delivery of such items to Project site. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners for securing steel stairs to in-place construction; iIic1ude threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, through-bolts, lag bolts, and other connectors as required. B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing steel stairs. Set units accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. C. Install steel stairs by welding stair framirig'to steel structure or to weld plates cast into concrete. except where otherwise indicated. D. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. E. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop-welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade the surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are intended for bolted field connections. F. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: L Use materials and methods iliat minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. METAL STAIRS & HANDRAILS 05510 - 5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I~ I I I I I II I I I I DIVISION 5 - METAL FABRICATIONS SECTION 05800 - EXPANSION CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Selection includes the following: 1. Exterior Wall Expansion Control Joints. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 7, Section 07270 - Firestopping. B. Division 7, Section 07500 & 07552 for B.U.R. & 2-ply SBS Roofing. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Section 01300 Submittals. B. Product data for expansion joints. C. Shop drawings detailing fabrication and installation of control joints and covers. , Include plans, sections, and details of components and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates for installation anchors, D. Samples of initial selection of the following products, in the form of manufacturer's color charts or sections of units showing the full range of colors and patterns. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in producing prefabricated gratings and trench covers for not less than 5 years in similar installations and requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering prefinished Expansion Control Joint Covers that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1, Architectural Art Mfg., Inc. 2. BALCO Metalines. 3. CIS Construction Specialties, Ltd. 4. MM Systems Corporation. B. Size of expansion joints shall be 2" unless noted or detailed otherwise. C. Joint Configurations: Basis of Design is "Architectural Art Mfg., Inc." 1. Wall to Comer: Type GlO-61-14. * 2. Exterior Wall to Wall: Type LlO-82-11. * 3. Exterior Wall to Corner: Type Ll 0-92-1 L * * Alternate Joint: Foam backer rod & silicone sealant joint. EXPANSION CONlROL 05800-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1- I I I I I I I I I I I D. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. 2.8 FLlVISHES A. General: Finish metal stairs after assembly. 1. Comply withNAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations on application and designations of finishes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installing anchorages, including inserts. Coordinate delivery of such items to Preject site. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners for securing joints and covers to in-place construction; include threaded fasteners and other connectors as required. B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing recessed units. Set units accurately in location. alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plum, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. c. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete. D. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces on aluminum that will come into contact with concrete or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat or bituminous paint. E. Provide temporary closure for recessed frames during construction activities. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Protect all work during construction. B. Clean all exposed aluminum surfaces. C. Replace all damaged work with new materials. END OF SECTION EXPANSION CONTROL 05800-3 I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I_I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 6 - CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Wood framing, furring, grounds, nailers, and blocking. 2. Structural wood framed walls. 3. Non-load bearing wood framed walls. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Rough Carpentry: Carpentry work not specified in other Sections and not exposed. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Specification Sections 0 I 300. B. Product Data for the following products: I. Pressure Treated wood products. 2. Engineered wood products. C. Material certificates for dimension lwnber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses. Indicate species and grade selected for each use and design values approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review. D. Wood treatment data as follows, including chemical treatment manufacturer's instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated materials: 1. For each type of preservative-treated wood product, include certification by treating plant stating type of preservative solution and pressure process used, net amount of preservative retained, and compliance with applicable standards. 2. For waterborne-treated products, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels indicated before shipment to Project site. E. . Warranty of chemical treatment manufacturer for each type of treatment. F. Research or evaluation reports of the model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that evidence the following products' compliance with building code in effect for Project: 1. Engineered wood products. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility for engineered wood products: Obtain each type of engineered wood product from one source and by a single producer. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDUNG A. Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect from weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber, plywood. and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings. For lumber and plywood pressure treated ""ith waterborne chemicals, place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-1 I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I_I I I I I I I I I I I species. For board-size lumber, provide No.3 Common grade per NEL1\1A., NLGA, or WWP A; ~o. 2 grade per SPIB; or Standard grade per NLGA, WCLIB or WWP A of any species. 2.6 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. . 1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with a hot-dip zinc coating per ASTM A 153 or of Type 304 stainless steel. B. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. C. Lag Bolts: ASME BI8.2.1. (ASME B18.2.3.8M) D. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTMF 568, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. 2.7 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS A. General: Provide framing anchors made from metal indicated, of structural capacity, type, and size indicated, and as follows; 1. Research/Evaluation Reports: Provide products acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which model code research/evaluation reports exist that show compliance of metal framing anchors, for application indicated, with building code in effect for Project. 2. Allowable Design Loads; Provide products with allowable design loads, as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/ A 653M, G60 (ZI80) coating designation. C. Joist Hangers: U-shaped joist hangers with 2-inch-(50-mm-) long seat and 1-l/4-inch-(32-mm-) wide nailing flanges at least 85 percent of joist depth. 1. Thickness: [0.050 inch (1.3 nun)] D. Rafter Tie-Downs (Hurricane or Seismic Ties): Bent strap tie for fastening rafters Of roofrrusses to wall studs below 2-1/4 inches (57 nun) wide by 0.062 inch (1.6 nun) thick. Tie fits overtop of rafter or truss and fastens to both sides of rafter or truss, face of top plates, and side of stud below. 2.8 FIRE TREATED WOOD A. General: Where flre-retardant-treated wood is indicated, comply with applicable requirements of AWP A C20 (lumber) and A WP A C27 (plywood). Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking ofUL; U.S. Testing; Timber Products Inspection, Inc.; or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Research or Evaluation Reports: Provide fire-retardant-treated wood acceptable to State Fire Marshal and for which a current model code research or evaluation report exists that evidences compliance offlre-retardant-treated wood for application indicated. B. Interior Type A: For interior locations, use chemical formulation that produces treated lumber and plywood with the following properties under conditions present after installation: 1. Bending strength, stiffness, and fastener-holding capacities are not reduced below values published by manufacturer of chemical formulation under elevated temperature and humidity conditions simulating installed conditions when tested by a qualified independent testing agency. 2. No form of degradation occurs due to acid hydrolysis or other causes related to treatment. 3. Contact with treated wood does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I LI I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS SECTION 06162 - EXTERIOR SHEATHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Wall sheathing. 2. Sheathingjoint-and-penetration treatment. 3. Roof sheathing. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 7, Section 07650, Self Adhered Waterproof Membrane & Flashing. flashing at openings in sheathing. Division 7, Section 07620, Sheet Metal & Trim. Division 6, Section 06100', Rough Carpentry. Flexible 2. .., .;). 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component mate- rials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For assemblies with frre-resistance ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies tested for frre resistance per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory." or GA-600, "Fire Resistance Design Manua1." 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack panels flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation.' Provide for air cir- culation around stacks and under coverings. PART 2 - PRODUCIS 2.1 PRODUCTS A. Glass-Mat Gypsum Wall Sheathing: ASTM C 1 177/1 177M. 1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Dens-Glass Gold" by G-P Gypsum Corporation. 2. Type and Thickness: Regular, 1/2 inch, Type X, 5/8 inch thick as indicated on drawings. 3. Size: 48 by 96 inches, 48 by 108 inches, or 48 by 120 inches, for vertical installation. Size to minimize joints. B. Extruded-Polystyrene-Foam Wall Sheathing: ASTM C 578, Type IV, in manufacturer's standard lengths and widths with tongue-and-groove or shiplap long edges as standard with manufacturer. L Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers otTer- ing products that may be incorporated into the Wark include, but are not limited to, the following: a. DiversiFoam Products. b. Dow Chemical Company (The). c. Owens Corning. d. Pactiv, Inc. 2. Thickness: 1,S". C. OSB Exterior Sheathing: Structural rated sheathing W'T. wall, 5/8''1'. decking. EXTERIOR SHEATHING 06162 - 1 I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I LI I I I I I I I I I I E. Do not bridge building expansion joints; cut and space edges of panels to match spacing of struc- tural support elements. F. Coordinate sheathing installation with installation of materials installed over sheathing so sheath- ing is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at end of the workday when rain is forecast. G, Coordinate with steel stud installation for placement of studs at 8" from comers & jambs of all openings. 3.2 GYPSUM SHEATHING INSTALLATION A. Comply with GA-253 and with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Fasten gypsum sheathing to wood framing with screws. 2. Fasten gypsum sheathing to cold-formed metal framing with screws. 3. Install boards with a 1/4-inch gap where they abut masomy or similar materials that might retain moisture, to prevent wicking. B. Apply fasteners so heads bear tightly against face of sheathing boards but do not cut into facing. . C. Horizontal Installation: Bring long edges in contact with edges of adjacent boards without forc- . ing. Abut ends of boards over centers of studs, and stagger end joints of adjacent boards not less than one stud spacing. Attach boards at perimeter and within field of board to each steel stud. 1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches o.c. and set back a minimum of 3i8 inch from edges and ends of boards. D. Vertical Installation: Install board vertical edges centered over smds. Abut ends and edges of each board with those of adjacent boards. Attach boards at perimeter and within field of board to each stud. 1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches o.c. and set back a minimum of 3/8 inch from edges and ends of boards. 3.3 FOAM-PLASTIC INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Foam-Plastic: Install vapor-relief strips or equivalent for permitting escape of moisture vapor that otherwise would be trapped in stud cavity behind sheathing. 3.4 SHEATIllNGJOINT-AND-PENETRATION TREATMENT A. Seal sheathing joints according to sheathing manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Apply elastomeric sealant to joints and fasteners and trowel flat. Apply sufficient quan- tity of sealant to completely cover joints and fasteners after troweling. Seal other pene- trations and openings. 2. Apply glass-fiber sheathing tape to glass-mat gypsum sheathing board joints, and apply and trowel silicone emulsion sealant to embed entire face of tape in sealant. Apply seal- ant to exposed fasteners with a trowel so fasteners are completely covered. Seal other penetrations and openings. 3. Apply sheathing tape to joints between foam-plastic sheathing panels and at items pene- trating sheathing. Apply at upstanding flashing to overlap both flashing and sheathing. 3.5 FLEXIBLE FLASffiNG INSTALLATION A. Apply flexible flashing where indicated to comply with manufacturers written instructions. (See Section 07650.) 1. Prime substrates as reconnnended by flashing manufacturer. 2. Lap seams and junctures with other materials at least 4 inches, except that at' flashing flanges of other construction, laps need not exceed flange width.. 3. Lap flashing over weather-resistant building paper at bottom and sides of openings. 4. Lap weather-resistant building paper over flashing at heads of openings. EXTERIOR SHEATHING 06162 - 3 I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I_I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS SECTION 06176 - METAL PLATE CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Triangular-pitched roof trusses. 2. Scissor roof trusses. 3. Parallel-chord roof trusses, bottom-chord bearing. 4. Girder trusses. 5. Truss accessories. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 5, Section "Metal Fabrications" for rough hardware anchoring trusses to con- crete or masonry structures. 2. Division 6, Section "Rough Carpentry" for roof and floor sheathing of structural-use pan- els and dimension lumber for supplementary framing and permanent bracing. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Metal-plate-connected wood trusses include planar structural units conslsnng of metal-plate- connected members fabricated from dimension lumber and cut and assembled before delivery to Project site. 1.3 PERFORMA.lIIlCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Engineer, fabricate, and erect metal-plate-connected wood trusses' to withstand design loads within limits and under conditions required. 1. Design Loads: As indicated on drawings. 2. Design trusses to withstand design loads without deflections greater than the fonowing: a. Roof Trusses: Vertical deflection of 1/240 of span due to total load. b. Roof Trusses: Horizontal deflection at reactions of 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) due to total maximum load. 3. Design structural systems according to professionally recognized methods and standards. 4. Design under supervision of professional engineer licensed in the State of Georgia with all engineering submittals stamped, sealed, and signed. 5. Design Loads: a. Applicable Building Code: Georgia Adopted Standard Building Code, !BC 2000 with GA Amendments. b. Roof Live Load: In accordance with !BC, non-reducible. c. Roof Snow Load: In accordance with me. d. Roof Wind Load: Calculate in accordance with applicable code, using 90mph Basic Wind Speed, Exposure, Category per mc, and Importance Factor of 1.0. e. Collateral Loads: 5 psf minimum. Include not less than the following: l) Suspended acoustical ceiling. 2) Suspended HV AC equipment and lighting. 3) Gypsum Ceiling. f. Roof system shall have UL 580 Class 90 wind uplift rating. g. Seismic Loads: Calculate in accordance with applicable code, for State of Georgia, Occupancy Group Business. 1) Seismic Hazard Exposure Group: 1. 2) Seismic Performance Category: e. 3) SdS = 0.35; Sdl = 0.17 h. Dead loads, including the weight of all indicated permanent construction. I. Design roof system to withstand specified loads with deflection in accordance with !Be. J. Anchor Bolts: Furnish design criteria for anchor bolts furnished by others, to resist the loads induced by the design loads on the structure. METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES 06176-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1- I I I I I I I I I I I B. Fabricator's Qualifications: Engage a fIrm that complies with the following requirements for quality control and is experienced in fabricating metal-plate-connected wood trusses similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance: 1. Fabricator participates in a recognized quality-assurance program that involves inspection by SPIB; Timber ProducTS Inspection, Inc.; Truss Plate Institute (TPI); or other independent inspecting and testing agency acceptable to Architect and Owner. C. Comply with applicable requirements and recommendations of the following publications: 1. ANSI/TPI 1, "National Design Standard for Metal-Plate-Connected Wood Truss Construction. " 2. TPI HIB "Commentary and Recommendations for Handling Installing & Bracing Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses." 3. TPI DSB "Recommended Design SpecifIcation for Temporary Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses." D. Metal-Plate Connector Manufacturer's QualifIcations: A manufacturer that is a member of TPI and that complies with TPI quality-control procedures for manufacture of connector plates published in ANS1'TPI 1. E. Single-Source Responsibility for Connector Plates: Provide metal connector plates from one source and by a single manufacturer. F. Wood Structural Design Standard: Comply with applicable requirements of AFP A's "National Design Specification for Wood Construction" and it's "Supplement." 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle and store trusses with care and comply with manufacturer's wrinen instructions and TPI recommendations to avoid damage and lateral bending. B. Inspect trusses showing discoloration, corrosion, or other evidence of deterioration. Discard and replace trusses that are damaged or defective. C. Time delivery .and erection of trusses to avoid extended on-site storage and to avoid delaying progress of other trades whose work must follow erection of trusses . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the . Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Metal Connector Plates: a. Alpine Engineered ProduCTS. Inc. b. Computrus, Inc. c. Mitek Industries, Inc. d. Robbins Manufacturing Company. e. Tee-Lok Corporation. f. Truswal Systems Corporation. 2. Metal Framing Anchors: , a. Cleveland Steel Specialty Co. b. Haden Metal Products, Inc. c. Silver Metal Products, Inc. d. Simpson Strong-Tie Company, Inc. e. Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Co., Inc. f. United Steel Products Co. 2.2 DIMENSION LUMBER A. Lumber Standards: Comply with DOC PS 20, "American Softwood Lumber Standard," and with ~pplic~ble grading rules of inspection agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review. MET AL-PLA IE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES 06176-3 1,1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I_I I I I I I I I I I I B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet cornplyingwith ASTM A 653, G60 (ASTM A 653M, 2180) coating designation; structural, commercial, or lock-forming quality, as standard with manufacturer for type of anchor indicated. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20 or DOD-P-21035, with dry film containing a minimum of 94 percent zinc dust by weight. B. Protective Coatings: Provide one of the following coating systems: 1. SSPC-Paint 22, epoxy-polyamide primer. 2. SSPC-Paint 16, coal-tar epoxy-polyamide black or dark red paint. 3. SSPC-Paint 27 and SSPC-Paint 12, basic zinc chromate-vinyl buryral wash primer and cold-applied asphalt mastic. 2.7 FABRICATION A. Cut truss members to accurate lengths, angles, and sizes to produce close-fitting joints. B. Fabricate metal connector plates to size, configuration, thickness, and anchorage details required to withstand design loadings for types of joint designs indicated. C. Assemble truss members in design configuration indicated using jigs or other means to ensure wll- fonnity and accuracy of assembly with joints closely fitted to comply with tolerances of ANSI/TPI 1. Position members to produce design camber indicated. 1. Fabricate wood trusses within manufacturing tolerances of ANSIITPI 1. D. Connect truss members by metal connector plates located and securely embedded simultaneously into both sides of wood members by air or hydraulic press. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Do not install wood trusses until supporting construction is in place and is braced and secured. B. Before installing, splice trusses delivered to Project site in more than one piece. C. Hoist trusses in place by lifting equipment suited to sizes and types of trusses required, exercising care not to damage truss members or joints by out-of-plane bending or other causes. D. Install and brace trusses according to recommendations ofTPI and as indicated. E. Install trusses plumb, square, and true to line and securely fasten to supporting construction. F. Space, adjust, and align trusses in location before pennanently fastening and as follows: 1. Truss Spacing: 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. G. Anchor trusses securely at all bearing points using metal framing anchors. Install fasteners through each fastener hole in metal framing anchor according to manufacturer's fastening sched- ules and written instructions. H. Securely connect each truss ply required for forming built-up girder trusses. 1. Anchor trusses to girder trusses as indicated. I. Install and fasten permanent bracing during truss erection and before construction loads are ap- plied. Anchor ends of permanent bracing where terminating at walls or beams. 1. Install and fasten strongback bracing vertically against vertical web of parallel-chord floor trusses at centers indicated. 2. Brace all gable end trusses. MET AL-PLA TE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES 06176-5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1_, I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 6 - WOOD & PLASTIC SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY PARTI-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior standing and numing trim for field-painted finish: a. Trim repair & new wood trim. b. Window opening trim. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, and other carpentry work not exposed to view and for structural wood decking and framing exposed to view. 2. ' Division 9 Section "Painting" for priming and backpriming of finish carpentry. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Inspection agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. NELMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association. 2. NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association. 3. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority. 4. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 1.3 SUBMIITALS A. Product Data: Each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, textures, and colors. 1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used, net amount of preservative retained, and chemical treatment manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated material. 2. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Color charts consisting of actual materials in small sections for trim _ and moulding type of material indicated. C. Samples for Verification: 1. ' For each species and cut of lumber and panel products with rionfactory-applied finish, with 1/2 of exposed surface finished, 50 sq. in. for lumber and 8 by 10 inches for panels. 2. For each finish system and COIOT of lumber and panel products with factory-applied fin- ish. 50 sq. in. (300 sq. em) for lumber and 8 by 10 inches (203 by 250 rom) for panels. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer with minimum 5 years experience. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect materials against weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary cover- mgs. 1.6 PROJECT COI'l>ITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install interior finish carpentry until building is en- closed and weatherproof, wet work in space is completed and nominally dry, and HV AC system is FINISH CARPENTRY 06200-1 I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I_I I I I I I I I I I I D. Inspect each piece of treated lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pIeces. 2.5 INTERIOR STANDING A.1\I'D RUNNING TRIM A. Hardwood Lumber Trim for Transparent Finish (Stain or Clear Finish): Clear, Grade A fmish, kiln-dried, clear pine, frr or red oak. B. Moldings: Made to patterns included in WMMPA WM 7. Wood moldings made from kiln-dried. stock and graded under WMMP A WM 4. 1. Moldings for opaque Finish: high density composite. a. Provide material selected for compatible clear grain. 2.6 MISCELLA..1\I'EOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners for Interior Finish Carpentry: Screws, arid other anchoring devices of type, size, mate- rial, and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment, concealed where possible. 1. Where finish carpentry materials are exposed. in areas of high humidity, provide fasteners and anchorages with hot-dip galvanized coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153:v1. B. Glue: Aliphatic- or phenolic-resin wood glue recommended by manufacturer for general carpentry use. C. Sealants: Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials required for sealing siding work. 2.7 FABRICATION A. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of specified inspection agencies and V.1th manufacturer's written recommendations for moisture content of finish carpentry at relative hu- midity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas. B. Back out or kerf backs of the following members, except members with ends exposed in fmished work: 1. Standing and running trim wider than 5 inches (125 min). C. Ease edges of lumber less than 1 inch (25 mm) in nominal thickness to 1/16-inch (l.5-mm) radius and edges of lumber 1 inch (25 rom) or more in nominal thickness to lI8-inch (3-mm) radius. PART 3 - EXECCTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation toler- ances and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfac- tory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. B. Before installing finish carpentry, condition materials to average prevailing humidity in installa- tion areas for a minimum of 24 hours. C. Seal lumber for exterior applications to be painted, including both faces and edges. Cut to re- quired lengths and seal ends. Comply with requirements in Division 9 Section "Painting." FINISH CARPE1\T'fR Y 06200-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1- I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 6 - WOODS & PLASTICS SECTION 06402 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Laminate-clad cabinets (plastic-covered casework). 2. Plastic-laminate countertops. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that related to this Section: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for exposed framing and for furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing interior woodwork. 2. Division 8 Section "Flush Wood Doors" for doors specified by reference to architectural. woodwork standards. 1.2 DEFTh'1TIONS A. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing woodwork items unless concealed within other construction prior to woodwork installation. 1.3 SVBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I Specification Sections. 1 B. Product data for each type of product and process specified and incorporated into items of architectural woodwork during fabrication, finishing, and installation. C. Fire-retardant-treattnent data for material treated to reduce combustibility. Include certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. D. Shop drawings showing location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details, attachment devices, and other components. 1. Show details full size. 2. Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, and hanging strips, including concealed blocking and reinforcing specified in other Sections. 3. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for plumbing fixmres, faucets, soap dispensers, and other items installed in architectural woodwork. E. Samples for initial selection of the following in the form of manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of material indicated. 1. Plastic laminates. 2. Solid surfacing materials F. Samples for verification of the following: I. Laminate-clad panel products, 8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 rom), for each type, color, pattern, and surface finish, with separate samples of unfaced panel product used for core. 2. Exposed cabinet hardware, one unit for each type and finish. G. Product certificates signed by woodwork fabricator certifying that products comply with specified requirements. H. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality.Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. INTERlOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402-1 I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I_I I I I I I I I I I I installed as indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOODWORK FABRICATORS A. Fabricators: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide interior architectural woodwork by one of the following: 1. Custom A WI certified manufacturer. 2. Adams-Mulford, Inc. 3. Corilam Fabricating Co. 4. Augusta Millwork. 5. Mid South. B. All casework shall be supplied complete with aU hardware for installation indicated, including all hanging rails and brackets, slides, guides, pulls, and anchorages. 2.2 MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of AWl quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade indicated and, where the products are pan of interior woodwork, with requirements of referenced product standards apply to product characteristics indicated: 1. Particleboard: (MWPCP) ANSI Al08.1, Grade I-M-3, 45 pOlmd density, per cubic foot, 7% moisture content, with phenol-formaldehyde resins. 2. Softwood Plywood: PS 1, exterior grade for counters in wet locations. 3. Exposed Edge Material: Solid, high impact, acid resistant, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), machine applied with hot-melt adhesives and automatically trimmed, buffed, and comer radiused for uniform appearance. a. Front Panels and Doors: 1/8" (3 mm) minimum b. Work Swfaces: 1/8" (3 mm) minimum. B. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: Melemine Plastic Laminate, NEMA LD 3-1988, grades as indicated, or if not indicated, as required by woodwork quality standard, antibacterial and aseptic. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering high-pressure decorative laminates that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Formica Corporation. b. Laminart. c. Nevamar Copr. d. Pioneer Plastics Corp. e. Wisonart (Basis of Design). C. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Contact cement, Aliphatic resin & Resorcinol are acceptable. D. High Pressure Plastic Laminate, NEMA LD3-1988, GS50 grade for exterior of cabinet surfaces. 1. Substrate: (MWPCP). 2. Color: As selected by Architect, see Section 01600. 2.3 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Cabinet Hardware: Refer to schedule cabinet hardware required for architectural cabinets. B. Hardware Standard: Comply with BHMA A 156.9 for items indicated by reference to BHMA numbers or referenced to this standard. C. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA code number incited. 1. Satin Chromium Plated: BHMA 626 for brass or bronze base; BHMA 652 for steel base. 2. Satin Stainless Steel, Stainless-Steel Base: BHMA 630. ll\1'fERlOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK. 06402-3 I I II II I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I_I I I I I I I I I I I 3. Keku fasteners for kickplates. 4. Hinges, minimum 2 per door, self closing, clip-on (I I 0 degree). Provide reveal and lifetime warranty. . 5. Drawer glides: Metabox 320 Series with builit-in stops. a. Dynameic Load Capacity: 751bs. b. Static Load: 1001bs. c. Epoxy Coated Steel, with independent adjustment. d. Pennanently lubricated nylon rollers. e. Lifetime Warranty. f. Over 21 to 42 inches wide: Two sets Accuride Series with built-in stops, bynamic load capacity of150 lbs. 6. Adjustable Shelf Supports: Spoon-shaped for 3/16" diameter holes. 7. Wire and Cable Gromments, standard plastic, white or black to match cabinet. 8. Hardware finish: Brushed aluminum fmish. F. Shop-cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, appliances, fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to pi-oduce accurately sized and shaped openings. Smooth edges of cutouts and, where located in countertops and similar exposures, seal edges with a water-resistant coating. 2.6 LAMINATE-CLAD CABINETS (PLASTIC-COVERED CASEWORK) A. Quality Standard: Comply with A WI Section 400 requirements for laminate-clad cabinets. B. A WI Type of Cabinet Construction: Reveal overlay. I. Reveal Dimension: 1/2 inch (13 rom). C. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: High-pressure decorative laminate complying with the following requirements: 1. Horizontal Surfaces Other than Tops: GP-50, O.OSO-inch (1.270-nun) nominal thickness. 2. Vertical Surfaces: GP-28, G.028-inch (O.711-mm) nominal thickness. 3. Edges: GP-SO, a.OSO-inch (1.270-mrit) nominal thickness. 4. Edges: GP-28, a.028-inch (O.711-nun) nominal thickness. D. Materials for Semiexposed Surfaces: Provide surface materials indicated below: 1. Surfaces Other than Drawer Bodies: High~pressure decorative laminate, Grade GP-28. 2. SUIfaces Other than Drawer Bodies: High-pressure decorative laminate, Grade CL-20. 3. Surfaces Other than Drawer Bodies: Thermoset decorative overlay. 4. Drawer Sides and Backs: Thermoset decorative overlay. . 5. Drawer Bottoms: Thermoset decorative overlay. . E. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: 1. Provide Architect's selections from laminate manufacturer's full range of colors and finishes in the following categories: a. Solid colors for doors and cabinet bodies, b. Patterns for counter tops. 2.7 COUNTERTOPS A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWl Section 400 requirements for countertops. B. Quality Standard: Comply with applicable WIC section indicated below: 1. WIC Section 16, "Laminated Plastic Countertops, Splashes and Wall Paneling." 2. Grade: "Custom". C. Type of Top: High-pressure decorative laminate complying with the following: 1. Grade: GP-50, O.050-inch (1.270-nnn) nominal thickness. 2. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402-5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I 3.4 PROTECTION A. Provide fInal protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to fabricator and Installer that ensures that woodwork is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. 3.5 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY SCHEDuLE A. BHMA numbers are used below to designate hardware requirements, except as otherwise indicated. B. Concealed (European Type) Hinges: B01602. C. Pulls: Wire pulls, 5-inches long, 5/16 inches (8 mm) in diameter polished brass ftnish. D. Catches: As follows: Magnetic Catches: B03141. E. Adjustable Shelf Standards: B04071. 1. Shelf Rests for Standards: B04081. F. Shelf Rests: B04013. G. Drawer Slides: Side-mounted, full-extension. zinc-plated steel drawer slides with steel ball bearings, complying with BHMA A156.9, Grade 1 and rated for the following loads: 1. Box Drawer Slides: 100 Ibf (440 N). H. Door Locks: E07121. 1. Drawer Locks: E0704]. 1. Counter support brackets: Prefmished steel rated for depth of counter and loading of 100 lbs/lf of counter minimwn. END OF SECTION INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402-7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I. I I I II I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 6 - WOOD & PLASTICS SECTION 06610 - ARCIDTECTURAL FIBERGLASS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Architectural Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Column Covers. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06100 - Rough Calpentry: Framing of Opening and Blocking. B. Section 07901 - Joint sealants and field applied sealants. 1.4 REFERENCE STA.~DARDS A. ASTM D638: Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastic. B. ASTM D695: Test Method for Compressive Strength of Rigid Plastics. C. ASTM D790: Test methods for Properties of Umeinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. D. ASTM E84: Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Installed architectural fiberglass column covers and fastening systems shall be designed, engineered, fabricated, and installed to conform to the state codes, local codes, and the Architect's design. 1.6 SUB MITT ALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Shop Drawings: Shall illustrate dimensions, adjacent construction, materials, thickness, fabrications details, required clearances, field jointing, tolerances, colors, finishes, methods of suppon, integration of components and anchorages. C. Submit list of part numbers that coordinate with labeled architectural fiberglass column covers. D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation and maintenance instructions. E. Manufacturer's instructions: Submit manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for product delivery, storage and handling. ' F. Product Samples: Submit minimum 3 inches x 5-inch samples in specified color, texture and finish. G. Submit manufacturer's warranty 1.7 QUAUTY ASSURA.~CE A. Obtain architectural fiberglass column covers from a single source manufacturer that has the ability and resources to comply with the requirements and schedule of the project. B. Inspect each molded piece to ensure that it complies with specified requirements, including nominal dimensions. ARCHITECTURAL FIBERGLASS 06610 - 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1- I I I I I I I I I I I 3. Laminate Thickness Nominal thickness 3/16" Additional thickness and reinforcement, and sandwich structure as indicated and as required for structural integrity. a. b. 2.4 FL~ISH A. Color as selected by Architect for field painting unless otherwise specified. B. Surface Texture/Exposed side shall be smooth ready for light sanding and paint. 2.5 TOLERANCES A. Pan Thickness: + or- 1/16 inch. B. Gel Coat Thickness: + or - 2.5 mils. C. Length: + or - 1/8 inch D. Variation from Square: 1/8 inch. E. Hardware Location Variation: + or - Y4 inch. 2.6 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify each architectural fiberglass column cover unit with a permanent serial number. B. Number parts to coordinate with shop drawings. 2.7 CURING AND CLEANING A. Cure and clean components prior to shipment and remove material which may be: 1. Toxic to plant or animal life. 2. Incompatible with adjacent building material. 2.8 ANCHORS M'D FASTENERS A. Provide anchors and fasteners and other accessories for proper installation of architectural fiberglass column covers as recommended and approved by fiberglass fabrication manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION ... 3.1 PRE~INSTALLATION EXAMINATION A. Carefully observe and verify field conditions that substrates are ready for installation of architectural fiberglass fabrications. Contractor shall verify on site dimensions with shop drawings and assume full responsibility for fitting the components to the structure. B. Verify that bearing surfaces are true and level. C. Verify that support framing has been constructed to allow accurate placement, alignment and connection of architectural fiberglass column covers to structure. D. Report discrepancies between design dimensions and field dimensions, which could adversely affect installation, to the Architect and / or Owner's Representative. i E. Do not proceed with installation until discrepancies are corrected, or until installation requirements are modified and approved by the Architect and! or Owner's Representative. I F. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. ARCHITECTURAL FIBERGLASS 06610 - 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07160 - BITUMINOUS WATERPROOFING & DAMPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Below-grade wall dampproofmg (fluid or sheet applied). B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 3 Section "Cast-m-Place Concrete" for concrete placement, curing, and fmishing. 2. Division 4 Section Unit Masonry for cavity wall materials. 3 Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for joint sealant materials and installation. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide waterproofing that prevents the passage ofIiquid water under hydrostatic pressure and complies with requirements as demonstrated by testing performed by an independent testing agency of manufacturer's current sheet or elastomeric membrane. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data for each type of waterproofing specified, including manufacturer's printed instructions for evaluating, preparing, and treating substrate, technical data, and tested physical and performance properties. B. Installer certificates signed by manufacturer certifying that Installers comply with requirements under the "Quality Assurance" Article. C. Product test reports from a qualified independent testing agency evidencing compliance of waterproofmg with requirements and other physical properties reported by manufacturer based on comprehensive testing of products according to current standard test methods within previous 5 years. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who is certified in writing by waterproofmg manufacturer as qualified to install manufacturer's waterproofing. B. Installer Qualifications: Engage an Installer who has completed waterproofmg similar to that indicated for this Project and who is acceptable to waterproofmg manufacturer. C. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain waterproofing materials from a single manufacturer regularly engaged in manufacturing waterproofmg. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HAA"DLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original packages with seals unbroken, labeled with manufacturer's name, product, date of manufacture, and directions for storage. B. Store materials in their original undamaged packages in a clean, dry, protected location and within temperature range required by waterproofmg manufacturer. Protect stored materials from direct sunlight. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Apply dampproofmg within range of ambient and substrate temperamres recommended by waterproofmg manufacturer. Do not apply dampproofmg to a damp or wet substrate. 1. Do not apply in snow, rain, fog, or mist. BITIJMINUOUS WATERPROOFING & DAMPROOFING 07160-1 I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I LI I I I I I I I I I I . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions under which waterproofmg systems will be applied. with Installer present, for compliance with requirements. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Do not proceed with installation until after minimum concrete curing period recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. 2. Vemy substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture. Test for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D 4263. 3. Notify Architect in writing of anticipated problems using waterproofmg over substrate. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Clean, prepare, and treat substrate according to manufacturer's written instructions. Provide clean, dust-free, and dry substrate for waterproofing application. B. Mask off adjoining surfaces not receiving waterproofmg to prevent spillage affecting other construction. C. Remove grease, oil, form release agents, paints, and other penetrating contaminants from concrete or masonry. D. Remove fins, ridges, mortar, and other projections and fill honeycomb, aggregate pockets, holes, and other voids. E. Prepare, fill, prime, and treat joints and cracks in substrate. Remove dust and dirt from joints and cracks according to ASTM D 4258. 1. Install membrane strip and center over construction and control joints and cracks exceeding a width of 1/16 inch (1.6 rom). F. Prepare, treat, and seal vertical and horizontal surfaces at terminations and penetrations through waterproofmg and at drains and protrusions according to waterproofmg manufacmrer's written instructions. G. Conform with manufacturer's installation procedures. H. Ship lap and seal all joints. 3.3 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect dampproofing from damage and wear during application and remainder of construction period, according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Protect installed work from damage due to ultravio let light exposW'e, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings where work will be subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction innnediately after installation. C. Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION BITUMINUOUS WATERPROOFING & DAMPROOFING 07160-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I 1,1 I I I I I I I I I I I I 1- I II I I I I I I I I DIVISION 7 - THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: I. Concealed building insulation, ceilings, stud walls and cavity walls. a. Sound attenuation batts - wall & ceiling. b. Cavity rigid insulation. c. Attic ceiling insulation. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for insulation installed as part of wood- framed wall and partition assemblies. 2. Division 5, Section 05400. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data for each type of insulation product specified. C. Product test reports from and based on tests performed by a qualified. independent testing agency evidencing compliance of insulation products with specified requirements including those for thermal resistance, frre-test-response characteristics, water-vapor transmission, water absorption, and other properties, based on comprehensive testing of current products. 1.3 Qt:ALITY ASSURANCE A Single-Source Responsibility for Insulation Products: Obtain each type of building insulation from a single source with resources to provide products complying with requirements indicated without delaying the Work. B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire-test- response characteristics indicated on Drawings or specified elsewhere in this Section as detemrined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84. 2. Fire-Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119. 3. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDUNG A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. B. Protect plastic insulation as follows: 1. . Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 2. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to Project site before installation time. 3. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. BUILDING INSULATIOK 0721O~ I II II II II II II ~I ~I I_I ~_I I_I ~I II 1-1 II ~I ~I I_I 11 insulation are satisfactory. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances hannful to insulations or vapor retarders, including removing projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders or that interfere with insulation attaclunent. B. Examine waterproof membrane and make repairs prior to installing insulation board. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, unsoiled, and has not been exposed at any time to ice ap.d snow. C. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tighdy arOund obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that 41terfere with placement. D. Apply single layer of insulation to produce thickness indicated, unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION A. Apply insulation units to substrates complying with manufacturer's written instructions. Ifno specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive & use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. B. Seal joints between closed-cell (nonbreathing) insulation units by applying adhesive, mastic, or sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as. units are shoved into place. Fill voids in completed installation with adhesive, mastic, or sealant as recommended by insulation manufacturer. C. Install mineral-fiber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: 1. Use blanket widths and lengths that fill cavities formed by framing members. Where more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. a. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3.5 PROTECTION A. General: Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from water or damage due to hannful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION BUILDING INSULATION 07210-3 . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I LI I I I I I I I I I I B. Product data for each type of product specified. 1. . Certification by frrestopping manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds' (VOCs) and are nontoxic to building occupants. C. Shop drawings detailing materials, installation methods, and relationships to adjoining construction for each through-penetration firestop system, and each kind of construction condition penetrated and kind of penetrating item. InClude firestop design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency evidencing compliance with requirements for each condition indicated. 1. Submit documentation, including illustrations, from a qualified testing and inspecting agency that is applicable to each through-penetration fires top contiguration for construction and penetrating items. 2. Where Project conditions require modification of qualified testing and inspecting agency's illustration to suit a particular through-penetration frrestop condition, submit illustration approved by fires topping manufacturer's fire protection engineer with modifications marked. D. Product certificates signed by manufacturers of fires topping products certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. Provide certificates ofInstaller's training by the received from the firestopping material manufacturer. E. Product test reports from, and based on tests performed by, a qualified testing and inspecting agency evidencing compliance of frrestopping with requirements based on comprehensive testing of current products. F. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide frrestopping that complies with the following requirements and those specified under the "System Performance Requirements" article: 1. Firestopping tests are perfonned by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. A qualified testing and inspecting agency is UL, Wamock Hersey, or another agency perfonning testing and follow-up inspection services for frrestop systems that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Through-penetration firestop systems are identical to those tested per ASTM E 814 under conditions where positive furnace pressure differential of at least 0.01 inch of water is maintained at a distance of 0.78 inch below the fill materials surrounding the penetrating items in the test assembly. Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements: a. Through-penetration frrestop system products bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency. b. Through-penetration frrestop systems correspond to those indicated by reference to through-penetration firestop system designations listed by UL in their "Fire Resistance Directory," by Warnock Hersey, or by another qualified testing and inspecting agency. 3. Fire-resistive joint sealant systems are identical to those tested for fire-response characteristics per ASTM E 119 under conditions where the positive furnace pressure differential is at least 0.01 inch of water, as measured 0.78 inch from the face exposed to furnace fire. Provide systems complying with the following requirements: a. Fire-Resistance Ratings of Joint Sealants: As indicated by reference to design designations listed by UL in their "Fire Resistance Directory" or by another qualified testing and inspecting agency. b. J oint sealants, including backing materials, bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspection agency. 4. Fire resistive floor to wall firestopping systems. a. UL fire tested assemblies. b. System components tested for each assembly type. B. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who is certified, licensed, or otherwise qualifi~d by the fires lopping manufacturer as having the necessary experience, staff, and training to FIRESTOPPING 07270 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I_I I I I I I I I I I I c. Applications: Provide frrestopping systems composed of materials specified in this Section that comply with system performance and other requirements. 2.2 FILL MATERIALS FOR FIRESTOP SYSTEMS A. Ceramic-Fiber and Mastic Coating: Ceramic fibers in bulk form formulated for use with mastic coating, and ceramic fiber manufacturer's mastic coating. B. Ceramic-Fiber Sealant: Single-component formulation of ceramic fibers and inorganic binders. C. Endothermic, Latex Compound Sealant: Single-component, endothermic, latex formulation. D. Intumescent, Latex Sealant: Single-component, intumescent, latex formulation. E. Intumescent Putty: Nonbardening, dielectric, water-resistant putty containing no solvents, inorganic fibers, or silicone compounds. F. Intumescent Wrap Strips: Single-component, elastomeric sheet with aluminum foil on one side. G. Job-Mixed Vinyl Compound: Prepackaged vinyl-based powder product for mixing with water at Project site to produce a paintable compound, passing ASTM E 136, with flame-spread and smoke-developed ratings of zero per ASTM E 84. H. Mortar: Prepackaged dry mix composed of a blend of inorganic binders, fillers, and lightweight aggregate formulated for mixing with water at Project site to form a nonshrinking, homogenous mortar. I. Pillows/Bags: Re-usable, heat-expanding pillowslbags composed of glass-fiber cloth cases filled with a combination of mineral-fiber, water-insoluble expansion agents and frre-retardant additives. J. Silicone Foam: Two-component, silicone-based liquid elastomer that, when mixed, expands and cures in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam. K. Silicone Sealant: Moisture-curing, single-component, silicone-based, neutral-curing elastomeric sealant of grade indicated below: 1. Grade: Pourable (self-leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces and nonsag formulation for openings in vertical and other surfaces requiring a nonslumpingl gunnable sealant, unless indicated frrestop system limits use to nonsag grade for both opening conditions. 2. Grade for Horizontal Surfaces: Pourable (self-leveling) grade for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces. 3. Grade for Vertical Surfaces: Nonsag grade for openings in vertical and other surfaces. L. Solvent-Release-Curing Inttunescent Sealant: Solvent-release-curing, single-component, synthetic-polymer-based sealant of grade indicated below: 1. Grade: Pourable (self-leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces. and nonsag formulation for openings in vertical and other surfaces requiring a nonslwnpingl gunnable sealant, unless indicated firestop system limits use to nonsag grade for both opening conditions. 2. Grade for Horizontal Surfaces: Pourable (self-leveling) grade for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces. 3. Grade for Vertical Surfaces: Nonsag grade for openings in vertical and other surfaces. M. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide firestopping systems by one of the follovl'ing: 1. 3M Fire Protection Products. 2. Hilti Construction Chemicals, Inc.e3. Nelson Firestop. a. Inttunescent Latex Sealant: Fire Barrier CP 25WB Caulk, 3M Fire Protection Products. FlRESTOPPIKG 07270 - 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I- I I I I I I I I I I II I I II I I I I I I 3. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. . B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended by firestopping manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confme primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent firestopping from contacting adjoining surfaces thatwill remain exposed upon completion of Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove smears from frrestopping materials. Remove tape as soon as it is possible to do so without disturbing firestop seal with substrates. 3.3 INSTALLING THROUGH-PENETRA nON FIRESTOPS A. General: Comply with the "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1 and the through-penetration frrestop manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications indicated. B. Install forming/damming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings of designated through-penetration firestop systems. After installing fill materials, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of flIestop systems. C. Install fill materials for through-penetration frrestop systems by proven techniques to produce the following results: 1. Completely fill voids and cavities formed by openings, fonning materials, accessories, and penetrating items. 2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. 3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. 3.4 INSTALLING FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with the "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1, with ASTM C 1193, and with the sealant manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products 'and applications indicated. B. Install joint fillers to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative tojoint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability and develop flIe-resistance rating required. C. Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform. cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint width that optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time joint fillers are installed. D. Tool nonsag sealants innnediately after sealant application and prior to the time skinning or curing begins. Form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated or required to produce flIe-resistance rating, as well as to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealants with sides of joint. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. 3.5 INSTALLING PERIMETER FLOOR TO WALL FIRESTOPPING A. General: Comply with Manufacturer's tested assembly and installation requirements. B. Install forming and backing materials securely anchored to structure. C. Install firestop safmg and fill all voids. FIRES TOPPING 07270 - 6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 7 - THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07311 - COMPOSITE SHINGLE ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section includes, but is not limited to, the furnishing of all labor, materials, and equipment for installing fiberglass shingle roofs. The work includes, but is not linlited to the following: 1. Setting roof deck nails where found projecting above fInish surface of existing roof sheathing to provide a smooth surface for application of the new underlayment and fiberglass shingles. 2. Installing ice and watershield membrane over entire roof deck. 3. Installing 30 pounds asphalt fiberglass felt underlayment over the entire roof. 4. Installing composite fiberglass shingles. 5. Installing roof vents, edge drip and metal flashing. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Plywood Roof Sheathing. B. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM B 209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Alwninum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. B. ASTM D 224 - Standard Specification for Smooth-Surfaced Asphalt Roll Roofing (Organic Felt). C . ASTM D 225 - Standard SpecifIcation for Asphalt Shingles (organic felt) surfaced/mineral granules. D. ASTM D 1970 - Standard Specification for Self-Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection. E. STM D 3018 - Standard Specification for Class A Shingles Surfaced with Mineral Granules. F. STM D 3161 - Standard Test Method for Wind-Resistance of Asphalt Shingles (Fan-Induced Method). G. STM D 3462 - Standard Specification for Asphalt Shingles Made from Glass Felt and Surfaced with Mineral Granules. H. 1M D 4586 - Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos-Free. 1. STM D 4869 - Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Shingle Underlayment U sed in RoofIng. J. STM E 108 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturers printed product infonnation indicating material characteristics, perfonnance criteria, and product limitations. 1. Submit manufacturer's 25-year roof shingle warranty. COMPOSITE SHINGLE ROOFING 07311-1 II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I 2.2 COMPOSITE FIBERGLASS SHINGLES A. Square, 25-year shingles: Conforming to ASTM D 3018 Type I -, Self-Sealing; UL Certification of ASTM D 3462, UL 997, ASTM D3161 Wind Resistance, and UL Class A Fire Resistance; glass fiber mat base, ceramicaUy colored/UV resistant mineral surface granules across' entire face of shingle; one-piece tab shingle. . . 1. Shingles: Rectangular algae resistant strip shingles conforming to Federal Specification SS-S-OO 1534, (GSA-FSS) UL Wind Resistand and Class "A" fire rating. Contractor shall furnish the Roofing Manufacturers Standard Roofmg Warranty for a period of not. less than twenty-five (25) years from the date of acceptance. 2. Color: As selected by Architect from IIlllI1ufacturer's matching colors. 3. Algae resistance: minimum of 5- years. 2.3 SHEET MATERIALS A. Self Adhering Polymer-Modified, Bituminous Sheet Underlayment: ASTM D 1970, minimum of 40 mils thick (SBS). Provide primer when recommended by underlayment IIlllI1ufacturer. Eave Protection: ASTM D 1970 sheet barrier of self-adhering rubberized asphalt membrane shingle underlayment having high traction surface, internal reinforcement, and "split" back plastic release film; provide material with warranty equal in duration to that of shingles being applied. Acceptable manufacturers: B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. WinterGuard: Certain Teed Corporation 2. Bituthene Ice and Water Shield: W.R. Grace & Co. 3. Nordshield Ice and Watergard: Nord Bitumi US, Inc. 4. MoistureGuard: Tamko Asphalt Products, Inc. 5. Weather Watch: GAP Building Materials Corporation. 6. Jiffy Seal Ice and Water Guard: Pro tecto Wrap Co. 7. Ice Guard Membrane No. 108-AG: Royston Laboratories, Inc. C. Glass-felt Underlayment: ASTM D 2178 Type IV, asphalt impregnated glass felts. 2.4 FLASHING MATERIALS A. Sheet Flashing: ASTM B 209; 0.025 inch (0.63 mm) thick aluminum, prefmished kynar coating finish or 16 oz. copper. B. Bituminous Paint: Acid and alkali resistant type; black color. C. Tinners Paint: Color as selected by Architect to coordinate with shingle color. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Nails: Standard round wire type roofmg nails, corrosion resistant; hot dipped zinc coated steel. alwninum. or chromated steel; minimum 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) head diameter; minimum 11 or 12 gage (2.5 mm) shank diameter; barbed shank to be of sufficient length to penetrate 1/8" through roof sheathing or 3/4 inch (19 mm) into solid wood, plywood, or non-veneer wood decking. Nails should be approved by roofrnanufacturer. B. Plastic Cement: ASTM D 4586, asphalt roof cement. C. Ridge vents: Nail on shingle cap preformed ridge vent. D. Drip: Pre-fmished alumin1llll. 2" hemmed drip with 6" leg extension under shingles. E. Screws, bolts, expansion shields, etc. shall be non-corrosive type match flashing materials. COMPOSITE SHINGLE ROOFING 07311-3 I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I B; Weather lap and seal watertight with plastic cement items projecting through or mounted on roof. Do not allow solvent based cements to contact underlayment. C. Underlayment: Over roof sheathing apply a single thickness of underlayment by lapping each course over the preceding one 19", starting with a 3" Strip, end laps not less than 6". Nailing of felt shall be as recommended by the shingle manufacturer. Install underlavment over the metal drip edge along eaves and under the metal drip edge on the rakes. Lap the felt 6" from both sides over all hips and rid~es. 3.6 INSTALLATION" - METAL FLASHING A. Weather lap joints minimum of3 inches. B. Seal work projecting through or mounted on roofmg with plastic cement and make weathertight. 3.7 INSTALLATION - ASPHALT SHINGLES A. Install shingles in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for product type and application specified. 1. Use nails with spacing conforming to manufacturer's installation instructions and tested assemblies. 2. All roofing shall be installed water and weather-tight, and free ofleaks. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection will be performed by Contractor to ensure compliance with installation instructions. B. Visual inspection of the Work will be provided by Architect. Correct unacceptable work. 3.9 ACCESSORIES A. Coordinate work with other roof items and flashing to be furnished and installed on the roof. B. Where sheet metal or sheet metal accessories are to be installed in other work, the materials shall be furnished with accessories for installation. C. Lines and angles shall be sharp and true. All surfaces shall be free from waves and buckles. 3.10 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished work. B. Do not permit traffic over finished roof surface. END OF SECTION COMPOSITE SHINGLE ROOFING 07311-5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I II I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 7 - THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07480 - DIRECT -APLIED EXTERIOR FINISH SYSTEMS (OAFS) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Exterior Finish Systems specified in this section consist of a Direct Applied Exterior Finish System (DAFS), synthetic stucco [mish applied over reinforced sheathing. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Sheathing Board: Section 09255 Gypsum Board Assemblies. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals. B. Samples: Two 300 mm (one-foot) square samples of the simulated synthetic stucco [mishes over sheathing board identical to the proposed installation in thickness, color, texture and workmanship. C. Test Reports and Manufacturer's Literature 1. Manufacturer's literature and instructions for installation of the system Include manufacturer's recommended details for corner treatment, sills,. soffits, dentils, quoins, lintels, openings and other special applications. Summary of test results by the Exterior Finish System manufacturer to substantiate compliance with the specified perfonnance requirements. Furnish complete test reports as required. Statement by Exterior Finish System manufacturer that all components of the system proposed for use on this project are approved by that manufacturer. Statement by the Installer of the Exterior Finish System that they are experienced with the installation, having done at least three (3) projects using this system and can furnish names and locations of these projects if required. 2. ... ,). 4. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials in unopened packages with manufacturer's labels intact, legible and grade seals unbroken. B. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Protect from damage. C. Remove from premises any damaged or deteriorated material. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Unless a higher temperature is required by the system manufacnrrer, the ambient air temperature shall be 7 degrees Celsius (45 degrees F) or greater and rising at the time of installation of the system and shall be predicted to remain at 7 degrees Celsius (45 degrees F) or greater for at least 24 hours after installation. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Exterior Finish system shall be warranted against water leakage past the weather resistive barrier and other defects in materials and workmanship for a warranty period of ten years. 1.7 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS A. Publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASlM): 1. B117-03 Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus EXTERIOR FINISH SYSTEMS 07480 - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I E. Sealant: ASTM C 920, material having a minimum joint movement of 50% with 100% recovery. Type, grade and use shall be as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine substrate, opening supports and conditions under which this work is to be performed. Notify Resident Engineer in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of thi~ work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 CONTROL JOINTS A. See drawings for location of building control joints and surface control joints. Install surface control joints as follows: 1. Direct Exterior Finish: Install at 6 meters (20 feet) o.c, maximum in either direction, erecting the continuolls vertical joints first at building expansion joints, intersection of dissimilar substrates or fmishing materials where concentrated stresses or movement is anticipated. Leave a 13 rom (1/2 ") minimum continuous gap between board panels to receive control joint. 3.3 SEALANTS A. Apply according to manufacturer's recommendations and the following: 1. Direct Exterior Finish System: Caulk all intersections of cement board with windows, doors, control joints, other openings and locations as shown on drawings. Do not caulk locations intended for water drainage. 3.4 ACCESSORIES A. Install according to manufacturer's recommendation. 3.5 FINISH A. Synthetic Stucco Finish I. Joint Reinforcement: Prefill cement board joints and trim with synthetic Stucco Base Coat mixed according to manufacturer's directions. Immediately embed reinforcing tape into wet Base Coat and tightly trowel to board surface to avoid crowning joints. Cure for a minimum of four hours before application of base coat. 2. Base Coat: Apply base coat a minimum of 1.6 mm (1116") uniformly smooth and flat over the entire surface including joints and trim Dampen board surface as necessary under rapid drying conditions. Embed reinforcing fabric in basecoat while wet and cover with basecoat material so pattern of fabric is not visible. 3. Finish: Trowel apply ready-mixed exterior finish to base coat texturing surface as specified to a uniform thickness of 1.6 rom to 4.8 rom (1/16" to 3/16"). Dampen base coat as necessary under rapid drying conditions. Joining between batches shall occur at surface breaks such as comers, control joints, windows, etc. . 4. Skim Coat: Apply skim coat of latex fortified mortar a minimum of 3 rom (1/8") thick uniformly smooth and flat over entire surface. Dampen board sutface as necessary under rapid drying conditions. Cure a minimum of 24 hours before application of bond coat for setting tile or thin brick. 3.6 CLEAN UP A. Upon completion, remove all scaffolding, equipment. materials and debris from site. Remove all temporary protection installed to facilitate installation of system. END OF SECTION EXTERIOR FINISH SYSTEMS 07480 - 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I_I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 7 - THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHING l:\ND TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes sheet metal flashing and trim in the following categories: 1. Metal flashing, counterflashing and copings. 2. Scuppers and downspouts. 3. Drip and trim. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for elastomeric sealants. . 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failing. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to Specification Section 01300, "Submittals". B. Product Data including manufacturer's material and finish data, installation instructions, and general recommendations for each specified flashing material and fabricated product. C. Shop- Drawings of each item specified showing layout, profiles, methods of. joining, and anchorage details. D. Samples of sheet metal flashing, trim, and accessory items, in the specified finish. Where finish involves normal color and texture variations, include Sample sets composed of 2 or more units showing the full range of variations expected. L 8-inch square Samples of specified sheet materials to be exposed as [mished surfaces. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate Work of this Section with interfacing and adjoining Work for proper sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance, durability of Work, and protection of materials and finishes. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has complete sheet metal flashing and trim work in similar material, design for a minimum of five years and with a record of successful in- service perfonnance. B. Warranty: Provide warranty in which installer agrees to repair or replace components of sheet metal flashing and trim that fail in materials or workmanship within five years from date of substantial completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. Prefmished Aluminum B. Prefmished Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, Type 3003 or 3004 H14; minimum 0.032" (0.5 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I_I I I I I I I I I I I 2.4 SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS I A. General: Fabricate sheet metal items in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements but not less than that listed below for each application and metal. B. Exposed Trim, Drip Trim: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Kynar finished .032" aluminum. c. Roof- Penetration Flashing: 1. Aluminum flanged with EPDM boot for pipes. D. Band with stainless steel clamp and seal top. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, conditions under which sheet metal flashing and trim are to be installed and verify that Work may properly cormnence. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. . 3.2 INST ALLA nON A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with peifonnance requirements, manufacturer:s installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Anchor units of Work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install Work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weatherproof. B. Install exposed sheet metal Work that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather-resistant performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metaL c. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width ofl-I/2 inch, except wherepretinned surface would show in finished Work. 1. Do not use torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. D. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accormnodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. Fill joint with sealant and form metal to completely conceal sealant. . 1. Use joint adhesive for nonmoving joints specified not to be soldered. E. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. . F. Separations: Separate metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces, at Ioca tions of contact, with asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Underlayment: Where installing stainless steel or aluminum directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a slip sheet of red-rosin paper and a course of polyethylene underlayment. 2. Bed flanges of Work in a thick coat of sealant where required for waterproof performance. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces, removmg substances that might cause corrosion of metal or SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620-3 I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I .1 I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 7 - THERMAL MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07901 - JOINT SEALANTS & GASKETING PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following locations: 1. Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces as indicated below: a. Joints between different materials. b. Perimeter joints between materials and frames of doors and windows. . c. Other jointS as indicated. 2. Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces as indicated below: a. Control joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Perimeter joints of exterior openings. c. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors, and windows. d. Other joints as indicated. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 7 Section "Firestopping" for through-penetration firestopping systems. 2. Division 8 "Glass and Glazing" for sealants used in glazing. 1.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and to maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration of joint substrates. B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that have been produced and installed to establish and maintain airtight continuous seals that are water resistant and cause no staining or deterioration of joint substrates. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Section 01300 Section. B. Product data from manufacturers for each joint sealant product required. 1. Certification by joint sealant. manufacturer that sealants plus the primers and cleaners required for sealant installation comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compoWlds. C. Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's standard bead samples, consisting of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available, for each product exposed to view. D. Certificates from manufacturers of joint sealants attesting that their products comply with specification requirements and are suitable for the use indicated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed joint sealant applications similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project that have resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Single Source Responsibility for Joint Sealant Materials: Obtain joint sealant materials from a single manufacturer for each different product required. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original Wlopened containers or bWldles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and JOINT SEALANTS & GASKETING 07901-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I [I I I I I I I I I I I a. "BC-158," Pecora Corp. b. "PT! 757," Protective Treatments, Inc. c. "Sonneborn Multi-Purpose Sealant," Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc. d. "Tremco Butyl Sealant," Tremco, Inc. 3. Pigmented Narrow Joint Sealant: a. "PT! 200," Protective Treatments, Inc. 2.4 LATEX ACRYLIC JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard one-part, nonsag, mildew-resistant, paintablelatex sealant of formulation indicated that is recommended. for exposed applications on interior and protected exterior locations and that accommodates indicated percentage change injoint width existing at time of installation without failing either adhesively or cohesively. B. Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant: Provide product complying with ASTM C 834 that accommodates joint movement of not more than 5 percent in both extension and compression for a total of 10 percent. C. Silicone Emulsion Sealant: Provide product complying with ASTM C 834 and, except for weight loss measured per ASTM C 792, with ASTM C 920 that accommodates joint movement of not more than 25 percent in both extension and compression for a total of 50 percent. D. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant: a. "AC-20," Pecora Corp. b. "Sonolac," Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc. c. "Tremco Acrylic Latex 834," Tremco, Inc. 2. Silicone-Emulsion Sealant: a. "Trade Mate Paintable Glazing Sealant," Dow Corning Corp. 2.5 SILICONE SEALANT A. Silicone Emulsion Sealant: Provide product complying with ASTM C834 and, except for wight loss measured per ASTM C 792, with ASTM cno that accommodates joint movement of not more than 25 percent in both extension and compression for a total of 50 percent. I. Silicone-Emulsion Sealant: ' a. "Trade mate Pairitable Glazing Sealant," Dow Corning Corp. 2. Silicone sealant Manufacturer's: (Exterior, integral color, grade NS Type S) a. Dow Corning 795. b. Pecora; 865. c. G.B. Silicone; SilPrufNB SCS 9000. d. Tremco; Spectrem 1. 3. Conform to selected sealant manufacturer's recommended system in each application., 2.6 JOINT SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible withjoint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonwaxing, nonextruding strips of flexible plastic foam of material indicated below and of size, shape, and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: 1. Open-cell polyurethane foam. 2. Closed-cell polyethylene foam, nonabsorbent to liquid water and gas, nonoutgassing in unruptured state. 3. Proprietary, reticulated, closed-cell polymeric foam, nonoutgassing, with a density of2.5 pcf and tensile strength of 35 psi per ASTM D 1623, and with water absorption less than 0.02 gms/cc per ASTM C 1083. 4. Any material indicated above. JOINT SEALANTS & GASKETING 07901-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I_I I I I I I I I I I I 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installiltion Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. D~ Installation ofSea1ant Backings: Install sealant backings to comply with the following requirements: 1. Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to j oint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. a. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint fIllers. b. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint fillers. c. Remove absorbent joint fillers that have become wet prior to sealant application and replace with dry material. 2. Install bond breaker tape between sealants where backer rods are not used between sealants and joint fillers or back of joints. E. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time sealant backings are installed. F. Tooling ofNonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. 1. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. G. Installation of Preformed Foam Sealants: Install each length of sealant immediately after removing protective wrapping, taking care not to pull or stretch material, and to comply with sealant manufacturer's directions for installation methods, materials, and tools that produce seal continuity at ends, turns, and intersections of joints. For applications at low ambient temperatures where expansion of sealant requires acceleration to produce seal, apply heat to sealant in confonnance with sealant manufacturer's recommendations. - 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so that and installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. 3.6 CAULKING & SEALANTS SCHEDULE A. Sealants: JOINT SEALANTS & GASKETING 07901-5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I_I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 8 - DOORS & WINDOWS SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes steel doors, frames and hollow metal window frames, materials installation and accessories. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry" for building anchors into and grouting frames in rnasomy construction. 2. Division 8 Section "Wood Doors" for solid wood doors installed in steel or wood frames. 3. Division 8 Section "Door Hardware" for door hardware and weatherstripping. 4. Division 8 Section "Glazing" for glass in steel doors and sidelights. 5. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for spot grouting frames in gypsum board partitions. 6. Division 9 Section "Painting" for field painting primed doors and frames. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to Section 01330 Section. B. Product Data for each type of door and frame specified, including details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance, sound ratings, profiles, and finishes. C. Shop Drawings showing fabrication and installation of steel doors and frames. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at openings, details of construction, location and installation requirements of door and frame hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. D. Door Schedule: Submit schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Contract Drawings. 1. Indicate coordination of glazing frames and stops with glass and glazing requirements. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide doors and frames complying with ANSI/Sm 100 "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" and as specified. B. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Units that comply with NFPA 80, are identical to door and frame assemblies tested for fire-test-response characteristics per ASTM E 152, and are labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to State Fire Marshal. 1. Temperature-Rise Rating: Where indicated, provide doors that have a temperature-rise rating of 450 deg F (250 deg C) maximum in 30 minutes of fire exposure. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver doors and frames cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory-finished doors and frames. B. Inspect doors and frames on delivery for damage.. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items match new work and are acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. C. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4-inch- ( 1 OO-mm-) high wood blocking. Avoid using non-vented plastic or canvas shelters that could create a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrappers on doors become wet, remove cartons immediately. Provide ~ 1I4-inch (6-mm) spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I_I I I I I I I I I I I 4. Wood trim. B. Door Silencers: Except on weatherstripped frames, drill stops to receive 3 silencers on strike jambs of single-door frames and 2 silencers on heads of double-door frames. C. Plaster Guards: Provide minimum 0.0 179-inch- (0.45-mm-) thick steel plaster guards or mortar boxes at back of hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation and to close off interior of openings. D. Grout: Required in masonry construction, as specified in Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry." Grout frames in interior gypsum partitions as detailed and in conformance with tested fire rated assembly. 2.5 FABRlCA TION A. Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp, or buckle. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment. to assure proper assembly at Project site. Comply with ANSI/SDI 100 requirements. 1. Internal Construction: One of the following manufacturer's standard core materials according to SOl standards: a. Rigid polyurethane conforming to ASTM C 591, Exterior doors. b. Mineral Core for rated and tested door assemblies. . 2. Clearances: Not more than 1/8 inch at jambs and heads, except not more than 1/4 inch between non-tire-rated pairs of doors. Not more than 3/4 inch at bottom. a. Fire Doors: Provide clearances according to NFP A 80. B. Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels, including stiles and rails of non-flush units, from only cold-rolled steel sheet. C. Tolerances: Comply with sm 117 "Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames." D. Fabricate concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers, and moldings from either cold- or hot-rolled steel sheet Eo Galvanized Steel Doors, Panels, and Frames: For the following locations, fabricate doors, panels, and frames from galvanized steel sheet according to SDI 112. Close top and bottom edges of doors flush as an integral part of door construction or by addition of minimum O.0635-inch- (1.6-mm-) thick galvanized steel channels, with channel webs placed even with top and bottom edges. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration. 1. At exterior locations. F. Thermal-Rated (Insulating) Assemblies: Atexterior locations and elsewhere as scheduled, provide doors fabricated as thermal-insulating door and frame assemblies and tested according to ASTM C 236 or ASTM C 976 on fully operable door assemblies. 1. Provide thermal-rated assemblies with V-value rating of 0.41 Btulsq. ft. x h x deg F (2.33 W /sq. m x K) or better. G. Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to fmal door hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of SDI 107 and ANSI AIlS Series specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. 1. For door closers, provide space, reinforcing, and provisions for fastening in top rail of doors or head of frames, as applicable. H. Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface- applied hardware may be done at Project site. 1. Locate hardware as indicated on Shop Drawings or, if not indicated, according to the Door and Hardware Institute's (DHI) "Recommended Locations for Architecnual Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-3 I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1-_1 I I I I I I I I I I C. Door lnstallation: Fit metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in ANSI/8m 100. 1. Fire-Rated Doors: Install with clearances specified in NFP A 80. 2. Smoke-Control Doors: Comply with NFP A 105. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Prime Coat Touchup: lnunediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying primer. B. Protection Removal: Immediately before fmal inspection, remove protective wrappings from doors and frames. END OF SECTION STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I [I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 8 - DOORS & WINDOWS SECTION 08211 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART I-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Solid-core doors with wood-veneer faces. 2. Factory fitting flush wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of door. Include details of core and edge construction. trim for openings. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location. size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered in Product Data; location and extent of hardware blocking; and other pertinent data. 1. Indicate dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware. 2. Indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts. 3. Indicate requirements for veneer matching. C. Samples for Verification: As follows: 1. Comer sections of doors approximately 8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 rom) with door faces and edgings representing the typical range of color and grain for each species of veneer and solid lumber required. Finish sample with same materials proposed for factory-fmished doors. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Quality Standard: Comply with the following standard: 1. NWWDA Quality Standard: NWWDA I.S.I-A, "Architectural Wood Flush Doors." 2. A WI Quality Standard: A wrs "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" for grade of door, core, construction, finish, and other requirements. 3. Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Doors complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, fOI fIre ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFP A 252. 4. Test Pressure: Test at atmospheric pressure. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect doors during transit, storage, and handling to prevent damage, soiling, and. deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Individually package doors in plastic bags or cardboard canons. B. Markeach door with individual opening numbers used on Shop Drawings. Use removable tags or concealed markings. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until building is enclosed, wet-work is complete. 1.6 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Door manufacturer's warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of their rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent \\lith, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I C. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI- WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, Dm Al15-W series standards, and hardware templates. 1. Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine installed door frames before hanging doors. 1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. 2. Reject doors with defects. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation. see Division 8 Section "Door Hardware." B. Manufacturer's Written Instructions: Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, referenced quality standard, and as indicated. C. Job-Fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or peniritted with :fue-rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. 1. Clearances: Provide 1/8 inch at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. Prpvide 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor fmish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4 inch from bottom of door to top of threshold. 2. Bevel non-fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches (3-1/2 degrees) at lock and hinge edges. D. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. E. Field-Finished Doors: Refer to the following for fInishing requirements: 1. Division 9 Section "Painting. II 3.3 ADJUSTING AND PROTECTING A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not s'wing or operate freely. B. Finished Doors: RefInish or replace doors damaged during installation. C. Protect doors as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood doors are without damage or deterioration until the time of Architect's Final Certificate. END OF SECTION FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 8 - DOORS & WINDOWS SECTION 08212 - PANEL WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section includes the following: 1. Interior solid core wood doors with applied trim. 1.2 SCOPE A. Review all existing openings for new doors and for replacement of door and frame. Replace to provide a smooth uniform and serviceable finished product. Use approved fillers upon approval of the Architect. See drawings for indicated work. Remove all paint, hardware and refit doors to openings. Install new hardware as indicated. Patch and repair salvaged doors and existing door frames. See Section 08710, Finished Hardware. 1.3 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. Conform to the following Standards: 1. AWl Quality Standards 2. NWMAISI. 3. Cormnercial Standard CS-171 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300. 1. Submit manufacturer's product literature and specifications. 2. Submit door details, schedule and elevations. 3. Submit manufacturer's five (5) year warranty. 1.5 PRODUCT PACKAGING, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Packaging: Package doors individually in heavy cardboard cartons. B. Handling: Upon delivery, inspect doors and where necessary, hand clean to remove soiled spots due to handling. C. Storage: Do no store doors in any pan of the building until 7 -days after all wet work (hosing, masonry work, plaster work) has been completed and areas are thoroughly dry. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Doors: 1. 2. 3. 4. General: Interior type, Premiwn Grade Wood Door. Adhesive: USPS PS-51, Type 2. Panel Door Design: Panel solid wood, 1-3/4" thick, match existing. All wood shall be preservative water repellent treated in accordance with National Woodwork Manufacturer's Association I.S. 1-66. 2.2 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate doors in accordance with Premium Grade requirements of A WI. B. Prefitting: Factory prefit to existing net sizes. C. Sealing: Coat raw edges of all cutouts and edges with material recommended by door manufacturer. PANEL WOOD DOORS 08212-1 II II II I!I 1;1 II II I ,I II II II II II t! II. II II 'I II DIVISION 8 - DOORS & WINDOWS SECTION 08311 - ACCESS DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following types of access doors: 1. Interior plumbing & chase walls, access panels. 2. Interior inaccessible ceiling access panels. 3. Drop - down access stair (Attic stair). B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for gypsum board walls and ceilings. 2. Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories" for duct access doors and mechanical unit access. 1.2 SUBMITT ALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each type of access door assembly specified, including details of construction relative to materials, individual components, profiles, finishes, & fire-protection ratings (if required). 1. Include complete schedule, including types, general locations, sizes, wall and ceiling construction details, latching or locking provisions, and other data pertinent to installation. C. Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of customized access doors and frames, including details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, anchorage, and accessory items. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain access doors for entire Project from one source and by a single manufacturer. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Verification: Detennine specific locations and sizes for access doors needed to gain access to concealed equipment, and indicate on schedule specified under "Submittals" Article. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1, Cesco Products. 2. J.L Industries. 3. Karp Associates, Inc. 4. Larsen's Manufacturing Co. 5. Milcor, Inc. 6. Nystrom, Inc. 7. The Williams Bros. Corporation of America. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366/A 366M commercial-quality, cold-rolled steel sheet with baked-on, rust-inhibitive primer. 2.3 ACCESS DOORS A. Insulated, Access Doors: Self-latching units consisting offrame, trim, door, insulation, and hardware, ACCESS DOORS 08311-1 II II II II II II II II II I, I-I II II Ij II II 1-, I] I) DIVISION 8 - DOORS & WINDOWS SECTION 0833} - OVERHEAD COILING DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. All Steel Rolling Counter Doors shall be Series CDlO as manufactured by The Cookson Company, Phoenix, Arizona. Furnished materials shall include all curtains, bottom bars, guides, brackets, hoods, operating mechanisms and any special features. B. Work not to be included by The Cookson Company includes design of, material for and preparation of door openings but not .lirnited to structural or miscellaneous iron work, metal or wood trim, access panels, fmish painting, electrical wiring, conduit and disconnect switches. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All rolling counter doors shall be designed to a standard maximum of 10 cycles per day and an overall maximum of20,000 operating cycles for the life of the door. B. The ColotCote finish shall be such that there is no corrosion when the .material is subjected to salt spra y resistance test ASTM B-117 for 1000 hours. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. The door curtain shall be constructed of interconnected strip steel slats conforming to ASTM A- 653. The curtain shall be constructed of 22 gauge No. 10 (1-1/4" high by 3/8" deep) slats as designated by The Cookson Company. B. The fInish on the door curtain shall be Cookson ColorCote consisting of the following: 1. Hot dipped galvanized G-90 coating consistent with ASTM A-653 2. Bonderized coating for prime coat adhesion 3. Factory applied Thermosetting Powder Coating applied with a minimum thickness of 2 mils. The color shall be selected by the architect and shall be chosen from standard color charts. C. The bottom bar shall be constructed of tubular extruded aluminum measuring 1-5/16" deep by 2- 114" high and shall include the Cookson Featheredge safety edge system. The bottom bar shall be the Cookson ColorCote.finish as indicated in the curtain section. D. The guides shall be constructed of extruded aluminum and measures 1-3/4" square. Each side of the channel portion capturing the curtain shall contain wool pile weatherstripping. The guides shall be the Cookson ColorCote finish as indicated in the curtain section. E. The brackets shall be constructed of 118" thick steel plate. The finish on the brackets shall be the Cookson ColorCote fmish as indicated in the curtain section. F. The barrel shall be steel tubing of not less than 4" in diameter. Oil tempered torsion springs shall be capable of correctly counter balancing the weight of the curtain. The barrel shall be designed to limit the maximum deflection to .03" per foot of opening width. The finish on the barrel shall be one (1) coat of bronze rust-inhibiting prime paint. G. The hood shall be fabricated from 24 gauge galvanized steel and shall be formed to fit the square brackets. The finish on the hood shall be the Cookson ColorCote finish as indicated in the curtain section. OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 08331-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I_I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08521 - ALUMINUM WINDOWS PARTI-GENERAL 1.1 SlJM.'\1ARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Exterior thermal fixed sash aluminum windows, triple stop/pane for stained glass. a. Fixed type-Thermal Aluminum. B. Related sections include the following: L Division 7 Section 07920 "Joint Sealants" for joint sealants installed as part of aluminum entrance and storefront systems. 2. Division 8 Section 08800 "Glazing". 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide aluminum window systems capable of withstanding loads and thermal and structural movement requirements indicated without failure, based on testing manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. Failure includes the following: 1. Air infiltration and water penetration exceeding specified limits. 2. Framing members transferring stresses, including those caused by thermal and structural movement, to glazing units. B. Glazing: Physically and thermally isolate glazing from framing members. C. Glazing-to-Glazing Joints: Provide glazing-to-glazing joints that accommodate thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and system, prevent glazing-to-glazing contact, and maintain required edge clearances. D. Wind Loads: Provide entrance and storefront systems, including anchorage, capable of withstanding wind-load design pressures calculated according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction or the American Society of Civil Engineers' ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures," 6.4.2, "Analytical Procedure," whichever are more stringent. 1. Deflection of framing members in a direction nonnal to wall plane is limited to 1/l75 of clear span or 3/4 inch (19 nun), whichever is smaller, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Static-Pressure Test Performance: Provide entrance and storefront systems that do not evidence material failures, structural distress, failure of operating components to fimction normally, or permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of clear span when tested according to ASTM E 330. a. Test Pressure: 150 percent of inward and outward wind-load design pressures. b. Duration: As required by design wind velocity; fastest 1 mile (1.609 km) of wind for relevant exposure category. E. Seismic Loads: Provide entrance and storefront systems, including anchorage, capable of withstanding the effects of earthquake motions calculated according to requirements of IBC and ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures," Section 9, "Earthquake Loads," whichever is more stringent. F. Dead Loads: Provide system members that do not deflect an amount which will reduce glazing bite below 75 percent of design dimension when carrying full dead load. 1. Provide a minimum liS-inch (3 .18-mm}clearance between members and top of glazing or other fixed part immediately below. G. Live Loads: Provide window systems, including anchorage, that accommodate the supporting structures' deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads indicated without failure of materials or permanent deformation. H. Air Infiltration: Provide entrance and storefront systems with permanent resistance to air leakage ALUMINUM WINDOWS 0852]-1 I" I I" I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I' I I I I I I I [I I I I I I I I I I I PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. " Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Kawneer. 2. Traco. 3. W.K.K. 4. U.S. Aluminum. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated, complying with the requirements of standards indicated below. 1. Extruded Aluminum 6063T-5 - Bronze anodized; .25" minimum thickness. 2. Thermally broken, 1" glazing. B. Steel Reinforcement: Complying with ASTM A 36 (ASTM A 36M) for structural shapes, plates, and bars; ASTM A 611 for cold-rolled sheet and strip; or ASTM A 570 (ASTM A 570M) for hot- rolled sheet and strip. C. Glazing as specified in Division 8 Section "Glazing." D. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard pressure-glazing system of black, resilient glazing gaskets, setting blocks, and shims or spacers, fabricated from an elastomer of type and in hardness recommended by system and gasket manufacturer to comply with system performance requirements. Provide gasket assemblies that have comers sealed with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. E. Spacers, Setting Blocks, Gaskets, and Bond Breakers: Manufacturer's standard permanent, nonrnigrating types in hardness recommended by manufacturer, compatible with sealants, and suitable for system performance requirements. F. Sealant: For use as weatherseal, compatible with other system components with which it comes in contact, and that accommodates a 50 percent increase or decrease in joint width at the time of application when measured according to ASTM C 719. 1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. 2. Use neutral-cure silicone sealant with insulating-glass units. G. Framing system gaskets, sealants, and joint fillers as recommended by manufacturer for joint type. H. " Sealants and joint fillers for joints at perimeter of entrance and storefront systems as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 1. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt-mastic paint complying with SSPC-Paint 12 requirements, except containing no asbestos, formulated for 30-mil (0.762-mm.) thickness per coat. 2.3 COMPONENTS A. Provide manufacturer's standard thermal glazed double pane window with minimum O.12S-inch- (3.2-rnm-) thick, extruded rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten comers with reinforcing brackets that are deep penetration and fillet welded or that incorporate concealed tie-rods. 1. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Provide manufacturer's standard snap-on extruded-aluminum glazing stops and preformed gaskets. B. Brackets and Reinforcements: Provide manufacturer's standard brackets and reinforcements that are compatible with adjacent materials. Provide nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components. C. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding ALUMINUM WTh'"DOWS 08521-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i I I I I [I I I I I I I I I I I subframes and reinforcing of types indicated or, if not indicated, as required for a complete system. Factory assemble components to greatest extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. J. Reinforce as required to support imposed loads; Factory assemble frame units and factory install hardware to greatest extent possible. Reinforce frame units as required for installing hardware indicated. Cut, drill, and tap for factory-installed hardware before fmishing components. 1. Exterior: Provide compression weather stripping at fixed stops. Provide sliding weather stripping retained in adjustable strip mortised into operable window framing. 2.6 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. General: Comply with KAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for ..<\rchitecrural and Metal Products" for recommendations relative to applying and designating tinishes. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. C. Finish designations prefixed by AA conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. D. Class I, Clear (AA-MI2C22A41) or dark bronze Anodic Finish as selected by Architect AA- MI2C22A42/A44 Mechanical Finish: nonspecular as fabricated; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class 1, .018 mm complying with AAMA 611. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas, with Installer present, tor compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of entrance and storefront systems. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Confirm sill flashing forms waterdam to prevent leaking to interior. 3.2 INST ALLA nON A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for protecting, handling, and installing entrance and storefront systems. Do not install damaged components. Fit frame joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. Seal joints watenight. B. Metal Protection: Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action 'by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. C. Install components to drain water passing joints and condensation and moisture occurring or migrating within the system to the exterior. D. Set continuous sill members and flashing in a full sealant bed to provide weathertight construction, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." E. Install framing components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades without warp or rack of framing members. F. Install glazing to comply with requirements of Division 8 Section "Glazing," unless otherwise indicated. ALUMINUM WINDOWS 08521~5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1- I II I I I I I I I I DIVISION 8 - DOORS & WINDOWS SECTION 08710- DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes items known commercially as finish or door hardware that are required for swing, except special types of unique hardware specified in the same sections as the doors and door frames on which they are installed. B. This Section includes the following: 1. Hinges. 2. Lock cylinders and keys. 3. Lock and latch sets. 4. Exit devices. 5. Closers. 6. Overhead holders and Door Control Devices. 7. Protection plates. 8. Weatherstripping for exterior doors. 9. Thresholds. 10. Door stops and bumpers 11. Panic devices. C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Div 8 Section "Metal Doors and Frames" for factory pre-fitting and factory pre-machining of doors for door hardware and for silencers integral with frames. 2. Di v 8 Section "Panel Wood Doors II for factory pre- fitting and factory pre-machining of doors for door hardware. D. Products furnished but not installed under this Section include: 1. Final replacement cores and keys to be installed by Hardware suppliers locksmith. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Section 01300 Submittals. B. Product data including manufacturers' technical product data for each item of door hardware, installation instructions, maintenance of operating parts and fmish, and other information necessary to show compliance with requirements. C. Final hardware schedule coordinated with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and fmish of door hardware. 1. Final Hardware Schedule Content: Based on hardware indicated, organize schedule into "hardware sets" indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Include the following information: a. Type, style, function, size, and [mish of each hardware item; b. Name and manufacturer of each item. c. Fastenings and other pertinent information. d. Location of each hardware set cross referenced to indications on Drawings both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. e. Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. f. Mounting locations for hardware. g. Door and frame sizes, materials, and frre rating. h. Keying information. Submittal Sequence: Submit initial draft of [mal schedule along with essential product data in order to facilitate the fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Subinit fmal schedule after samples, product data, coordination with shop drawings of other work. delivery schedules, and similar information has been completed and accepted. Keying Schedule: Submit separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the Owner's [mal 2. 3. DOOR HARDWARE 08710-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I . I I I I I~ I I I I I I I I I I I B. Approved manufacturer's oflocksets hardware: 1. Schlage. 2. Kwikset. 3. Sargent. 4. Falcon. 2.2 SCHEDULED HARDWARE A. Requirements for design, grade, function, fInish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of finish hardware are indicated in the "Hardware Schedule" at the end of this Section. Products are identified by using hardware designation numbers of the following: 1. Manufacturer's Product Designations: The product designation and name of one manufacturer are listed for each hardware type required for the purpose of establishing minimU1n requirements. Provide either the product designated or, where more than one manufacturer is specified under the Article "Manufacturers" in Part 2 for each hardware type, comparable product of one of the other manufacturers that complies with requirements. 2. ANSIIBHMA designations used elsewhere in this Section or schedules to describe hardware items or to define quality or function are derived from the following standards. Provide products complying withese standards & requirements specified elsewhere in this Section. a. Butts and Hinges: ANSlIBHMA A156.1. b. Bored and Preassembled Locks and Latches: ANSIIBHMA A156.2. c. Exit Devices: ANSIIBHMA A156.3. d. Door Controls - Closers: ANSIIBHMA A156.4. e. Auxiliary Locks and Associated Products: ANSlfBHMA A156.5. f. Architectural Door Trim: ANSI/BHMA A156.6. g. Template Hinge Dimensions: ANSIIBHMAA156.7. h. Door Controls - Overhead Holders: ANSI/BHMA A156.8. 1. Mortise Locks and Latches: ANSI/BHMA A 156.13. J. Auxiliary Hardware: ANSVBHMAA156.l6. k. Materials and Finishes: ANSIIBHMA A156.18. 2.3 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION A. Manufacturer's Name Plate: Do not use manufacturers' products that have manufacturer's name or trade name displayed in a visible location (omit removable nameplates) except in conjunction with required flIe-rated labels and as otherwise acceptable to Architect. 1. Manufacturer's identification will be permitted on rim oflock cylinders only. B. Base Metals: Produce hardware units of basic metal and forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness, but in no case of lesser (commercially recognized) quality than specified for applicable hardware units by applicable ANSIIBHMA A 156 series standards for each type of hardware item and with A. 'lSIIBHMA A156.18 for finish designations indicated. Do not furnish "optional" materials or forming methods for those indicated, except as otherwise specified. C. Fasteners: Provide hardware manufactured to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware that has been prepared for self-tapping sh~et metal screws, except as specifically indicated. D. Furnish screws for installation with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flat-head screws except as otherwise indicated Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match hardware finish or, if eX'Posed in surfaces of other work, to match finish of this other work as closely as possible including "prepared for paint" surfaces to receive painted fmish. E. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units that are exposed when door is closed except to the extent no standard units ofrype specified are available with concealed fasteners. F. Use through-bolts for installation of door closers on wood doors. Provide sleeves for each through-bolt or use sex screw fasteners. DOOR HARDWARE 08710-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II II I I , I I I I I I requirements for throw of bolts and latch bolts on rated Hre openings. 1. Provide 1/2" minimum throw oflatch for other bored & preassembled types oflocks. Provide 1" minimum throw for all dead bolts. 2.7 CLOSERS AND DOOR CONTROL DEVICES A. Size of Units: Except as otherwise specifically indicated, comply with the manufacturer's recommendations for size of door control unit depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. L Provide parallel anns for all overhead closers, except as otherwise indicated. B. Access-Free Closers: Where closers are indicated for doors, all are required to be accessible to the physically handicapped. Provide adjustable units complying with ANSI A 117.1 and ADAAG provisions for door opening force and delayed action closing. C. Provide grey resilient parts for exposed bumpers. 2.8 DOOR TRIM UNITS A. Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners for door trim units consisting of either machine screws or self-tapping screws. B. Fabricate edge trim of stainless steel to fit door thickness in standard lengths or to match height of protection plates. C. Fabricate protection plates not more than 1-1/2 inches less than door width on hinge side and not more than 1/2 inch less than door width on pull side by height indicated. 1. Metal Plates: Stainless Steel, 0.062 inch (U.S. 16 gage). 2.9 WEATHERSTRIPPING AND SEALS A. General: Provide continuous weatherstripping on exterior doors. Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated. B. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strip is easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer. C. Weatherstripping at Jambs and Heads: Provide with door assembly. 2.10 THRESHOLDS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide standard metal threshold unit of type, size, and ADA Handicap profile. Screw thresholds to substrate with No. 10 or larger screws of the proper type for permanent anchorage and/or bronze or stainless steel which will not corrode in contact with the threshold metal. Cut and fit thresholds to profIle of door frames, with mitered corners and hairline joints. Cut smooth openings for spindles, bolts, and similar items. B. Exterior Hinged Doors: Provide units not less than 4"-wide, fabricated to accommodate door hardware & fit door frames, as scheduled. 2.11 HARDWARE FINISHES A. Match items to the standard color and texture finish for the latch and Jocksets: L Locksets & Latchsets: US 26D. B. Provide fmishes that match those established by BHMA and adopted by the Owner. C. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness, and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than specified by r~ferenced standards for the applicable units of hardware. DOOR HARDWARE 08710-5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1- I I I I I I I I I I I 2.13 ACTIVATION AND SAFETY DEVICES A. Actuator: Wall Push-Plate Switch; manufacturer's standard semi flush, wall-mounted, 48" A.F.F., door control switch; consisting of square, flat push plate; of material indicated; and controlling actuator mounted in recessed junction box (Door 100 & 001). Provide engraved message as indicated. 1. Material: Stainless steel. 2. Message: International symbol of accessibility and "Push to Open." B. Electrical Interlocks: Unless units are equipped with self-protecting devices or circuits, provide electrical interlocks to prevent activation of operator when door is locked, latched, or bolted. 1. Microprocessor Control: The system shall include a multi-function microprocessor control providing adjustable hold open time (1 - 30 sec.), LED indications for actual position unknown, system status, open obstruction shutdown, activation signal, safety mat/sensor signa~ "Stop and Hold" signal, and mode selector switches providing a means for easy field selection of the following functions - "Push-to-Start", Latch Assist, ratchet activation mode, and stack pressure. Control shall be capable of receiving activation signals from any device '.\1.th N.D. dry contact output. With "Push- To-Start" function enables, the control shall provide a means of initiating a self-start activation circuit by slightly pushing the door open at any point in the door swing. The unit can operate in standard time-delay mode allowing the door to close from the full open position, after the hold time is satisfied, or in ratchet mode, where an activation signal initiates the open cycle and a second activation signal initiates the close cycle. All activation modes shall provide fully adjustable opening speed. The door shall be held open by low voltage applied to the operation and shuts the motor offif an open obstruction is sensed. The control shall include a "Safety First" recycle feaUlIe that reopens the door if an obstruction is sensed at any point during its closing cycle. The control shall include a standard three-position toggle switch with functions for ON, OFF, and HOLD OPEN. 2. Enclosure: Operator shall be completely self-contained within an extruded aluminum header (alloy 6063- T6) with removable access cover with an overall size of 4-1/2 in. deep x 6 in. high. Header and cover shall be integral color anodized/painted to match adjacent storefront/frame finish: PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, except as specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations, and ADA Handicap provisions. 1. "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" by the Door and Hardware Institute. 2. "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames" by the Door and Hardware Institute. 3. NWWDA Industry Standard 1.S.1. 7, "Hardware Lo.cations for Wood Flush Doors." B. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Where cutting and fitting is. required to install hardware onto or. into surfaces that are later to be painted or fInished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation or application of surface protection with finishing work specified in the Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until fmishes have been completed on the substrates involved. C. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. D. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. E. Set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of butyl-rubber or polyisobutylene mastic sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers." 3.2 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND DEMONSTRATING DOOR HARDWARE 08710-7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I_I I I I I I I I I I I Hardware Set No. [3J: Interior Single 3'x7'-O" Toilet Room, privacy [1] Lever Lockset, privacy function (SG) Mortise cyiindricallever iockset with cylinder, privacy function, US03 (SM) Hinges, FBB 179 4-i/2" x 4-1/2", NRP US03 (SG) EN143l-0UxTB (RW) 8"x34" 8.S., .050" US03 (RW) 6"x34" S.S. US03 (RW) 608 (RW) 403-US03 (PK) 3' H/C, rubber [1 ~~] Pair Hinges [1] Closer [1] Kick plate [1 J Mop plate [3] Silencers [1] Wail Stop [1] 3' Transition Strip (rubber) [1] Closer END OF SECTION DOOR HARDWARE 08710-9 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1- I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 8 - DOORS & WINnows SECTION 08800 - GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes glazing for the following products, including those specified in other Sections . where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section: 1. Window units. 2. Vision lites. 3. Entrances and other doors. 4. Mirrors. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Manufacturer is used in this Section to refer to a firm that produces primary glass or fabricated glass as defined in the referenced glazing standard. B. Deterioration of Coated Glass: Defects developed from normal use that are attributed to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's directions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in metallic coating. C. Deterioration of Laminated Glass: Defects developed from normal use that are attributed to the manufacturing process and not to glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning laminated glass contrary to manufacturer's directions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laIDinated glass standard. . D. Deterioration ofInsulating Glass: Failure of the hermetic seal WIder normal use due to causes other than glass breakage and improper practices for maintaining, and cleaning insulating glass. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on the interior surfuces of glass. Improper practices for maintaining and cleaning glass do not comply with the manufacturer's directions. 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide glazing systems that are produced, fabricated, and installed to withstand normal thermal movement, wind loading, and impact loading (where applicable), without failure including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; and other defects in construction. B. Glass Design: Glass thicknesses indicated on Drawings are for detailing only. Confirm glass thicknesses by analyzing Project loads and in-service conditions. Provide glass lites for the various size openings in the thicknesses and strengths (annealed or heat-treated) to meet or exceed the following criteria: L Minimum glass thickness, nominally, oflites is 6.0 nun (0.23 inch). 2. Tinted and heat-absorbing glass thicknesses for each tint indicated are the same throughout Project. 3. Minimum glass thicknesses oflites, whether composed of annealed or heat-treated glass, are selected so the worst-case probability of failure does not exceed the following: a. 8 lites per 1000 for lites set Determine minimum thickness of monolithic annealed glass according to ASTM E 1300. For other than monolithic annealed glass, determine thickness per glass manufacturer's standard method of analysis including applying adjustment factors to ASTM E 1300 based on type of glass. C. Normal thermal movement results from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures acting on glass-framing members and glazing components. Base engineering calculation qn materials' actual surface temperatures due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss. GLAZING 08800-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1- I I I I I I I I I I I 3. National Certified Testing Laboratories (NCTL). E. Glazier Qualifications: Engage an experienced glazier who has completed glazing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project with a record of successful in-service performance. F. Single-Source Responsibility for Glass: Obtain glass from one source for each product indicated below: 1. .., ..... Primary glass of each (ASTM C 1036) type and class indicated. Heat-treated glass of each (ASTM C 1048) condition indicated. Laminated glass of each (ASTM C 1172) kind indicated. Insulating glass of each construction indicated. 3. 4. G. Single-Source Responsibility for Glazing Accessories: Obtain glazing accessories from one source for each product and installation method indicated. 1.6 DELI~RY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect glazing materials to comply with manufacturer's directions and as needed to prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sUn, or other causes. l.i PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by glazing materials manufacturer or when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. Install liquid sealants at ambient and substrate temperatures above 40 deg F (4.4 deg C). 1.8 WARRANTY A. General: Warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Subcontractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Manufacturer's Warranty on Coated Glass and Laminated Glass Products: Submit written warranty signed by coated glass manufacturer agreeing to furnish replacements for those coated glass units that deteriorate as defined in "Definitions" article, f.o.b. point of manufacture, freight allowed Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. Warranty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, and cleaning practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. 1. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 5 years after date of Architect's Final Certificate. C. Manufacturer's Warranty on Insulating Glass: Submit written warranty signed by manufacturer of insulating glass agreeing to furnish replacements for insulating glass units that deteriorate as defmed in "Definitions" article, f.o.b. point of manufacture , freight allowed Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. Warranty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, protecting, and maintaining practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. 1. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 10 years after date of Mechanical completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Reference E-03 General Conditions for substitutions. GLAZING 08800-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I [I I I I I I I I I I I 2.5 WIRED GLASS A. Wired Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type II (patterned and wired glass, flat), Class I (clear), Quality q8 (glazing); 6 rom (0.23 inch) thick; of form and mesh pattern indicated below: 1. Polished Wired Glass: Form 1 (wired, polished both sides), and as follows: a. Mesh m2 (square). B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering wired glass products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following companies. 1. Polished Wired Glass: a. Central Glass Co., Ltd. b. Pilkington Sales (North America) Ltd. c. Monsanto. 2.6 INSULATING GLASS PRODUCTS A. Sealed Insulating Glass Units: Preassembled units consisting of organically sealed lites of glass separated by dehydrated air spaces complying with ASlM E 774 and with other requirements indicated, including those in Insulating Glass Product Data Sheet at the end of this Section. 1. Individual glass lites making up thennal glazed units: a. 14" gray tinted exterior pane with tint on #2 in board surface. b. Yz" Space. c. '4" Clear inboard \vith Low E "solar ban" coating on #3 in board surface. 2. Provide heat-treated, coated float glass of kind indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, Kind HS (heat strengthened) where recommended by manufacturer to comply with system performance requirements specified and Kind Ff (fully tempered) where safety glass is designated or required by code (temper all units except clerestories). 3. Perfonnance characteristics designated for coated insulating glass are nominal values based on manufacturer's published test data for units with lites 6.0 rom (0.23 inch) thick and nominal1l2-inch dehydrated space between lites, unless otherwise indicated. 4. V-values are expressed as BtuJhour x sq. ft. x deg F: a. Visible Light Transmittance: (40) percent minimum b. Winter Nighttime V-Factor: (0.31) maximum. c. Sunnner Daytime V-Factor: (0.32) maximum. d. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (0040) maximuin. e. Outdoor Visible Reflectance: (0.34) percent rnaximmn. . 2.7 MIRRORS A. General: Provide products of type indicated, complying with the following requirements: I. Glass shall be Type I transparent flat type, Class I - clear, Glazing Quality q1 6.4 mm(1/4") thick conforming to ASTM C1036. Glass shall be coated with silver coating, copper protective coating, and mirror backing paint conforming to FS D D- M -411. 2. Silver coating shall be highly adhesive pure silver coating of thickness to provide reflectivity of 83 percent or more of incident light when viewed through 1/4" glass, free of pinholes or other defects. 3. Copper protective coating shall be pure bright reflective copper, homogeneous without sludge, pinholes or other defects, of proper thickness to prevent "adhesion pull" by mirror backing paint. Mirror backing paint consists of two coats of scratch and abrasion-resistant paint, baked in uniform for protection of silver and copper coatings, which will perrnit nonnal cutting and edge fabrication. B. Mirror Accessories: 1. Mastic shall be polymer type mirror mastic resistant to water, shock, cracking, vibration and thermal expansion. Mastic shall be compatible with mirror backing paint and approved by . mirror manufacturer. 2. Mirror frames shall be "J-mold channel" fabricated of one-piece roll-formed Type 304 stainless steel \\lith No.4 brushed satin fInish with concealed fasteners to keep mirror snug to wall. Frames shall be 1 1/4"xl/4"x1l4" continuous at top and bottom of mirrors. Provide GLAZING 08800-5 1 I 1 I I I 1 I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I 1- I I I I I I I I I I I following companies. a. Preformed Gaskets: 1. Advanced Elastomer Systems, L.P. 2. Schnee-Morehead, Inc. 3. Tremco, Inc. 2.11 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials involved for glazing application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cleaners, Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. C. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore A durometer hardness of85 plus or minus 5. D. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions with a Shore A durometer hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side-walking). F. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonextruding, nonoutgassing, strips of closed-cell plastic foam of density, size, and shape to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to produce optimum sealant performance. G. Reflective Film: Llumar window film for interior safety one-way mirror - R15G. 2.12 FABRICATION OF GLASS AND OTHER GLAZING PRODUCTS A. Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with reconnnendations of product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard as required to comply v.:ith system performance requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine glass framing, with glazier present, for compliance with the following: 1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, offsets at comers. 2. Presence and functioning of weep system. 3. Minimum required face or edge clearances. 4. Effective sealing between joints of glass-framing members. B. Do not proceed with glazing until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREP ARA nON A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings that are not firmly bonded to substrates. 3.3 GLAZING, GENERAL A. Comply with combined recommendations of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, except where more stringent requirements are indicated, including fuose in referenced glazing publications. B. Glazing channel dimensions as indicated on Drawings provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required by Project conditions during installation. GLAZING 08800-7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II II I I I I I I I I 1.5 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES SECTION 09255 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Nonload-bearing steel framing members for gypsum board assemblies. 2. Gypsum board assemblies attached to steel or wood framing. 3. Fire rated walls and ceiling systems. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 7 Section "Firestopping" for firestopping systems and fire-resistance-rated joint sealants. 1 " DEFINITIONS A. Gypsum Board Construction Terminology: Refer to ASTM C 11 and GA-505 for definitions oftenns for gypsum board assemblies not defmed in this Section or in other referenced standards. 1.3 ASSEMBL Y PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Sound Transmission Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with STC ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies whose STC ratings were determined according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by a qualified independent testing agency. B. Fire Resistance: Provide gypsum board assemblies with fire-resistance ratings indicated. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data for each type of product specified. C. Shop Drawings showing locations, fabrication, and installation of control and expansion joints including plans, elevations, sections, details of components, and attachments to other units ofW ork. D. Product certificates signed by manufacturers of gypsum board assembly components certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility for Steel Framing: Obtain steel framing members for gypsum board assemblies from a single manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. B. Single-Source Responsibility for Panel Products and Finishing Materials: Obtain each type of gypsum board and other panel products from a single manufacturer. c. Fire- Test-Response Characteristics: Where frre-resistance-rated gypsum board assemblies are indicated, provide gypsum board assemblies that comply with the following requirements: 1. Fire-Resistance Ratings: As indicated by GA File Numbers in GA-600 "Fire Resistance Design Manual" or design designations in UL "Fire Resistance Directory" or in the listing of another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Gypsum board assemblies indicated are identical to assemblies tested for frre resistance according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Deflection and Firestop Track: Top runner provided in fire-resistance-rated assemblies GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I (I I I I I I I I I I I requirements for minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and for depth: 1. Thickness: 0.0359 inch (20gauge) unless otherwise indicated. 2. Depth: 3-5/8 inches (92.1 mm), unless otherwise indicated. 3. Depth: 1 Y2 & 2 Y2 inch furring studs where indicated. 4. Conform to proprietary fire rated framing systems, ie: USG shaftwall and horizontal shaftfrre rated enclosure systems. Provide UL tested system components for a complete tested fire rated assembly. C. Furring Brackets: Serrated-arm type, adjustable, fabricated from corrosion-resistant steel sheet complying with ASTM C 645, minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal of 0.0329 inch (0.84 mm), designed for screw attachment to steel studs and steel rigid furring channels used for furring. D. Steel Channel Bridging: Cold-rolled steel, 0.0598-inch (1.5-mm) minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and 7116-inch- (11.1-mm-) wide flanges, 1-1/2 inches (38.1 nun) deep, 475lbllOOO feet (45 kg/IOO m), unless otherwise indicated. E. Steel Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing complying with ASTM A 653 (ASTM A 653M) or ASTM A 568 (ASTM A 568M), length and width as indicated, and with a minimum base metal (uncoated) thickness as follows: 1. Thickness: 0.0598 inch (1.5 mm) where indicated. F. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Provide fasteners of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel framing and furring members securely to substrates involved; complying with the recommendations of gypsum board manufacturers for applications indicated. G. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C645. H. Resilient Furring Channels: ~'i-inch- (12.7 -mm-) deep, steel sheet members designed to reduce sound transmission. 1. Configuration: Asymmetrical, with face attached to single flange by a slotted leg (web). 2.3 GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS A. General: Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum lengths available that will minimize end-to-end butt joints in each area indicated to receive gypsum board application. 1. Widths: Provide gypsum board in widths of 48 inches (1219 nun). B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36 and as follows: 1. Type: Regular for vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Type: Type X where required fOI fire-resistance-rated assemblies. 3. Type: Proprietary type as required for specific fire-resistance-rated assemblies. 4. Edges: Tapered. 5. Thickness: 5/8 inch, minimum (15.9 mm). 2.4 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Accessories for Interior Installation: Comerbead, edge trim, and control joints complying with ASTM C 1047 and requirements indicated below: 1. Material: Formed metal or plastic, with metal complying with the following requirement: a. Steel sheet zinc coated by hot-dip process or rolled zinc. 2. Shapes indicated below by reference to Fig. 1 designations inASTM C 1047: a. Comerbead on outside comers, unless otherwise indicated. b. LC-bead with both face and back flanges; face flange formed to receive joint compound. Use LC-beads for edge trim, unless otherwise indicated. c. U-bead with face and back flanges; face flange formed to be left without application of joint compound. Use V-bead where indicated. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I [I I I I I I I I I I I PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates to which gypsum board assemblies attach or abut, installed hollow metal frames for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting perfonnance of assemblies specified in this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ceiling Anchorages: Coordinate installation of above ceiling wall bracing at all interior partitions. 33 INSTALLINGSTEELFRAMING,GENERAL A. Steel Framing Installation Standard: Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. B. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. Comply with details indicated and with recommendations of gypsum board lnanufacturer or, ifnone available, with United States Gypsum Co.'s "Gypsum Construction Handbook." C. Isolate steel framing from building structure at non-load bearing walls to prevent transfer ofloading imposed by structural movement. Comply with details shown on Drawings. 1. Where building structure abuts ceiling perimeter or penetrates ceiling. 2. Where partition framing and wan furring abut structure, except at floor. a. Install deflection and firestop track top runner at frre-resistance-rated assemblies where indicated. 1) Attach jamb studs at openings to tracks using manufacturer's standard swd clip. 3.4 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS A. Install runners (tracks) at floors, ceilings, and structural walls and columns where gypsum board stud assemblies abut other construction. 1. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt felt strips or foam gaskets between studs and wall. B. Installation Tolerances: Install each steel framing and furring member so that fastening surfaces do not vary more than 118 inch (3 rom) from the plane formed by the faces of adjacent framing. C. Extend partition framing full height to structural framing or deck. Continue framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board. 1. Cut studs 1/2 inch (13 rom) short of full height to provide perimeter relief. 2. For STC-rated and fire-resistance-rated partitions that extend to the underside of floor/roof slabs and decks or other continuous solid structural surfaces to obtain ratings, install framing around structural and other members extending below floor/roof slabs and decks, as needed, to support gypsum board closures needed to make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid structure. D. Install steel studs and furring in sizes and at spacings indicated. 1. Single- Layer Construction: Space studs 16 inches (406 rom) o.c., unless otherwise indicated. E. Install steel studs so flanges point in the same direction and leading edge or end of each gypsum board panel can be attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud t1anges first. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I-I I I I I I I I I I I 3.7 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim accessories with back flanges, fasten to framing with the same fasteners used to fasten gypsum board. Otherwise, fasten trim accessories according to accessory manufacturer's directions for type, length, and spacing offasteners. B. Install cornerbead at external corners. C. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed. Provide edge trim type with face flange formed to receive joint compound, except where other types are indicated. 1. Install LC-bead where gypsum panels are tightly abutted to other construction and back flange can be attached to framing or supporting substrate. 2. Install U-bead where edge of drywall is exposed.. D. Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and manufacturer's recommendations and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect. 3.8 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, flanges of cornerbead, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface. defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. B. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints and to flanges of trim accessories as recommended by trim accessory manufacturer. C. Levels of Gypsum Board Finish: Provide the following levels of gypsum board finish per GA-2l4. 1. Level 1 - for ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for frre-resistance-rated assemblies and sound-rated assemblies. (embed tape in joint compound) and seal joints. Level 4 -. for gypsum board surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. (embed tape in joint compound and apply first and second coat of joint compowld sanded smooth for paint finish) .., '-. D. Use the following joint compound combination as applicable to the fmish levels specified: 1. Embedding and First Coat: Ready-mixed, drying-type, all-purpose or taping compound. 2. Fill (Second) Coat: Ready-mixed, drying-type, all-purpose or topping compound. 3. Finish (Third) Coat: Ready-mixed, drying-type, all-purpose or topping compound. 3.9 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Promptly remove any residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Installer, that ensure gypsum board assemblies are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-7 II II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 9 - FINISHES SECTION 09300 -CERAMIC TILE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Work under this Section includes materials & labor: 1. Ceramic tile Hoors and wall base. 2. Setting materials. 3. Grout materials. 4. Waterproof membrane. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03540 - Self-leveling Concrete topping. B. Section 07950 - Caulking and Sealants. C. Section 09255 - Gypsum Board Assemblies. D. Section 10800 - Toilet, Bath Accessories. E. Division 15 - Plumbing Fixtures. F. Division 16 - Electrical Devices. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI Al 08.IA - American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed in the Wet-Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar. B. ANSI Al 08.1B - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex Portland Cement Mortar. C. ANSI Al 08.4 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Organic Adhesives or Water Cleanable Tile Setting Epoxy Adhesive. D. ANSI AI08.5 - American National Staridard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar. E. ANSI A108.6 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and -Grouting Epoxy. F. ANSI Al 08.9 - American National Standard Specifications for lnstallation of Ceramic Tile with Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout. G. ANSI Al 08.1 0 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Grout in Tile work. H. ANSI Al 08.11 - American National Standard for Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer Units. 1. ANSI A 118.1 - American National Standard Specifications for Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar. J. }\NSI AI18.3 - American National Standard Specifications for Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile Setting and Grouting Epoxy and Water Cleanable Tile Setting Epoxy Adhesive. K. ANSI A118.4 - American National Standard Specifications for Latex-Portland Cement Mortar.. L. M. ANSI AI18.6 - American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile Grouts. CERAMIC TILE 09300-1 I I I I I-I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Tile and Dimension Stone Manufacturers: Minimum five (5) years documented experience producing respective products specified in this section. 2. Setting Materials and Grout Materials Manufacturer: Tile Council of America, Inc. Licensee for Dry-Set Mortar and Grouts, with minimum five (5) years documented experience producing respective products specified in this section. 3. Installer: Minimum five (5) years documented experience installing respective products specified in this section. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials on site a minimum of24 hours before use. B. Acceptance at site: Accept only materials in original containers, with seals unbroken and labels intact. C. Store materials in dry, heated area on site in original containers, with seals unbroken and labels intact, until time of use; prevent damage to materials such as chipping, breakage, freezing, or excessive heat; prevent contamination by water, moisture, foreign matter, or other causes. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient and surface temperatures at minimum 60 degrees F during installation of cernentitious materials and for 72 hours after installation. B. Vent temporary heaters to outside to avoid carbon dioxide damage to new tile work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Ceramic I Porcelain Stone Tile: a. American Ocean. b. Dal- Tile. c. Crossfield Ceramics. d. Summitville Tile e. Florida Tile 2. Setting Materials and Grout: a. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc. b. BonsaI. c. Holnam. d. Custom Building Products. B. Supply each specified product from a single manufacturer; supply all setting materials and grout materials from a single manufacturer. 2.2 TILE MATERIALS. A. Ceramic Mosaic Tile: 1. 2. Acceptable Product: Porcelain floor tile. Characteristics: a. Nominal Size: 1. Floors: 8"x8" or 12"x12" Non-slip slate textured, through color porcelain, selected by Architect from manufacturers full line such as: Crossville. b. Nominal Thickness: I14-inch to I12-inch based on size of tile. c. Grade: TCA Master Grade. CERAMIC TILE 09300-3 I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I (I I I II I I I I II materials manufacturer. 2. Verify that horizontal substrates are formed to required slopes. 3. Verify that substrates meet requirements specified in referenced TCA details. 4. Verify that locations and widths of required expansion joints are indicated on drawings. B. Installer's Examination: 1. Have installer examine conditions under which construction activities of this section are to be performed, including but not limited to conditions specified in paragraph above, and submit written notification if substrates or conditions are unacceptable. 2. Transmit two copies of installer's report to Architect within 24 hours of receipt of report. 3. Proceeding with construction activities of this section before unacceptable substrates and conditions have been corrected is prohibited 4. Beginning construction activities of this section indicates installer's acceptance of substrates and conditions under which construction activities of this section are to be performed. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Horizontal Cementitious Substrates: 1. Grind high spots of concrete slabs to achieve specified tolerances. 2. Install specified underlayment to bring horizontal substrates to specified tolerances. 3. Clean surfaces free of dust and debris; acid-etch concrete slabs. B. Vertical Cernentitious Substrates: 1. Grind high spots of concrete surfaces to achieve specified tolerances. 2. Apply skim coat of specified latex-portland cement mortar to bring vertical cementitious substrates; including concrete, concrete unit masonry, plaster, and cementitious backer units; to specified tolerances. 3. Clean surfaces free of dust and debris; acid-etch concrete surfaces. C. Cementitious Backer Units: 1. Fill gaps between panels with specified latex-ponland cement mortar; embed 2 inch wide fiberglass mesh tape in skim coat of the same mortar over joints and in corners. 2. Apply skim coat of same mortar to bring wall to acceptable tolerances; do not exceed manufacturer's recommended thickness of materials. 3. Allow material to cure in accordance with mortar manufacturer's instructions before application of additional materials. D. Protect surface of adjacent products and materials before beginning construction activities of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Install in accordance with the TCA Methods recommended for substrates. B. Install waterproof membrane in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Install waterproofrnembrane over all'floor surfaces and flash up walls 6" min. 2. Install10 mil. vapor barrier below wall tile backerboard and ships lap seal to floor membrane. 3. Flash and seal all membrane penetrations. 4. Water test membrane for watenight seal. C. Mix and install proprietary materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Expansion control: 1. Form expansion control joints in accordance with TCA EJ171-95. 2. Except where saw-cut cold expansion joints are indicated on drawings or otherwise indicated, provide expansion control joints where tile abuts vertical surfaces, where tile abuts dissimilar surfaces, where strUctural joints or changes of materials occur in tile substrate, as indicated on drawings, and as follows: CERAMIC TILE 09300-5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II II I I I I 101 I I C. Protect installed tile 1n accordance with ANSI specifications and manufacturer's instructions; use Kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. D. Remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from tile surfaces not more than 24 hours before final inspection. END OF SECTION CERAMIC TILE 09300-7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1- I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 9 - FINISHES SECTION 09650 - RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Resilient sheet flooring. B. Resilient tile flooring. C. Resilient base. D. Resilient stair accessories. E. Installation accessories. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTYI F 710 - Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring; 1998. B. ASTM F 1303 - Standard Specification for Sheet Vinyl Floor Covering with Backing; 2002. C. ASTM F 1344 - Standard Specification for Rubber Floor Tile; 2000. D. ASTM F 1700 - Standard Specification for Solid Vinyl Floor Tile; 1999. E. ASTM F 1861 - Standard Specification for Resilient Wall Base; 2002. F. FS RR-T-650 - Treads, Metallic and Nonmetallic, Skid Resistant; Federal Specifications and Standards; Revision E, 1994, 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; including sizes, patterns and colors available; and installation instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate seaming plan. C. Verification Samples: Submit two samples, 12 x 12 inch in size illustrating color and pattern for each resilient flooring product specified. D. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning, stripping, and re- waxing. E. Substitutions: Reference Section F for prior approval substitution form. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Protect roll materials from damage by storing on end. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain temperature in storage area between 55 degrees F and 90 degrees F. B. Store materials for not less than 48 hours prior to installation in area of installation at a temperature of 70 degrees F to achieve temperature stability. Thereafter, maintain conditions above 55 degrees F. 1.6 EXTRA.MATERIALS A. Provide 100 sq ft of flooring, 120 lineal feet of base, and 5 percent of installed stair materials of each type and color specified. RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1- I I I I I I I I I I I 2. Nominal Thickness: 0.125 inch. 3. Pattern: Smooth with abrasive contrasting grit insert 4. Color: Solid color with contrasting grit color. 5. Manufacturers: a. BurkeMercer Flooring Products, Inc: www.burkemercer.com. b. Johnsonite, Inc: www.johnsonite.com. c. Roppe Corp: www.roppe.com. 2.3 MATERIALS - BASE A. Resilient Base: ASTM F 1861, Type TS rubber, vulcanized thermoset; top set Style A, Straight, and as follows: 1. Height: 4 inch. 2. Thickness: 0.125 inch thick. 3. Finish: Satin. 4. Length: 120 foot Continuous Roll. 5. Color: as scheduled. 6. Accessories: Premolded external comers and end stops. 7. Manufacturers: a. BurkeMercer Flooring Products, Inc: www.burkemercer.com. b. Johnsonite.lnc: www.johnsonite.com. c. Roppe Corp: www.roppe.com. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Subfloor Filler: White premix latex; type recommended by adhesive material manufacturer. B. Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof; types recommended by flooring manufacturer. C. Moldings and Edge Strips: Same material as flooring. D. Filler for Coved Base: Plastic. E. Sealer and Wax: Types recommended by flooring manufacturer. Conform to Campus Maintenance System materials and installation instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are smooth and Hat within tolerances specified in Section 03300 and are ready to receive resilient flooring. B. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within tolerances specified in Section 09255, are dust-free, and are ready to receive resilient base. C. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are dust-free, and free of substances which would impair bonding of adhesive materials to sub-floor surfaces. D. Verify that concrete sub-floor surfaces are ready for resilient flooring installation by testing for moisture emission rate and alkalinity; obtain instructions if test results are not within the following limits: 1. Moisture emission rate: Not greater than 3 lb per 1000 sq. ft per 24 hours when tested using calcium chloride moisture test kit for 72 hours. 2. Alkalinity: pH range of5-9. E. Verify that required floor-mounted utilities are in correct location. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove sub-floor ridges and bumps. Fill minor low spots, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with sub-floor filler to achieve smooth, flat, hard surface. RESILIE1\TT FLOORING 09650 - 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I DMSION 9 - FINISHES SECTION 09680 - CARPET PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes aU materials and installation for the following: 1. Caipet. 2. Transition strips and accessories. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 9 Section "Resilient Flooring" for wall base and accessories materials and installation. 2. Division 1 Section "Product Finish Schedule". 1.2 REFERENCES A. AS1M D 2859 - Standard Test Method for Ignition Characteristics of Finished Textile Floor Covering Materials; 2002. B. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics ofBuiIding Materials; 200 1. C. ASTM E 648 - Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source; 2003. D. CRI 104 - Standard for Installation ofCoIDInercial Textile Floorcovering Materials; Carpet and Rug Institute; 2002. E. NFPA 253 - Standard Method of Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source; National Fire Protection Association; 2000. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data for each type of carpet material, carpet cushion, and installation accessory specified. Submit manufacturer's printed data on physical characteristics, durability, fade resistance, and fire- test-response characteristics. Submit methods of installation for each type of substrate. c. Two copies of Shop Drawings showing columns, doorways, enclosing walls or partitions, built-in cabinets, and locations where cutouts are required in carpet. Indicate the following: 1. Exact carpet type, complete color selections available, and dye lot. 2. Seam locations, types, and methods. 3. Type of installation. 4. Pattern type, repeat size, location, direction, and starting point. 5. Pile direction. 6. Type, color, and location of edge, transition, and other accessory strips. 7. Transition details to other flooring materials. D. Samples for verification of the following products, in manufacturer's standard sizes, showing the full range of color, texture, and pattern variations expected. Prepare Samples from the same material to be used for the Work. Label each sample with manufacturer's name, material type, color, pattern, and designation indicated on Drawings and carpet schedule. Submit the following: 1. 12-inch square Samples of each type of carpet material required. 2. 12-inch square Samples of each type of edge stripping and other accessory required. E. Maintenance data for carpet to include in the operation and maintenance manual specified in Section 01300. Include the following: 1. Methods for maintaining carpet, including manufacturer's recommended frequency for CARPET 09680-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I LI I I I I I I I I I I J. Proposed Alternates: Must be running line products available in both cut and roll quantities, no special suns or special constructions will be accepted. K. Inspection: Report to the General contractor and Architect, in wntmg any imperfections, unacceptable conditions and/or corrections required to be made before commencing work of this section. Commencing work of the section denotes acceptance of Subcontractor. and all surface and conditions affecting the work of this section. L. Surface to receive carpet must be free of dirt, visible moisture and irregularities. Carpet installer is responsible for cleanliness of floor. M. Property Damage by Contractor: Any damage done to paint, walls, . floors, etc. shall be the responsibility of the carpet contractor. Required repairs shall be made by the proper trade contracted on the work of this project who will be required to make the repair and paid by the carpet subcontractor for the repair work. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with the Carpet and Rug Institute's CRI 104, Section 5: "Storage and Handling. II B. Deliver materials to Project site in original factory wrappings and containers, labeled with identification of manufacturer, brand name, and lot number. C. Store materials on-site in original Wldamaged packages, inside well-ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soilage, extreme temperatures, and humidity. Lay flat, with continuous blocking off groWld. D. Handling and Storage: All carpeting shall be delivered to the job site in original mill wrapping with each roll having its register nwnber properly attached, clearly marked as to size, dye lot, and materials. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 6: "Site Conditions." B. Space Enclosure and Environmental Limitations: Do not install carpet until wet-work in space is completed and nominally dry, work above ceilings is complete. Ambient temperature and humidity conditions shall be continuously maintained at values near those indicated for fmal occupancy. C. Subfloor Moisture Conditions: Moisture emission rate of not more than 3 Ib/1 000 sq. ft./24 hours (14.6 kg/lOoo sq. m/24 hours) when tested by calcium chloride moisture test in compliance with CRI 104, 6.2.1, \Nith subfloor temperatures not less than 55 deg F (12.7 deg C). D. Subfloor Alkalinity Conditions: A pH range of 5 to 9 when subfloor is wetted with potable water and pHydrion paper is applied. 1.7 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have WIder other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Carpet Warranty: Submit a written warranty executed by carpet manutacturer and Installer agreeing to repair or replace carpet that does not meet requirements or that fails in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, more than 10 percent loss offace fiber, edge raveling, snags, runs, and delimitation. c. Guarantees and Warranties: Upon completion the carpet manufacturer must submit a certificate CARPET 09680-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I grind protrusions, bumps, and ridges. Patch and repair cracks and rough areas. Fill depressions. 1. Use leveling and patching compounds to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in sub floor as recommended by the Carpet manufacturer. C. Remove sub floor coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone. D. Broom and vacuwn clean subfloors to be covered with carpet. Following cleaning, examine subfloors for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Existing or previously treated substrate, on existing floor, with respect to wax, soap or other residual buildup must be removed prior to installation. B. Carpet shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturers. recommended procedures as outlined in manufacturer's Carpet Specifier's Handbook C. Direct Glue-Down Installation: . Comply with CRI 104, Section 8: "Direct Glue-Down." D. Comply with carpet manufacturer's recommendations for seam locations and direction of carpet; maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay of pile. At doorways, center seams under door in closed position. Do not bridge building expansion joints \vith continuous carpet. 1. Adhesive shall be recommended by carpet manufacturer. Where primers/sealers are used, compatibility with adhesive must be verified. 2. Seaming: All selvages are to be trimmed to ensure good side seams. All seams are to receive a coating of seam sealer applied to base and side of pile yam thus securing breadth- to--breadth and end-to-end. 3. Carpet shall be installed the full length of corridors to minimize the number of seams. 4. Piles shall run the same direction when adjoining other breadths of carpet 5. Contact adhesive shall be applied in six inch bands at all cross (butt) seams. 6. All seams must be kept to a minimum, invisible in accordance with approved sample of workmanship approved by the Architect/Owner. Comply with approved seaming layout shop drawings. 7. Where carpet meets dissimilar floor surface, provide vinyl binder bars. 8. Cut edges shall be trued and treated to form non-revealing joints. Cross joints are not permitted in any area. 9. Carpet shall be installed wall-to--wall, using continuous lengths in as broad a width as possible. E. Cut and fit carpet to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fIxtures, and built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet manufacturer. F. Extend carpet into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, open-bottomed obstructions, removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings. G. Clean Up: Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor shall remove all waste and excess materials, all tools and equipment, and shall carefully and thoroughly vacuum the entire floor surface with an upright beater-bar type vacuum cleaner to the Architect's satisfaction. H. Excess Carpet: All usable pieces of carpet not necessary to complete the work are to be left n the job site and placed in an orderly manner in such areas as designated by the Owner. A piece of scrap carpet or a rug is to. be put at the entrance to any carpeted area so as not to get carpet soiled. If carpet . gets dirty and will not come clean, the carpet installer shall replace carpet to Architect's satisfaction. 1. Base: New rubber base shall be installed on all walls in all areas obtaining new carpet. Base material shall be 6" cove (if existing base is larger, match existing size). Colors of base shall be from Group 1, II, III or IV, as manufactured by Rappe Rubber Corp. Preformed inside/outside comers and stops CARPET 09680-5 I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 9 - FINISHES SECTION 09900 - PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes sUrface preparation and field painting of the following: 1. Exposed interior items and surfaces. 2. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. B. Paint exposed surfaces, except where the paint schedules indicate that a surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If the paint schedules do not specifically ri1ention an item or a surface, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces whether or not schedules indicate colors. If the schedules do not indicate color or finish, the Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available. 1. Painting includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment c. Do not paint prefmished items, concealed surfaces, fmishedmetal smfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1. Prefinished items include the following factory-finished components: a. Architectural woodwork and casework. b. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment. c. Light fixtures. Concealed surfaces include walls or ceilings in the following generaIly inaccessible spaces: a. Furred areas. b. Ceiling plenums. c. Pipe spaces. Finished metal surfaces include the following: a. Anodized aluminum. b. Stainless steel. c. Chromium plate. d. Copper. e. Bronze and brass. Operating parts include moving parts of operating equipment and the follO\ving: a. Valves, damper operators and linkages. b. Sensing devices. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories (L1.), Factory Mutual (FM), or other code-required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 2. .., ~. 4. 5. D. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry" for concrete block materials. 2. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for shop priming ferrous metal. 3. Division 8 Section "Steel Doors and Frames" for shop priming steel doors and frames. 4. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for surface preparation for gypsum board. 5. Divisions 15 and 16: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is specified in Divisions 15 and 16, respectively. 1.2 DEFINITIONS PAINTING A. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. 1. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte fmish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85- degree meter. 2. Eggshell refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 5 and 20 when measured at a 6O-degree meter. 3. Satin refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 15 and 35 whenmeasuredata 60- degree meter. 09900-1 - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and the following information: 1. Product name or title of material. 2. Product description (generic classification or binder type). 3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. 4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. 5. Thinning instructions. 6. Application instructions. 7. Color name and number. 8. VOC content. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 1. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied in the quantities described below. Package paint materials in unopened, factory-sealed containers for storage and identify with labels descnbing contents. Deliver extra materials to the Owner. 1. Quantity: Furnish the Owner with an additional 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. (3.785 L) or 1 case, as appropriate, of each material and color applied. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance wi requirements, provide one of the products in the paint schedules. B. Manufacturers Names: The following manufacturers are referred to in the paint schedules by use of shortened versions of their names, which are shown in parentheses: 1. Fuller-O'Brien Paints (Fuller). 2. ICI (Glidden/Devoe). 3. Benjamin Moore & Co. (Moore). 4. PPG Industries, Inc. (PPG). 5. Pratt & Lambert, Inc. (P & L). 6. Sherwin-Williams Co. (S-W). 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide primers, undercoats, and fmish-coat materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application,. as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field e"..perience. B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. 1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturers proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. c. Colors: Provide custom colors of the finished paint systems to match Architect's selected samples. P AINTIl'\G 09900-3 . I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1-1 I I I I I I I I I I sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. 3.3 APPLICATION A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the schedules. 2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed. surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, convector covers, covers for finned-tube radiation, grilles, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. 5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before the final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 6. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where .visible through registers or grilles. 7. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 8. Finish doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces. 9. Finish interior of wall and base cabinets and similar field-finished casework to match exterior. 10. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel coat. B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1. The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications. 2. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through fmal coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform fmish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ens1?'e edges, comers, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 3. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the type of material applied. . Use brush of appropriate size for the surface or item being painted. 2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. 3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film thickness of entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. E. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in equipment rooms and in occupied spaces. F. Prime Coats: Before applying frnish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by the manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces. G. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque P ALNTING 09900-5 . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I . I I~ I I I I I I I I I I 3.8 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE (colors to be selected by Architect.) A. Ferrous Metal (Shop Primed):(touch-up prime coat) 1. Touch up prime coat. 2. 15t Coats: ICI: Dev-Guard Alkyd Industrial Metal Primer No. 4100. 3. 2nd & 3rd Coat: ICI : Devflex Semi-Gloss No. 4206. B. Ferrous Metal (Not Shop Primed): 1. 151 Coat: ICI 2. 2nd & 3rd Coat: ICI : Dev-Guard Alkyd Industrial Metal Primer "Ko. 4100. : Devflex Semi-Gloss No. 4206. C. Metal, galvanized: 1. l.t Coat: 2. 2nd & 3rd Coat: : Dev-Guard All Purpose Metal Primer No. 4160. : Enamel No. 500. ICI ICl D. Exposed Piping (Except chrome-plate), Conduit, Etc.: 1. 1st Coat: lCI: Dev-Guard Alkyd Industrial Metal Primer No. 4100. 2. 2nd & 3rd Coat: leI : Devtlex Semi-Gloss No. 4206. END OF SECTION PAINTING 09900-7 -- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES SECTION 10190 - CUBICLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the tollowing: 1. Cubicle Ceiling Mounted Track and cubicle curtains. 1.2 REFERENCES A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only. L THE ALUMINUM ASSOCIA nON (AA) a. AA-03 (Sep. 1980, 7th Ed.) Designation System for Aluminum Finishes b. AA-05 (Oct. 1978, 5th Ed.) Standards for Anodized Architectural Aluminum 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300 SUBMITTALS: 1. Layout drawings including Locations to be installed. 2. Quantities and material schedules. 3. Detail Drawings - Detail drawings shall indicate material thickness, type, grade, and class, dimensions and system details. 4. Manufacturer's complete catalog data, erection details, manufacturer's descriptive data and installation instructions, and templates. 5. Samples shall be submitted for approvaL 1.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall verify all measurements and shall take all field measurements necessary before fabrication. Exposed fastenings shall be compatible materials, shall generally match in color and fmish, and shall harmonize with the material to which fastenings are applied. Materials and parts necessary to complete each item, even though such work is not definitely shown or specified, shall be included. Poor matching of holes for fasteners shall be cause for rejection. Fasteners shall be concealed where practicable. Thickness of metal and details of assembly and supports shall provide strength and stiffness. 1.5 WORKMANSHIP A. Exposed surfaces of work in place shall have a smooth fmish, Corner joints shall be coped or mitered, well formed, and in true alignment. B. Work shall be accurately set to establish lines and elevations and securely fastened in place. C. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and approved drawings, cuts, and details. 1.6 ANCHORAGE A. Anchorage shall be provided where necessary for fastening items securely in place. B. Anchorage not otherwise specified or indicated shall include slotted inserts made to engage with the anchors; toggle bolts and through bolts, lag-bolts, and screws. CUBICLES 10190-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I .1 I 1- I I I I I I I I I I I 2.3 SIGNS b. Web: www.archsign.com Advance Process Supply Company. Andco Industries Corp. ASI Sign Systems, Inc. Intelligent Signage, Inc. Signmark Graphics. c. d. e. f. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Materials for interior signs shall be Rohm and Haas P-9 5 Matte Finish Plexiglas, thickness as follows: 1. Sign plates shall be l!4" thick Plexiglas. 2. Window type signs shall have 1/16" thick clear matte Plexiglas laminated to 1/8" thick White Plexiglas with 1 "xl/16" deep milled slots, unless otherwise noted on attached sign drawings. 3. All other Plexiglas for signs shall be 1/8" thick, unless otherwise noted on attached sign drawings. B. Color for interior signs: 1. Copy shall be white, Advance Process Supply Company ABS-120, Super White. 2. Emergency oriented signs shall have red background plaques. Red shall be Advance Process Supply Company ABS-520, Satellite Red. 3. A.11 other background plaques shall be Advance Process Supply Company -standard colors selected by Architect. c. Graphic Data for interior signs: 1. All copy shall be aria1 upper and lower case as shown in the attached Exhibits "A" & HE". Letter size shall be the height indicated on the drawings of individual sign types unless face dimensions and message dictate otherwise. Copy shall be arial and comply with ADAG handicap requirements. 2. Room numbers and permanent sign letters shall be raised 1/32" as required by A.D.A. Refer to drawings of individual sign type for requirements. 3. Typography shall follow guidelines established in the attached drawings and sign manufacturer's approved ADA signage. D. Aluminum Sheet: Provide aluminum sheet of alloy and temper recommended by the sign manufacturer for the type of use and finish indicated, and with not less than the strength and durability properties specified in ASTM B 209 for 5005-HI5. E. Aluminum Extrusions: Provide aluminum extrusions of alloy and temper reconnnended by the sign manufacturer for the type of use and fmish indicated, and with not less than the strength and durability properties specified in ASTM B 221 for 6063- T5. F. Fasteners: Use concealed fasteners fabricated from metals that are not corrosive to the sign material. and mounting surface. G. Anchors and Inserts: Use nonferrous metal or hot-dipped galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work. ASSEMBLY A. Interior Signs: 1. Sign components shall be mounted to back plates with 1" wide, double-sided adhesive vinyl tape. 2. Window type signs shall provide for copy change and shall be composed of a sheet of 1/16" clear matte acrylic that is sub-surface printed, except for the window area, with both (permanent) message and background color, prior to being laminated to a slotted base ofl/8" thick opaque acrylic (except as otherwise noted on attached sign drawings). The slotted base shall have 1 3/8" milled slots as required for individual signs. The slots shall receive a copy insert strip of matching color. Windows shall be I". (Slots formed of several pieces or laminated Plexiglas are not acceptable) ]0425 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I-I I I I I I I [I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES SECTION 10522 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS. AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Semi-recessed Fire extinguishers with cabinets. (FEe) 2. Surface.mounted fITe extinguishers with mounting brackets. (FE). 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Specification 01300 Submittals. B. Product data for cabinets include rough-in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet type and materials, trim style, door construction, panel style, and materials. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain extinguishers and cabinets from one source from a single manufacturer. B. Coordination: Verify that cabinets are sized to accommodate type and capacity of extinguishers indicated and provided by Owner under separate Contract. C. UL-Listed Products: Fire extinguishers shall be UL listed with UL listing mark for type, rating, and classification of extinguisher. D. FM-Listed Products: Fire extinguishers approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation for type, rating, and classification of extinguisher with FM marking. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Elkart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc. 2. General Fire Extinguisher Corp. 3. Larsens Mfg. Co. 4. W. C. Allen Mfg. Co. 5. Lyon Metal Products. 6. 1.1. Industries. 7. Larsen's Manufacturing Co. 2.2 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. General: Provide fire extinguishers for each cabinet and other locations indicated, in colors and finishes selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard, that comply with authorities having jurisdiction. . B. Multipurpose Dry Chemical Type: UL-rated 2-A:1O:B:C, MP10-lb nominal capacity, in enameled steel container. 2.3 CABINETS A. Construction: Manufacturer's standard box,with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. Weld all exposed joints and grind smooth. Miter and weld perimeter door frames. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES 10522-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1- I I I I I I I I I I I B. Install in locations and at mounting heights to comply with applicable regulations of governing authorities. 1. Prepare recesses in walls for cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and style of trim and to comply with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Comply with protected recess in fIre rated walls (UL assemblies). 3. Provide height for Handicap access to fIre extinguishers in accordance with ADAAG as adapted by the State of South Carolina ANSL A 117; 1 1999. 4. Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb. END OF SECTION FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS. AND ACCESSORIES 10522-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I_I I I I I I I I I II DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES SECTION 10800 - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Toilet room accessories. 2. Towel dispenser and waste receptacles. 3. Specimen pass-through window. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300: 1. Finishes: Accessory Items. 2. Manufacturer's descriptive data and catalog cuts indicating materials of construction, fasteners proposed for use for each type of wall construction, mounting instructions, and operation instructions. 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Each accessory item shall be complete with necessary mounting plates, anchors, and fasteners. Concealed mounting plates shall be of sturdy construction with corrosion-resistant surface. B. Anchors and Fasteners: Anchors and fasteners shall be capable of developing a restraining force commensurate with the strength of the accessory to be mounted and shall be well suited for use with the supporting construction. Where exposed fasteners are permitted, they shall have oval heads and fInish to match the accessory, except exposed fasteners shall be oftamperproof design. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers 1. Model numbers are for toilet accessories manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. They are listed as a standard of quality. Equivalent equipment of other manufacturers may be acceptable, if in the judgment of the Architect, they meet the specifications in terms of design, function, materials, and quality of workmanship. Other manufacturers shall be proposed in accordance with General Conditions Section E. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver items in manufacturer's original unopened protective packaging. B. Store materials in original packaging until installed. C. Handle to prevent damage to finish surfaced. . D. Maintain protective coverings until installation is complete and ready for final cleaning. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL A. Provide materials and accessories, conforming to requirements specified, from one of the following manufacturers: 1. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. 2. American Specialties, Inc. 3. Bradley Corporation. 4. Bay West. 5. Wisconsin Tissue Mills. TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I [I I I I I I I I I I I C. Deliver accessory schedules, keys and parts manuals as part of project close'-Out documents. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: Furnish the following items, 2-copies: 1. Technical data sheets of each item 2. Complete service and parts manuals. 3. Name ofJocal representative to be contacted in the event of need for field service or consultation. 4. Manufacturer's guarantee forms for all items. 3.4 TOILET ACCESSORY SCHEDULE (See Drawings) TOILET MTI BATH ACCESSORIES END OF SECTION 10800-3